Arabic Verbs

See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.
net/publication/373334956
Mastering Arabic Verb Conjugations: A Comprehensive Guide
Book · March 2023
CITATIONS READS
0 2,995
1 author:
Abu Rayhan
CBECL
106 PUBLICATIONS 240 CITATIONS
SEE PROFILE
All content following this page was uploaded by Abu Rayhan on 24 August 2023.
The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

MASTERING ARABIC VERB CONJUGATIONS BY ABU RAYHAN
.
Mastering Arabic
Verb Conjugations
A Comprehensive
Guide
By Abu Rayhan
Mastering Arabic Verb Conjugations 2
COPYRIGHT © 2023 BY ABU RAYHAN
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be

reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by
any means, including photocopying, recording, or other
electronic or mechanical methods, without the prior
written permission of the publisher, except in the case of
brief quotations embodied in critical reviews and certain
other noncommercial uses permitted by copyright law.
For permissions requests, please contact the publisher at

the following address:
RAYHANS
20/7, Road 5, Sector 6
Uttara, Dhaka 1230
Bangladesh
Email: info@rayhans.com.bd
Website: www.rayhans.com.bd
ISBN: Please refer to the back cover for the ISBN

information.
CONTENTS
Introduction .............................................................................................. 9
1. Understanding the Importance of Arabic Verb Conjugations
................................................................................................................... 9
1.1 The Role of Verbs in Arabic Language .................................. 9
1.2 Significance of Verb Conjugations ........................................ 9
1.3 Why Mastering Verb Conjugations is Essential for Arabic
Learners ............................................................................................... 9
2. Overview of the Book .................................................................... 10
2.1 Objectives and Scope ............................................................... 10
2.2 Target Audience ....................................................................... 10
2.3 Structure of the Book .............................................................. 10
3. How to Use This Guide .................................................................. 11
3.1 Study Tips and Strategies....................................................... 11
3.2 Recommended Prerequisites ................................................ 12
3.3 Understanding the Terminology Used .............................. 12
3.4 Navigating Through the Book .............................................. 12
4. A Brief Introduction to Arabic Verbs ........................................ 13
4.1 Unique Characteristics of Arabic Verbs ............................. 13
4.2 Verb Forms and Patterns ....................................................... 13
4.3 Verb Classes and Conjugation Types .................................. 13
4.4 Common Challenges Faced by Arabic Learners ............... 13
5. Getting Started: Building a Strong Foundation ...................... 14
5.1 Importance of Understanding Verb Roots ........................ 14
5.2 Basic Verb Structures .............................................................. 14
5.3 Introduction to Verb Tenses, Aspects, Moods, and Voices

............................................................................................................. 14
6. The Structure of the Book ............................................................ 15
6.1 Part I: Conjugation Basics ...................................................... 15
6.2 Part II: Advanced Conjugation Topics ................................ 15
6.3 Part III: Application and Practice ........................................ 15
6.4 How to Progress Through the Chapters ............................ 16
1. The Essentials of Arabic Verbs ....................................................... 17
1.1 Introduction to Arabic Verbs ................................................... 17
1.1.1 Importance of Verbs in Arabic Language ...................... 17
1.1.2 Role of Verbs in Sentence Structure ................................ 18
1.2 Verb Forms and Patterns ....................................................... 19
1.2.1 Overview of Verb Forms (I to X)....................................... 19
1.2.2 Understanding Verb Patterns ........................................... 20
1.2.3 Common Verb Patterns and Examples........................... 21
1.3 Verb Tenses and Aspects ........................................................... 22
1.3.1 Present Tense ........................................................................ 22
1.3.2 Past Tense .............................................................................. 24
1.3.3 Future Tense.......................................................................... 25
1.3.4 Aspectual Forms (e.g., Imperfective, Perfective) ......... 27
1.4 Verb Moods and Voices .............................................................. 28
1.4.1 Indicative Mood .................................................................... 28
1.4.2 Subjunctive Mood ................................................................ 28
1.4.3 Jussive Mood.......................................................................... 29
1.4.4 Imperative Mood .................................................................. 29
1.4.5 Active Voice ........................................................................... 30

1.4.6 Passive Voice .......................................................................... 30
1.5 Verb Classes and Conjugation Types ...................................... 31
1.5.1 Regular Verbs ........................................................................ 31
1.5.2 Irregular Verbs ...................................................................... 32
1.5.3 Strong Verbs .......................................................................... 33
1.5.4 Weak Verbs ............................................................................ 34
1.6 Verbal Nouns and Participles ................................................... 34
1.6.1 Forming Verbal Nouns ........................................................ 35
1.6.2 Active Participles .................................................................. 36
1.6.3 Passive Participles ................................................................ 36
1.6.4 Usage of Verbal Nouns and Participles ........................... 37
1.7 Overview of Verb Conjugation Process .................................. 38
1.7.1 Step-by-Step Conjugation Method ................................... 39
1.7.2 Understanding Verb Templates and Template
Variations ......................................................................................... 40
1.7.3 Tips for Mastering Verb Conjugations ............................ 41
1.8 Common Challenges and Pitfalls in Verb Conjugations .... 43
1.8.1 Pronunciation and Vowelization Issues ......................... 43
1.8.2 Identifying Correct Verb Forms and Patterns .............. 44
1.8.3 Handling Irregularities and Exceptions ......................... 45
1.8.4 Distinguishing Between Similar Verb Classes and
Conjugation Types.......................................................................... 46
Part I: Conjugation Basics ..................................................................... 48
2. Present Tense Conjugation .......................................................... 48
2.1 Regular Verb Conjugation ..................................................... 48

2.2 Irregular Verb Conjugation................................................... 51
2.3 Hollow Verb Conjugation ...................................................... 56
2.4 Defective Verb Conjugation .................................................. 59
2.5 Assimilated Verb Conjugation ............................................. 63
3. Past Tense Conjugation ................................................................ 67
3.2 Weak Verb Conjugation ......................................................... 70
3.3 Doubled Verb Conjugation .................................................... 73
3.5 Irregular Verb Conjugation................................................... 79
3.6 Exceptions and Special Cases ............................................... 83
3.7 Verb Conjugation Charts ....................................................... 86
4. Future Tense Conjugation ........................................................... 90
4.2 Hamzated Verb Conjugation ................................................ 92
4.3 Assimilated Verb Conjugation ............................................. 96
4.5 Irregular Verb Conjugation................................................. 101
4.6 Future Tense Negation ......................................................... 104
4.7 Future Tense Interrogative ................................................. 107
4.8 Future Tense with Modal Verbs ......................................... 109
4.9 Future Tense with Time Expressions ............................... 113
4.10 Future Tense in Context .................................................... 115
4.11 Future Tense Conjugation Revision and Practice ....... 117
5. Imperative Conjugation ............................................................. 125

5.3 Irregular Imperative Conjugation ..................................... 132
5.4 Negative Imperative Conjugation ..................................... 135
5.5 Assimilated Imperative Conjugation................................ 138
5.6 Expressions and Phrases with Imperative Verbs .......... 142
5.7 Advanced Topics in Imperative Conjugation ................. 144
5.8 Practice Exercises and Drills ............................................... 148
Part II: Advanced Conjugation Topics ............................................. 154
6. Subjunctive and Jussive Moods................................................. 154
6.2 The Jussive Mood ................................................................... 157
6.3 Differences and Similarities between the Subjunctive and
Jussive Moods................................................................................. 161
6.4 Subjunctive and Jussive Moods in Complex Sentence
Structures ....................................................................................... 164
6.5. Idiomatic Expressions and Common Phrases with
Subjunctive and Jussive Moods ................................................. 167
7. Conditional and Hypothetical Constructions....................... 170
7.1 Conditional Conjugation ...................................................... 170
7.2 Hypothetical Conjugation ................................................... 173
7.3 Conditional and Hypothetical Constructions in Context
........................................................................................................... 176
7.4 Common Challenges and Pitfalls ....................................... 178
8. Passive and Active Voices........................................................... 181
8.1 Understanding Passive and Active Voices ...................... 181
8.2 Active Voice Conjugation..................................................... 183
8.3 Passive Voice Conjugation ................................................... 187
8.4 Using Passive and Active Voices in Sentences ............... 191

8.5 Passive and Active Voice Examples and Practice .......... 195
8.6 Advanced Applications of Passive and Active Voices .. 197
9. Verbal Nouns and Participles ................................................... 201
9.1 Forming Verbal Nouns ......................................................... 201
9.2 Forming Active Participles ................................................. 203
9.3 Forming Passive Participles ................................................ 208
9.4 Usage of Verbal Nouns and Participles ............................ 212
9.5 Exercise: Verbal Nouns and Participles ........................... 216
Part III: Application and Practice ..................................................... 220
10. Conjugation Exercises .............................................................. 220
10.2 Irregular Verb Exercises .................................................... 227
10.3 Mixed Verb Exercises ......................................................... 233
10.4: Comprehensive Conjugation Challenges ..................... 235
11. Verb Conjugation Charts ......................................................... 238
11.1 Present Tense Conjugation Chart ................................... 238
11.2 Past Tense Conjugation Chart.......................................... 248
11.3 Future Tense Conjugation Chart ..................................... 254
11.4 Imperative Conjugation Chart......................................... 265
11.5 Subjunctive and Jussive Conjugation Chart ................. 269
11.6 Conditional and Hypothetical Conjugation Chart ..... 272
11.7 Passive and Active Conjugation Chart ........................... 276
Conclusion ............................................................................................. 281
Glossary of Arabic Verb Conjugation Terms................................. 284
INTRODUCTION
1. UNDERSTANDING THE IMPORTANCE OF ARABIC

VERB CONJUGATIONS
1.1 THE ROLE OF VERBS IN ARABIC LANGUAGE

Verbs play a central role in the Arabic language, serving as
the backbone of sentences and conveying essential
information about actions, states, and relationships. Arabic
verbs are highly versatile, allowing speakers to express
various nuances and perspectives.
1.2 SIGNIFICANCE OF VERB CONJUGATIONS

Verb conjugations enable speakers to modify verbs based
on tense, aspect, mood, voice, and other grammatical
factors. By mastering verb conjugations, learners gain the
ability to express themselves accurately, convey time
references, indicate actions as commands or requests, and
navigate complex linguistic structures.
1.3 WHY MASTERING VERB CONJUGATIONS IS

ESSENTIAL FOR ARABIC LEARNERS
Proficiency in verb conjugations is crucial for effective
communication in Arabic. It enhances learners' speaking,
writing, listening, and reading skills, enabling them to
comprehend native texts, express ideas fluently, and
engage in conversations with native speakers. By
mastering verb conjugations, learners gain confidence in
their Arabic language abilities and open doors to a deeper
understanding of the rich Arabic culture and literature.
2. OVERVIEW OF THE BOOK
2.1 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE

The primary objective of this book is to provide learners of
Arabic with a comprehensive and systematic guide to
mastering verb conjugations. It covers a wide range of
topics, from basic conjugation principles to advanced
structures, ensuring learners have a solid foundation in
verb conjugation. The book caters to learners of all levels,
from beginners to advanced students seeking to refine their
understanding and usage of Arabic verbs.
2.2 TARGET AUDIENCE

This book is designed for Arabic language learners at
various stages of their language journey. It caters to
students, professionals, researchers, and anyone interested
in acquiring a deep understanding of Arabic verb
conjugations. Whether you are a beginner seeking a solid
grounding in the fundamentals or an advanced learner
looking to refine your skills, this book provides a
comprehensive resource to suit your needs.
2.3 STRUCTURE OF THE BOOK

This book is divided into three main parts, each focusing
on different aspects of Arabic verb conjugations.
Part I: Conjugation Basics - This section lays the

foundation by explaining the essential concepts of verb
conjugation, including present tense, past tense, future
tense, and imperative conjugations. It covers regular and
irregular verb forms, as well as common conjugation
patterns.
Part II: Advanced Conjugation Topics - This section delves

deeper into advanced conjugation topics, such as the
subjunctive and jussive moods, conditional and
hypothetical constructions, and passive and active voices.
It explores more complex verb conjugation structures and
their usage in context.
Part III: Application and Practice - This section provides

practical exercises and conjugation charts to reinforce
learning. It includes conjugation exercises for regular and
irregular verbs, allowing learners to apply their knowledge
in various contexts. Additionally, it offers verb conjugation
charts for quick reference and comprehensive review.
3. HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE
3.1 STUDY TIPS AND STRATEGIES

To make the most of this guide, consider the following
study tips and strategies:
- Start with a solid grasp of basic Arabic grammar,

including noun and pronoun usage, sentence structure,
and basic vocabulary.
- Set clear goals and create a study plan to maintain a
consistent learning schedule.
- Break down the content into manageable sections and
practice regularly to reinforce concepts.
- Make use of additional resources, such as dictionaries,
online forums, and language exchange partners, to deepen
your understanding and practice.
3.2 RECOMMENDED PREREQUISITES

While this book is designed to accommodate learners at
various levels, it is recommended to have a basic
understanding of Arabic grammar and vocabulary before
diving into verb conjugations. Familiarity with noun and
pronoun usage, sentence structure, and basic vocabulary
will provide a solid foundation for understanding the
concepts and examples presented throughout the book.
3.3 UNDERSTANDING THE TERMINOLOGY USED

To ensure clarity and consistency, this book employs
specific terminology related to Arabic verb conjugations. It
introduces and defines key terms throughout the chapters,
providing clear explanations to aid in comprehension. A
comprehensive glossary of terms is provided at the end of
the book for easy reference.
3.4 NAVIGATING THROUGH THE BOOK

The book is structured in a logical sequence to facilitate
progressive learning. However, learners may choose to
navigate through the chapters based on their specific needs
or as directed by their instructors. Each chapter begins with
clear objectives and provides step-by-step explanations,
examples, and exercises to ensure a comprehensive
understanding of the topic. Take advantage of the provided
exercises and conjugation charts to reinforce your learning
and track your progress.
4. A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO ARABIC VERBS
4.1 UNIQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF ARABIC VERBS

Arabic verbs possess unique characteristics that
distinguish them from verbs in other languages. These
characteristics include triliteral roots, extensive verb forms
and patterns, and modifications based on tense, aspect,
mood, voice, and subject agreement.
4.2 VERB FORMS AND PATTERNS

Arabic verbs can be derived from a triliteral root, which
consists of three consonants. These roots are then
combined with specific vowel patterns and affixes to form
different verb forms and convey various meanings.
4.3 VERB CLASSES AND CONJUGATION TYPES

Arabic verbs are classified into different conjugation
types based on their forms and patterns. Understanding the
different conjugation types helps learners recognize
patterns and apply conjugation rules effectively.
4.4 COMMON CHALLENGES FACED BY ARABIC

LEARNERS
Learners of Arabic often face challenges when it comes to
mastering verb conjugations. These challenges may
include irregular verb forms, complex conjugation
patterns, changes in vowel and consonant patterns, and
subject-verb agreement. By addressing these challenges
systematically, this book aims to equip learners with the
necessary tools to overcome difficulties and achieve
proficiency in Arabic verb conjugations.
5. GETTING STARTED: BUILDING A STRONG

FOUNDATION
5.1 IMPORTANCE OF UNDERSTANDING VERB

ROOTS
In Arabic, verbs are derived from triliteral roots consisting
of three consonants. Understanding the root structure is
essential as it forms the basis for conjugating verbs and
determining their meanings across various verb forms and
patterns. By familiarizing yourself with verb roots, you
gain insight into the underlying structure of Arabic verbs
and can navigate conjugation rules more effectively.
5.2 BASIC VERB STRUCTURES

Arabic verbs have different structures based on tense,
aspect, mood, and voice. Familiarize yourself with the basic
verb structures, such as the past, present, and future tenses,
imperative mood, and active/passive voices. Recognizing
these structures will help you grasp the core elements of
verb conjugations and facilitate your learning process.
5.3 INTRODUCTION TO VERB TENSES, ASPECTS,

MOODS, AND VOICES
Verb conjugations involve modifications based on tense
(time reference), aspect (completed or ongoing actions),
mood (expressing attitudes or conditions), and voice
(active or passive). Gain an understanding of these
fundamental concepts to effectively navigate the
complexities of Arabic verb conjugations. Examples and
explanations will be provided in subsequent chapters to
illustrate the usage and formation of different verb tenses,

aspects, moods, and voices.
6. THE STRUCTURE OF THE BOOK
6.1 PART I: CONJUGATION BASICS

Part I of the book focuses on establishing a solid
foundation in Arabic verb conjugations. It covers the
essential topics of present tense, past tense, future tense,
and imperative conjugations. Within each tense, both
regular and irregular verb conjugations are explored, along
with additional conjugation types like hollow, defective,
and assimilated verbs. By mastering the conjugation basics,
learners can confidently construct sentences and express
themselves accurately in Arabic.
6.2 PART II: ADVANCED CONJUGATION TOPICS

Part II delves into advanced conjugation topics that
expand learners' proficiency in Arabic verb usage. Topics
covered include the subjunctive and jussive moods,
conditional and hypothetical constructions, and passive
and active voices. Learners will explore more complex verb
conjugation structures, understand their nuances, and
learn how to use them in context. This section equips
learners with the skills to express a wider range of
meanings and convey more subtle linguistic distinctions.
6.3 PART III: APPLICATION AND PRACTICE

Part III provides learners with opportunities for practical
application and extensive practice. It includes a variety of
conjugation exercises that reinforce the concepts covered
in Parts I and II. Learners can engage in exercises for regular
and irregular verbs, enabling them to apply their

knowledge in different scenarios. Additionally, this section
offers comprehensive verb conjugation charts for quick
reference and in-depth review.
6.4 HOW TO PROGRESS THROUGH THE CHAPTERS

The book is designed to be progressive, building upon the
knowledge gained in earlier chapters. While learners may
choose to focus on specific areas of interest, following the
suggested sequence of chapters ensures a structured and
comprehensive understanding of Arabic verb conjugations.
Each chapter contains clear objectives, explanations,
examples, and exercises, allowing learners to progress at
their own pace while solidifying their grasp of the material.
1. THE ESSENTIALS OF ARABIC VERBS
1.1 INTRODUCTION TO ARABIC VERBS
Arabic verbs play a fundamental role in the language,

serving as the backbone of sentence construction and
conveying essential information about actions, states, and
conditions. Understanding Arabic verbs is crucial for
achieving fluency and proficiency in the language. This
section provides an overview of the significance of verbs in
Arabic and their role in sentence structure.
1.1.1 IMPORTANCE OF VERBS IN ARABIC

LANGUAGE
In Arabic, verbs hold great importance due to their ability

to express a wide range of meanings and actions. Verbs are
the primary means of conveying actions, describing events,
expressing states of being, and indicating time frames.
They allow speakers and writers to communicate with
precision and clarity.
Arabic verbs also enable the formation of various

grammatical structures, including verb tenses, moods,
voices, and participles, which further expand the
expressive capacity of the language. Without a solid grasp
of verb conjugation, learners may struggle to accurately
convey their intended meanings and effectively
communicate in Arabic.
1.1.2 ROLE OF VERBS IN SENTENCE STRUCTURE
Verbs serve as the central element in Arabic sentence

structure, acting as the core component around which
other sentence elements revolve. They determine the
subject-verb agreement and provide vital information
about the action, state, or condition taking place in the
sentence.
In Arabic, the verb generally occupies the initial position in

the sentence, followed by the subject and other sentence
components. This subject-verb-object (SVO) word order is
common in Arabic sentences, although flexibility exists
depending on the sentence structure and emphasis.
Verbs also govern the formation of various sentence types,

including declarative, interrogative, imperative, and
subjunctive sentences. By manipulating the verb forms,
tenses, moods, and voices, speakers can convey different
nuances and shades of meaning.
For example:
- " ‫( "أكلت ُ ُالفتككةت‬Akl-tu al-faakiha) - "I ate the fruit." Here, the
verb "ُ ‫( "أكل‬akl-tu) indicates the past tense and first-person
singular subject, while the object " ‫( "التتتفتتتككتتتةتتت‬al-faakiha)
represents the fruit.
- " ‫( "ه ت ُتتتلك ت ُالفتتككة ت‬Hal ta'kulu al-faakiha?) - "Do you eat the
fruit?" In this interrogative sentence, the verb " ‫( "تلك‬ta'kulu)
indicates the present tense and second-person singular
subject, while the object " ‫( "الفتككةت‬al-faakiha) represents the
fruit.
Understanding the crucial role of verbs in Arabic sentence

structure is essential for learners to construct
grammatically accurate and meaningful sentences.
By providing a solid foundation in the importance of verbs

in Arabic and their role in sentence structure, learners will
be better equipped to delve into the intricacies of verb
conjugations and further explore the nuances of the Arabic
language.
1.2 VERB FORMS AND PATTERNS
In Arabic, verbs are classified into ten verb forms, often

referred to as Form I to Form X. Each verb form has its own
unique characteristics and usage. Understanding these
verb forms and their patterns is essential for mastering
Arabic verb conjugations.
1.2.1 OVERVIEW OF VERB FORMS (I TO X)
Verb Form I: This is the most basic and common verb form
in Arabic. It consists of three root letters (usually
consonants) and is used to express the simple present tense.
Verb Form II: This form is derived from Form I and is

characterized by the addition of a weak letter (e.g., ‫ و‬or ‫)ي‬
before the last root letter. It is often used to indicate
intensity, repetition, or emphasis.
Verb Form III: Form III involves adding an extra weak letter
at the beginning of the verb. This form is often used to
convey causative actions or make a verb transitive.
Verb Form IV: In Form IV, a weak letter is added at the

beginning and between the first and second root letters.
This form is used for intensive or reflexive actions.
Verb Form V: Form V is created by doubling the middle root

letter. It indicates reciprocal or reflexive actions.
Verb Form VI: In Form VI, the middle root letter is repeated
twice. This form is used to express causative or intensive
actions.
Verb Form VII: Form VII involves adding the letter ‫ ت‬before
the first root letter. It is used for reflexive or reciprocal
actions.
Verb Form VIII: In Form VIII, the first root letter is doubled.
This form is used for intensive or reciprocal actions.
Verb Form IX: Form IX adds the letter ‫ ت‬before the second
root letter. It conveys a reflexive or intensive meaning.
Verb Form X: Form X involves adding the letter ‫ ت‬before the

third root letter. It is used to express the passive voice or
reflexive actions.
1.2.2 UNDERSTANDING VERB PATTERNS
Each verb form follows a specific pattern or template that

determines how the verb is conjugated across different
tenses, moods, and voices. These patterns consist of vowel
and consonant variations that occur within the verb's root
letters.
The patterns include changes in vowel placement, the

addition or removal of specific letters or diacritical marks,
and variations in vowel lengths. These patterns can be
regular or irregular, depending on the verb form and
specific verb conjugation.
To conjugate a verb accurately, it is crucial to understand

the underlying pattern for the particular verb form and
apply the appropriate changes to the root letters based on
the desired tense, mood, or voice.
1.2.3 COMMON VERB PATTERNS AND EXAMPLES
Here are some common verb patterns found in Arabic verb

conjugations:
Pattern Faʿala: This pattern is the standard pattern for Form

I verbs and follows the three-letter root structure. For
example:
- ‫َب‬َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - "He wrote"
- َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - "He read"
Pattern Faaʿala: This pattern is commonly found in Form II

verbs, where a weak letter (‫ و‬or ‫ )ي‬is added before the last
root letter. For example:
- ‫( َج َم َُع‬jama'a) - "He collected"
- َُ‫( زَ اد‬zada) - "He increased"
Pattern Faʿʿala: This pattern is typical for Form III verbs,

with an additional weak letter at the beginning of the verb.
For example:
- َُ ‫( أَ َك‬akala) - "He ate"
- ‫طى‬ َ ‫( أَ ْع‬a'ta) - "He gave"
Pattern Afʿala: Form IV verbs follow this pattern, with
a weak letter added at the beginning and between the first

and second root letters. For example:
- ‫كم‬
َُ َ‫( اِ ْستَق‬istaqama) - "He stood straight"
-‫ظ‬َُ َ‫( اِحْ تَف‬ihtafaza) - "He kept"
These examples represent just a fraction of the verb

patterns and their respective conjugations in Arabic.
Understanding these patterns is essential for conjugating
verbs accurately across different verb forms, tenses,
moods, and voices.
1.3 VERB TENSES AND ASPECTS
Understanding verb tenses and aspects is crucial for

mastering Arabic verb conjugations. This section will
explore the different verb tenses and aspectual forms in
detail, providing examples and explanations to aid
comprehension.
1.3.1 PRESENT TENSE
The present tense in Arabic is used to express actions or

states that are happening at the current moment. It is
essential to understand the various forms of the present
tense.
1.3.1.1 Simple Present
The simple present tense is used to express general truths,

habitual actions, or ongoing states. It is formed by
attaching specific prefixes and suffixes to the verb's root

letters. Here's an example using the verb "kataba" (to write):
- ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu) - I write

- ُ‫( تَ ْكتب‬taktubu) - You write (singular, masculine)
- َُ‫( تَ ْكت ِبين‬taktubīna) - You write (singular, feminine)
- ُ‫( َي ْكتب‬yaktubu) - He writes
- َُ‫( تَ ْكتبون‬taktubūna) - You write (plural)
- َُ‫( يَ ْكتبون‬yaktubūna) - They write
1.3.1.2 Present Continuous
The present continuous tense describes actions that are

currently in progress. It is formed by combining the present
tense of the verb "to be" (َُ‫ )ككن‬with the verb's active participle
(ُ‫)م ْستَمِ ر‬. For example:
- ُ‫( أَنَكُأَ ْكتب‬anā aktubu) - I am writing

- ُ‫( أَ ْنتتت َُُُ َتتتت ْكتتتتتتتب‬anta taktubu) - You are writing (singular,
masculine)
- َُ‫( أَ ْنتت ُُُِ َتتت ْكتتتتت ِبتتيتتتن‬anti taktubīna) - You are writing (singular,
feminine)
- ُ‫( ه َُوُيَ ْكتب‬huwa yaktubu) - He is writing
- ُ‫( نَحْ نُُنَ ْكتب‬naḥnu naktubu) - We are writing
- َُ‫( ه ُْمُ َي ْكتبون‬hum yaktubūna) - They are writing
1.3.1.3 Present Perfect
The present perfect tense is used to express completed

actions that have a connection to the present. It is formed
by combining the present tense of the auxiliary verb "to
have" (‫ )لَدَى‬with the verb's past participle. For example:
- ‫( لَدَ ْي ُُ ِكتَكبًك‬ladaytu kitāban) - I have written a book

- ُ ‫( َلتتد َْيتت َُُُ ِكتت َتتتك‬ladayka kitābun) - You have a book (singular,
masculine)
- ُ ‫( َلتتد َْيتت ُُُِ ِكتت َتتتك‬ladayki kitābun) - You have a book (singular,
feminine)
- ُ ‫( لَدَهُُ ِكتَك‬ladahu kitābun) - He has a book
- ُ‫( لَدَ ْينَكُكتب‬ladaynā kutubun) - We have books
- ُ‫( لَدَيْة ُْمُكتب‬ladayhim kutubun) - They have books
1.3.2 PAST TENSE
The past tense in Arabic is used to indicate actions or events

that have already happened. It is essential to understand
the different forms of the past tense.
1.3.2.1 Simple Past
The simple past tense is used to describe completed actions

in the past. It is formed by adding specific prefixes and
suffixes to the verb's root letters. For example:
- ُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabtu) - I wrote

- َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta) - You wrote (singular, masculine)
- ُِ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabti) - You wrote (singular, feminine)
- ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - He wrote
- ‫( َكتَ ْبنَك‬katabnā) - We wrote
- ‫( َكتَبْت ُْم‬katabtum) - You wrote (plural)
- ‫( َكتَبوا‬katabū) - They wrote
1.3.2.2 Past Continuous
The past continuous tense describes ongoing actions that

were happening in the past. It is formed by combining the
past tense of the verb "to be" (َُ‫ )كتتتكن‬with the verb's active
participle. For example:
- ُ‫( ك ْن ُُأَ ْكتب‬kuntu aktubu) - I was writing

- ُ‫( كتت ْنتت َُُُ َتتت ْكتتتتتب‬kunta taktubu) - You were writing (singular,
masculine)
- َُ‫( كت ْنتت ُُُِتت َْكتتت ِبتيتن‬kunti taktubīna) - You were writing (singular,
feminine)
- ُ‫( كَكنَُُ َي ْكتب‬kāna yaktubu) - He was writing
- ُ‫( كنَّكُنَ ْكتب‬kunnā naktubu) - We were writing
- َُ‫( ك ْنت ُْمُتَ ْكتبون‬kuntum taktubūna) - You were writing (plural)
- َُ‫( كَكنواُيَ ْكتبون‬kānū yaktubūna) - They were writing
1.3.2.3 Past Perfect
The past perfect tense is used to indicate actions that were

completed before a specific point in the past. It is formed by
combining the past tense of the auxiliary verb "to have" ( ‫)لَدَى‬
with the verb's past participle. For example:
- ُ‫( لَدَ ْي ُُقَ َرأْت‬ladaytu qara'tu) - I had read

- َُ‫( َلتتتد َْيتتت َُُ ُ َقتتت َرأْت‬ladayka qara'ta) - You had read (singular,
masculine)
-‫ت‬ ُِ ْ‫( لَدَ ْي ُُِقَ َرأ‬ladayki qara'ti) - You had read (singular, feminine)
- َ‫( لَدَهُُقَ َرُأ‬ladahu qara'a) - He had read
- ‫( لَدَ ْينَكُقَ َرأْنَك‬ladaynā qara'nā) - We had read
- ‫( لَدَيْت ُْمُقَ َرأْت ُْم‬ladaytum qara'tum) - You had read (plural)
- ‫( لَد َْواُقَ َرأوا‬ladaw qara'u) - They had read
1.3.3 FUTURE TENSE
The future tense in Arabic is used to express actions that

will occur in the future. It is important to understand the
different forms of the future tense.
1.3.3.1 Simple Future

The simple future tense is used to indicate actions that will

happen in the future. It is formed by adding specific
prefixes and suffixes to the verb's root letters. For example:
- ُ‫( َسل َ ْكتب‬sa'aktubu) - I will write

- ُ‫( َستَ ْكتب‬satakutubu) - You will write (singular, masculine)
- َُ‫( َستَ ْكت ِبين‬satakutubīna) - You will write (singular, feminine)
- ُ‫( َسيَ ْكتب‬sayaktubu) - He will write
- ُ‫( َسنَ ْكتب‬sanaktubu) - We will write
- َُ‫( َستَ ْكتبون‬satakutubūna) - You will write (plural)
- َُ‫( َسيَ ْكتبون‬sayaktubūna) - They will write
1.3.3.2 Future Continuous
The future continuous tense describes actions that will be

ongoing in the future. It is formed by combining the future
tense of the verb "to be" (ُ‫ ) َستتتتتت َيت تكت تون‬with the verb's active
participle. For example:
- ُ‫( َسلَكونُُأَ ْكتب‬sa'akūnu aktubu) - I will be writing

- ُ‫( َستَكونُُتَ ْكتب‬satakūnu taktubu) - You will be writing (singular,
masculine)
- َُ‫ونُُتَ ت ْك تت ت ِب تيتتن‬ َ (satakūni taktubīna) - You will be writing
ُِ ‫ستتتتتتَ تك ت‬
(singular, feminine)
- ُ‫( َس َيكونُُ َي ْكتب‬sayakūnu yaktubu) - He will be writing
- ُ‫( َسنَكونُُنَ ْكتب‬sanakūnu naktubu) - We will be writing
- َُ‫( َستتتتَكونونَُُتَ ْكتبون‬satakūnūna taktubūna) - You will be writing
(plural)
- َُ‫( َسيَكونونَُُيَ ْكتبون‬sayakūnūna yaktubūna) - They will be writing
1.3.3.3 Future Perfect
The future perfect tense is used to indicate actions that will

be completed before a specific point in the future. It is
formed by combining the future tense of the auxiliary verb

"to have" (ُِ ‫يتتكتتونُُُ َلتتد َْيتت‬ َ ) with the verb's past participle. For
ُ َ ‫ستتتت ت‬
example:
- ‫( َس َيكونُُلَدَ ْي ُُ ِكتَكبًك‬sayakūnu ladaytu kitāban) - I will have written

a book
- ُ ‫( َستت َيكونُُلَدَ ْي َُُ ِكتَك‬sayakūnu ladayka kitābun) - You will have a
book (singular, masculine)
- ُ ‫ونُلَدَ ْي ُُِ ِكتَك‬ َ (satakūni ladayki kitābun) - You will have a
ُِ ‫ستتتتُتَك‬
book (singular, feminine)
- ُ ‫( َسيَكونُُلَدَهُُ ِكتَك‬sayakūnu ladahu kitābun) - He will have a book
- ُ‫( َستتتتنَكونُُ َلتدَ ْينتَكُك تب‬sanakūnu ladaynā kutubun) - We will have
books
- ُ‫( َستتَكونُُلَدَيْة ُْمُكتب‬satakūnu ladayhim kutubun) - They will have
books
1.3.4 ASPECTUAL FORMS (E.G., IMPERFECTIVE,

PERFECTIVE)
Apart from the specific verb tenses discussed above, Arabic

verbs also have aspectual forms that provide additional
nuances in meaning.
- Imperfective: The imperfective aspect focuses on ongoing

or incomplete actions. It is often used in the present and
future tenses. For example, the verb "yaktubu" (he writes)
represents the imperfective aspect.
- Perfective: The perfective aspect emphasizes completed
actions. It is often used in the past tense. For example, the
verb "kataba" (he wrote) represents the perfective aspect.
Understanding the aspectual forms of verbs enhances your

ability to convey precise meanings and effectively
communicate in Arabic.
1.4 VERB MOODS AND VOICES
Verbs in Arabic can convey different moods and voices,

which affect the way the action or state is expressed.
Understanding these moods and voices is crucial for
mastering Arabic verb conjugations. Let's explore each of
them in detail:
1.4.1 INDICATIVE MOOD

The indicative mood is used to express statements, facts, or
objective realities. It is the most common mood in Arabic
and is often associated with the present, past, and future
tenses. In the indicative mood, verbs convey information
without any additional nuances or conditions. Here are
some examples:
- ‫( أنكُأكتب‬Ana aktub) - I write.

- ‫( هوُيلك‬Huwa ya'kul) - He eats.
- ‫( ستتتتتنهبونُإلىُالحديق‬Satazhubuna ila al-hadiqah) - You (plural)
will go to the garden.
1.4.2 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

The subjunctive mood is used to express desires,
possibilities, doubts, or hypothetical situations. It is often
introduced by particles such as "‫( "لَ ُْو‬law), "َُ ‫( "لَ ْي‬layta), or "‫"إِ ُْن‬
(in), and it typically appears in conditional or hypothetical
constructions. Examples of the subjunctive mood include:
- ُ ‫ُلَنَ َه ْب‬، َ َ‫( لَ ُْوُك ْن ُُأَنَكُ َمكَكن‬Law kuntu ana makanka, ladhahabtu) - If
I were you, I would go.
- ‫( لَ ْي َُُ َيلْتِينِيُ ْال َمكل‬Layta ya'teenee al-mal) - I wish money would
come to me.
- ‫ُ َستنَنْهَبُُلِلتَّن ََّز ُِه‬،‫طر‬ ُْ ‫( ِإ‬In ja'a al-matar, sanadhhabu liltanzahi)
َ ‫نُ َجك َُءُا ْل َم‬
- If it rains, we will go for a walk.
1.4.3 JUSSIVE MOOD

The jussive mood is used to express commands, requests, or
prohibitions. It is often employed in imperative sentences
or in the context of giving orders. The jussive mood
typically occurs in the second- and third-person singular
and plural forms. Here are some examples:
- ‫( تَعَك َُل‬Ta'ala) - Come (singular, addressed to a male).

- ‫( َتتتنَ َّكت ِري‬Tadhakkari) - Remember (singular, addressed to a
female).
- ‫( َ ُلُتتَلَخِ روا‬La tutakhiru) - Do not delay (plural).
1.4.4 IMPERATIVE MOOD

The imperative mood is used to give direct commands or
instructions. It is similar to the jussive mood, but it applies
specifically to the second-person singular and plural forms.
The imperative mood is an important aspect of daily
communication in Arabic. Consider the following
examples:
- ‫( ك ُْن‬Kun) - Be (singular).
- ْ‫( ا ْق َرُأ‬Iqra') - Read (singular).
- ‫( اذْهَبوا‬Ithhabu) - Go (plural).
1.4.5 ACTIVE VOICE

The active voice is the most commonly used voice in Arabic.
It indicates that the subject of the verb is the doer or
performer of the action. The active voice is used in most
everyday sentences. Examples of the active voice include:
- ُ‫َّكرة‬
َ ‫سي‬َّ ‫تُال‬
ُِ ‫كر‬ َ ‫س‬َ (Sarat al-sayyarat) - The car is moving.
- ‫ِيب‬
َُ ‫( يَ ْشت َر ُُالطِ ْف ُُال َحل‬Yashrabu al-tifl al-haleeb) - The child drinks
milk.
- َُ‫( نَقَ ْل ُ ُاألَثَكث‬Naqaltu al-athath) - I moved the furniture.
1.4.6 PASSIVE VOICE

The passive voice indicates that the subject of the verb is the
recipient or target of the action. It is formed by adding the
passive marker "ُ‫( "ي‬yu-) or "ُ‫( "ت‬tu-) to the verb's base form.
The passive voice is commonly used when the focus is on
the object or when the doer of the action is unknown or
irrelevant. Consider the following examples:
- ُ ‫( ي ْكتَبُُال ِكتَك‬Yuktabu al-kitab) - The book is being written.

- ُ ‫( ي ْعلَمُُُاللُّ َغتت ُُُالعَ َربِ َّيتت‬Yu'lamu al-lughah al-'arabiyyah) - Arabic is
learned.
- ُ ‫يرةُُبِ َستتت َر َع‬ َ ِ‫( تقَدَّمُُالفَط‬Tuqaddamu al-fatirah bisar'ah) - The pie is
served quickly.
Understanding the different moods and voices in Arabic

verbs is essential for effective communication and proper
verb conjugation. By familiarizing yourself with these
concepts, you will gain greater control and accuracy in
expressing a wide range of meanings and intentions.
1.5 VERB CLASSES AND CONJUGATION TYPES
In Arabic, verbs can be classified into different categories

based on their structure and conjugation patterns.
Understanding these verb classes and conjugation types is
essential for mastering Arabic verb conjugations.
1.5.1 REGULAR VERBS
Regular verbs form the majority of verbs in the Arabic

language. They follow predictable patterns and can be
categorized into two main types: three-letter root verbs and
four-letter root verbs.
1.5.1.1 Three-Letter Root Verbs
Three-letter root verbs, also known as trilateral verbs, are

the most common type of regular verbs in Arabic. These
verbs consist of a three-letter root that carries the basic
meaning, and they undergo specific vowel and consonant
changes to indicate different grammatical aspects.
For example:
- The root "‫( "كتتتتتب‬k-t-b) means "to write." Conjugating this
root produces forms like "‫( "أكتتتب‬I write), "‫( "تكتتتب‬you write),
and so on.
1.5.1.2 Four-Letter Root Verbs
Four-letter root verbs, also known as quadrilateral verbs,

have an additional letter in their root compared to three-
letter root verbs. These verbs follow similar conjugation
patterns as three-letter root verbs but with some variations

due to the extra letter.
For example:
- The root "‫( "ستتتتلم‬s-l-m) means "to surrender." Conjugating
this root produces forms like "‫( "أستتلم‬I surrender), "‫( "تستتلم‬you
surrender), and so on.
1.5.2 IRREGULAR VERBS
Irregular verbs, unlike regular verbs, do not follow the

typical conjugation patterns. They exhibit unique changes
and variations in their root letters, vowels, or both.
Irregular verbs can be further divided into different types
based on their irregularities.
1.5.2.1 Defective Verbs
Defective verbs have missing or weak root letters, which

affects their conjugation. These verbs may lack certain
forms in their conjugation paradigm or exhibit
irregularities in specific forms.
For example:
- The verb "‫( "قتتتكل‬qāla) means "to say." It is considered
defective because it does not have an active participle (ism
fa'il) form.
1.5.2.2 Doubled Verbs
Doubled verbs have a repeated consonant in their root

letters. This repetition influences their conjugation, often
resulting in changes to vowels or syllable structures.
For example:
- The verb " ‫( "صتتد‬saddaqa) means "to believe." The doubled
letter "‫ "د‬in the root affects the conjugation, such as in forms
like "ُ ‫ص ِد‬
َ ‫( "ي‬he believes) and "ُ ‫ص ِد‬ َ " (he will believe).
َ ‫سي‬
1.5.2.3 Hollow Verbs
Hollow verbs, also known as weak-letter verbs, have one or

more weak (hollow) root letters. These weak letters can be
affected by vowel changes in certain conjugation forms.
For example:
- The verb "َُ ‫( "شتَ ِر‬shariba) means "to drink." The weak letter
"‫ "ر‬in the root undergoes vowel changes in some forms,
such as in "ُ ‫( "ت َْشتتت َر‬you [feminine] drink) and "ُ ‫( " َستتتت َْشتتت ِر‬you
[feminine] will drink).
1.5.2.4 Assimilated Verbs
Assimilated verbs, also known as assimilation verbs, have a

root letter that assimilates or merges with another letter,
resulting in changes to the root structure and conjugation
patterns.
For example:
- The verb "‫( " َف ت ِة ت َُم‬fahima) means "to understand." The root
letter "‫ "ه‬assimilates with the following letter " ‫ "م‬in some
forms, such as in "ُ‫( "نَ ْف َةم‬we understand) and "ُ‫( " َستتت ْنفَ ِةم‬we will
understand).
1.5.3 STRONG VERBS

Strong verbs, also known as sound verbs or regular-
stemmed verbs, exhibit predictable patterns and do not
deviate significantly from the standard conjugation rules.

They are characterized by stable root letters and consistent
vowel patterns across their conjugation forms.
For example:
- The verb "‫س‬
َُ ‫( "د ََر‬darasa) means "to study." It follows the
regular conjugation patterns without any irregularities or
deviations.
1.5.4 WEAK VERBS
Weak verbs, also known as assimilated-stemmed verbs or

assimilated hollow verbs, have specific conjugation
patterns that differ from regular verbs. These verbs
undergo vowel and consonant changes based on the weak
letter in their root.
For example:
- The verb "‫( "قَك َُل‬qāla) means "to say." It belongs to the weak
verb category, and its conjugation exhibits specific patterns
and changes related to the weak letter "‫و‬."
Understanding these verb classes and conjugation types

provides a solid foundation for learning and mastering
Arabic verb conjugations. By familiarizing yourself with
the regular and irregular patterns, you'll be better equipped
to navigate the complexities of verb conjugation in the
Arabic language.
1.6 VERBAL NOUNS AND PARTICIPLES

Verbal nouns and participles play an important role in
Arabic grammar, as they allow for greater flexibility in
expressing various actions and states. Understanding how

to form verbal nouns and participles, as well as their usage,
is crucial for mastering Arabic verb conjugations.
1.6.1 FORMING VERBAL NOUNS
Verbal nouns, also known as masdars, are derived from

Arabic verbs and are used to express the concept of the verb
in a nominal form. To form verbal nouns, follow these
general guidelines:
a) Sound Verbs: For most sound verbs, the verbal noun is

derived by adding the pattern "mafa'ala" to the verb's three-
letter root. For example:
Verb: ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - to write
Verbal Noun: ُ َ‫( ِكتَكب‬kitābatun) - writing
b) Hollow Verbs: For hollow verbs, where one or more of the

root letters are weak and can be hollowed out, the verbal
noun is formed by adding the pattern "mifta'ala" to the root.
For example:
Verb: ‫( فَتَ َُح‬fataha) - to open

Verbal Noun: ُ ‫( فَتْ َح‬fathatun) - opening
c) Doubled Verbs: For doubled verbs, where the second and

third root letters are identical, the verbal noun is formed by
adding the pattern "mufa'ala" to the root. For example:
Verb: َُ َ‫( قَت‬qatala) - to kill

Verbal Noun: ُ َ‫( قَتْل‬qatlahun) - killing
1.6.2 ACTIVE PARTICIPLES
Active participles in Arabic, also known as ism fa'il, are

derived from verbs and are used to describe a person or
thing performing the action of the verb. They can be
formed by adding specific patterns to the verb's root letters.
Here are some examples:
a) Sound Verbs: For most sound verbs, the active participle

is formed by adding the pattern "fa'il" to the verb's three-
Verb: ‫َب‬
Active Participle: ُ‫( كَكتِب‬kātibun) - writer
b) Hollow Verbs: For hollow verbs, the active participle is

formed by adding the pattern "mafa'il" to the root. For
example:

Active Participle: ُ‫( م ْفتَكح‬muftāḥun) - opener
c) Doubled Verbs: For doubled verbs, the active participle is

formed by adding the pattern "mufa'il" to the root. For
example:

Active Participle: ُ ِ‫( قَكت‬qātilun) - killer
1.6.3 PASSIVE PARTICIPLES
Passive participles, also known as ism maf'ul, are derived

from verbs and are used to describe a person or thing that
receives the action of the verb. They can be formed by

adding specific patterns to the verb's root letters. Here are
some examples:
a) Sound Verbs: For most sound verbs, the passive participle

is formed by adding the pattern "mafrul" to the verb's three-
Verb: ‫َب‬
Passive Participle: ُ ‫( َم ْكتو‬maktūbun) - written
b) Hollow Verbs: For hollow verbs, the passive participle is

formed by adding the pattern "mufa'al" to the root. For
example:

Passive Participle: ُ‫( َم ْفتوح‬maftūḥun) - opened
c) Doubled Verbs: For doubled verbs, the passive participle

is formed by adding the pattern "muqta'il" to the root. For
example:

Passive Participle: ُ‫( َم ْقتول‬maqtūlun) - killed
1.6.4 USAGE OF VERBAL NOUNS AND PARTICIPLES
Verbal nouns and participles have various uses in Arabic.

Here are some common ways they are employed:
a) Verbal Nouns:
- As the subject of a sentence: ُ‫ب ُ َج ِيتدَة‬ َ ‫( ِكتتَك َبت ُُال‬The student's
ُِ ‫طتك تِل‬
writing is good).
- To form compound nouns: ُِ َ‫( َم ْكتَبُُاألَد‬The literature office).

- As the object of a preposition: ُِ ‫( َم َر ْرتُُبِ َجمِ يت ُُِالعَ َمت‬I passed by
the beauty of the work).
b) Active Participles:
- As the subject of a sentence: ُ‫الطت ِكلتبُُُالتنِي ُ َي ْكتتب‬
َّ (The student
who is writing).
- To form descriptive phrases: ُ‫( َرج ُُقَ ِوي‬A strong man).
- To express ongoing actions: ُِ ‫الستتو‬
ُّ ُ‫( البَكئِعُُفِي‬The seller in the
market).
c) Passive Participles:
- As the subject of a sentence: ُ ‫( ال ِكتَك ُُا ْل َم ْكتو‬The written book).
- To form passive constructions: ‫ون‬ ْ ِ‫( تَ ُْمُإ‬The law was
ُِ ‫صتتدَارُُالقَكن‬
issued).
- To describe the state of something: ُ ‫( النَّكفِنَةُُ َم ْفتو َح‬The window
is open).
Understanding the formation and usage of verbal nouns

and participles expands your ability to express and
comprehend a wide range of actions and states in Arabic.
Practice using them in different contexts to strengthen
your mastery of Arabic verb conjugations.
1.7 OVERVIEW OF VERB CONJUGATION PROCESS
Conjugating Arabic verbs involves systematically changing

the verb forms to express different tenses, moods, voices,
and other grammatical features. This section provides an
overview of the verb conjugation process, outlining the key
steps, understanding verb templates and their variations,
and offering useful tips for mastering verb conjugations.
1.7.1 STEP-BY-STEP CONJUGATION METHOD
Conjugating Arabic verbs can be simplified by following a

step-by-step method. Here's a suggested approach:
Step 1: Identify the verb form and pattern - Determine the

form and pattern of the verb you want to conjugate. This
information helps you understand the conjugation rules
and apply them correctly.
Step 2: Identify the root letters - Identify the three or four

root letters of the verb. These letters are the core
components that undergo changes during conjugation.
Step 3: Apply the appropriate prefix - Attach the

appropriate prefix to the root letters based on the subject of
the sentence (e.g., I, you, he/she, we, etc.).
Step 4: Apply the vowel markings - Add the appropriate

vowel markings (short vowels, long vowels, or diphthongs)
to the root letters and the prefix to indicate the desired
tense, mood, or voice.
Step 5: Apply any additional modifications - Some verb

forms and patterns may require additional modifications,
such as doubling or assimilating letters. Follow the specific
rules for each modification.
Step 6: Review and practice - Review the conjugated form

and compare it to the corresponding rules and patterns.
Practice conjugating verbs regularly to reinforce your
understanding and improve your proficiency.
1.7.2 UNDERSTANDING VERB TEMPLATES AND

TEMPLATE VARIATIONS
Arabic verbs follow specific templates or patterns based on

their form and pattern. These templates provide a
framework for conjugating verbs consistently. However,
it's important to note that there can be variations within
each template due to different verb classes and
irregularities. Understanding these variations is crucial for
accurate conjugation. Here are some common verb
templates and their variations:
Template 1: Three-Letter Root Verbs
- Regular Template: This is the standard template used for
the majority of three-letter root verbs.
- Irregular Template: Certain irregular verbs may have
unique conjugation patterns that deviate from the regular
template. These irregularities often affect vowel markings
or the addition/removal of letters.
Template 2: Four-Letter Root Verbs

- Regular Template: This template is used for four-letter
root verbs and follows a similar structure to the regular
three-letter template.
- Irregular Template: Some four-letter root verbs have
irregular conjugation patterns due to unique changes in
root letters or additional letters in certain verb forms.
Template 3: Assimilated Verbs

- Assimilated Template: Assimilated verbs exhibit
changes in their root letters to assimilate with the
following letters. This template involves modifying and
assimilating specific root letters based on the verb form.
Template 4: Doubled Verbs

- Doubled Template: Doubled verbs include a repeated
consonant in their root letters. The doubling pattern affects
the conjugation, with modifications occurring in specific
verb forms.
Template 5: Defective Verbs

- Defective Template: Defective verbs have missing or
weak root letters. Conjugating defective verbs requires
adjusting the conjugation pattern to account for the
missing or weak letters.
1.7.3 TIPS FOR MASTERING VERB CONJUGATIONS
Mastering Arabic verb conjugations can be challenging but

achievable with consistent practice and the right approach.
Here are some valuable tips to help you enhance your
proficiency:
1. Build a strong foundation: Start by learning the basic verb

forms, patterns, and rules. Establish a solid understanding
of the regular verb conjugation before delving into
irregularities.
2. Practice regularly: Dedicate time to practice conjugating

verbs daily. Choose a variety of verbs from different
patterns and forms to reinforce your knowledge and
improve your accuracy.
3. Create conjugation charts: Develop personalized

conjugation charts or tables for different verb forms and
patterns. Fill in the conjugated forms for each subject
pronoun to visually reinforce the patterns and aid

memorization.
4. Utilize mnemonic devices: Create mnemonics or memory

aids to remember irregular verbs, conjugation patterns,
and exceptions. These creative associations can make the
learning process more engaging and effective.
5. Use contextualized examples: Study verbs within the

context of sentences and dialogues. Understand how verb
conjugations interact with other grammatical elements to
form coherent sentences.
6. Seek guidance from native speakers or tutors: Interact

with native Arabic speakers or seek guidance from
experienced tutors who can provide feedback and help
clarify any doubts or challenges you may encounter.
7. Practice with diverse resources: Utilize textbooks, online

courses, interactive apps, and language exchange platforms
to practice verb conjugations in different contexts.
Engaging with diverse resources exposes you to various
verb forms and reinforces your skills.
8. Embrace consistent review: Regularly review previously

learned verb conjugations to ensure retention and build a
strong foundation for more advanced conjugation topics.
Remember, mastering verb conjugations requires patience

and perseverance. By following these tips and maintaining
a dedicated study routine, you can enhance your skills and
gain confidence in conjugating Arabic verbs accurately.
1.8 COMMON CHALLENGES AND PITFALLS IN VERB

CONJUGATIONS
Mastering Arabic verb conjugations can be a challenging

task, even for dedicated learners. In this section, we will
explore some common challenges and pitfalls that learners
often encounter and provide strategies to overcome them.
1.8.1 PRONUNCIATION AND VOWELIZATION

ISSUES
Accurate pronunciation and vowelization are crucial for
correctly conjugating Arabic verbs. Here are some common
issues learners face in this regard:
- Vowel Marks: Arabic verbs are written with vowel marks
(harakat) to indicate the correct pronunciation. However,
in real-world situations, texts may lack these marks. It's
important to practice recognizing and pronouncing the
vowels correctly.
- Vowel Elision: Some verb conjugations involve elision or

merging of vowels, which can be challenging for learners.
Pay attention to these vowel changes and practice
pronouncing them accurately.
- Letter Pronunciation: Arabic letters can have different

sounds depending on their position within a word. Be
mindful of these variations and practice pronouncing each
letter accurately in different verb conjugations.
To overcome pronunciation and vowelization challenges:

- Listen and Repeat: Regularly listen to native speakers

pronouncing verbs and repeat after them. This helps train
your ear and improves your pronunciation.
- Use Audio Resources: Utilize audio resources, such as

online courses or language learning apps, that provide
recordings of verbs being pronounced. Practice imitating
the pronunciation and pay attention to vowel sounds.
1.8.2 IDENTIFYING CORRECT VERB FORMS AND

PATTERNS
Identifying the correct verb forms and patterns is essential

for accurate conjugation. Here are some strategies to help
you with this challenge:
- Study Verb Forms: Familiarize yourself with the different

verb forms (I to X) and their characteristics. Understand the
structure and pattern associated with each form.
- Analyze Verb Patterns: Analyze the patterns of verbs

within each form to identify the root letters and the
associated vowels. This will help you recognize the
conjugation pattern more easily.
- Practice Verb Identification: Regularly practice

identifying the correct verb form and pattern by looking at
different verbs and determining their conjugation
characteristics.
- Utilize Resources: Consult verb conjugation tables,

grammar guides, or online resources that provide verb
forms and patterns. These resources can serve as valuable

references during your learning process.
1.8.3 HANDLING IRREGULARITIES AND

EXCEPTIONS
Arabic verbs have various irregularities and exceptions that

deviate from the standard conjugation rules. Dealing with
these irregularities can be challenging, but with practice,
you can overcome them. Here are some examples:
- Defective Verbs: Defective verbs have missing or

incomplete root letters, resulting in unique conjugation
patterns. Learn the different types of defective verbs and
their conjugation rules.
- Doubled Verbs: Doubled verbs have a doubled root letter,

which affects their conjugation patterns. Understand how
to handle the repetition of root letters in different verb
forms.
- Hollow Verbs: Hollow verbs have one or more missing

root letters, and the surrounding letters "hollow" to
compensate. Learn the specific patterns associated with
hollow verbs.
- Assimilated Verbs: Assimilated verbs undergo changes in

their root letters when certain prefixes or suffixes are
added. Study the assimilation rules and practice
conjugating assimilated verbs.
To handle irregularities and exceptions effectively:

- Study Patterns: Memorize the specific patterns and

conjugation rules for irregular verbs. Regular exposure and
practice will help you become more comfortable with these
exceptions.
- Practice Exercises: Engage in exercises that focus on

irregular verbs. Work through drills and sentences to
reinforce your understanding and application of irregular
verb conjugations.
1.8.4 DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN SIMILAR VERB

CLASSES AND CONJUGATION TYPES
Arabic has different verb classes and conjugation types that

may appear similar but have distinct conjugation patterns.
Distinguishing between them can be challenging. Here are
some tips to overcome this challenge:
- Study Comparative Tables: Consult comparative tables

that showcase the conjugation patterns of similar verb
classes side by side. Analyze the differences and similarities
to develop a clear understanding of each class's unique
characteristics.
- Practice Differentiating Examples: Work with practice

examples that highlight the differences between similar
verb classes. By repeatedly conjugating verbs from each
class, you will develop an intuitive sense of their
conjugation patterns.
- Seek Clarification: If you encounter specific challenges in

distinguishing between verb classes and conjugation types,
consult language learning forums, tutors, or instructors for
clarification. They can provide additional guidance and

examples to help solidify your understanding.
- Contextual Analysis: Consider the context in which a verb

is used. Pay attention to the surrounding words and
grammatical structures, as they can provide clues about the
verb's class and conjugation type.
By applying these strategies and consistently practicing

verb conjugations, you can overcome the common
challenges and pitfalls associated with Arabic verb
conjugations. Embrace the process as an opportunity for
growth and gradually build your proficiency in conjugating
Arabic verbs.
PART I: CONJUGATION BASICS
2. PRESENT TENSE CONJUGATION
2.1 REGULAR VERB CONJUGATION
2.1.1 Introduction to Regular Verb Forms

Regular verb forms in Arabic follow specific patterns and
conjugation rules. These verbs are characterized by their
predictable conjugation endings, making them relatively
easier to conjugate compared to irregular verbs. The most
common regular verb forms in Arabic are the ten forms,
known as Form I to Form X. Each form has its own
conjugation pattern and represents a different semantic
aspect of the verb's meaning.
2.1.2 Conjugation of Regular Verbs in the Present Tense

The present tense is a fundamental verb form in Arabic
and serves various functions. Conjugating regular verbs in
the present tense involves applying specific suffixes to the
verb's root letters based on the pronoun or subject. Let's
explore the conjugation process for different pronouns:
2.1.2.1 First Person Singular (I)

In the first person singular, which represents the
speaker, the verb conjugation typically ends with the vowel
"-u" or "-tu." For example:
- ُ‫( أكتب‬aktubu) - I write
- ُ‫( أدرس‬adrusu) - I study
2.1.2.2 Second Person Singular (You - Masculine)

When addressing a male in the second person singular,

the verb conjugation usually ends with the vowel "-a" or "-
ta." For example:
- ُ‫( تكتب‬taktubu) - You (masculine) write
- ُ‫( تدرس‬tadrusu) - You (masculine) study
2.1.2.3 Second Person Singular (You - Feminine)

When addressing a female in the second person
singular, the verb conjugation typically ends with the
vowel "-i" or "-ti." For example:
- َُ‫( تكتبين‬taktubīna) - You (feminine) write
- َُ‫( تدرسين‬tadrusīna) - You (feminine) study
2.1.2.4 Third Person Singular (He/She/It)

The third person singular refers to he, she, or it. The
verb conjugation in this form often ends with the vowel "-
u" or "-y" depending on the verb form and conjugation
pattern. For example:
- ُ‫( يكتب‬yaktubu) - He writes, she writes, it writes
- ُ‫( يدرس‬yadrusu) - He studies, she studies, it studies
2.1.2.5 First Person Plural (We)

In the first person plural, which represents "we," the
verb conjugation generally ends with the vowel "-na." For
example:
- ُ‫( نكتب‬naktubu) - We write
- ُ‫( ندرس‬ndrusu) - We study
2.1.2.6 Second Person Plural (You - Masculine/Feminine)

When addressing a group of people, whether masculine
or feminine, in the second person plural, the verb
conjugation often ends with the vowel "-u" or "-ūna" for
masculine and "-na" for feminine. For example:
- َُ‫( تكتبون‬taktubūna) - You (plural masculine) write
- َُ‫( تكتبن‬taktubna) - You (plural feminine) write

2.1.2.7 Third Person Plural (They)
The third person plural refers to "they." The verb
conjugation in this form usually ends with the vowel "-ūna"
or "-ina" depending on the verb form and conjugation
- َُ‫( يكتبون‬yaktubūna) - They write
- َُ‫( يدرسون‬yadrusūna) - They study
2.1.3 Examples and Practice Exercises

To solidify your understanding of regular verb
conjugation in the present tense, here are some examples
and practice exercises:
- Conjugate the verb "‫َب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت‬kataba) meaning "to write" in
the present tense for different pronouns.
- Form sentences using the conjugated verbs to practice
their usage in context.
- Identify the verb forms and conjugation patterns used
in the given examples.
Example sentences:
1. ‫أنكُأدرسُُفيُالجكمع‬. (Ana adrusu fi al-jāmi'ah.) - I study at the
university.
2. ًُ ‫تك تبُُهيُرستتتتكلت ًُُجميلت‬. (Taktubu hiya risālah jamīlah.) - She
writes a beautiful letter.
3. ‫( يتتدرستتتتتونَُ ُأنتت ُُُِفتيُُنتفت ُُالتمتتدرستتتت ت‬Yadrusūna anti fi nafs al-
madrasah?) - Do you (plural) study in the same school?
Practice exercise:
Conjugate the verb "َ‫( "قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) meaning "to read" in the
present tense for all pronouns and write three example
sentences using the conjugated verbs.
2.2 IRREGULAR VERB CONJUGATION
Irregular verbs in the present tense present a unique set of

challenges in Arabic verb conjugation. Unlike regular verbs,
which follow predictable patterns, irregular verbs have
variations in their conjugation forms. In this section, we
will explore the nature of irregular verbs in the present
tense and provide an in-depth understanding of their
conjugation.
2.2.1 Introduction to Irregular Verbs in the Present Tense
Irregular verbs are characterized by deviations from the

standard conjugation patterns found in regular verbs.
These deviations can manifest as internal vowel changes,
consonant modifications, assimilation, gemination, or
other irregularities. It is important to familiarize yourself
with these irregularities to accurately conjugate irregular
verbs.
2.2.2 Common Patterns and Modifications
2.2.2.1 Verbs with Internal Vowel Changes
Some irregular verbs exhibit internal vowel changes in

their conjugation forms. These changes typically occur in
specific verb forms, affecting one or more vowels within
the verb root. It is crucial to recognize and apply the correct
vowel changes for each conjugation form.
Example:
‫( قكل‬qāla) - "to say"
Present Tense:
‫( أقول‬aqūl) - "I say"

‫( تقول‬taqūl) - "You say" (masculine singular)
‫( تقولين‬taqūlīn) - "You say" (feminine singular)
‫( يقول‬yaqūl) - "He says"
‫( نقول‬naqūl) - "We say"
‫( تقولون‬taqūlūn) - "You say" (masculine/feminine plural)
‫( يقولون‬yaqūlūn) - "They say"
2.2.2.2 Verbs with Consonant Modifications
Certain irregular verbs undergo consonant modifications

in their conjugation forms. These modifications involve
changes to specific consonants within the verb root.
Understanding these modifications is essential for accurate
conjugation.
Example:
‫( يلك‬ya'kul) - "to eat"
Present Tense:
‫( آك‬ākul) - "I eat"
‫( تلك‬ta'kul) - "You eat" (masculine singular)
‫( تلكلين‬ta'kulīn) - "You eat" (feminine singular)
‫( يلك‬ya'kul) - "He eats"
‫( نلك‬na'kul) - "We eat"
‫( تلكلون‬ta'kulūn) - "You eat" (masculine/feminine plural)
‫( يلكلون‬ya'kulūn) - "They eat"
2.2.2.3 Verbs with Assimilation
Assimilation occurs when a verb root letter assimilates to a

neighboring letter during conjugation. This assimilation
can affect the pronunciation and spelling of the verb.
Understanding the assimilation patterns is crucial to
accurately conjugating these verbs.
Example:
‫( كتب‬kataba) - "to write"
Present Tense:
‫( أكتب‬aktubu) - "I write"
‫( تكتب‬taktubu) - "You write" (masculine singular)
‫( تكتبين‬taktubīn) - "You write" (feminine singular)
‫( يكتب‬yaktubu) - "He writes"
‫( نكتب‬naktubu) - "We write"
‫( تكتبون‬taktubūn) - "You write" (masculine/feminine plural)
‫( يكتبون‬yaktubūn) - "They write"
2.2.2.4 Verbs with Gemination
Gemination refers to the doubling of a consonant within a

verb root during conjugation. This doubling affects the
pronunciation and spelling of the verb in specific
conjugation forms. Understanding the gemination
patterns is essential for accurate conjugation.
Example:
‫( سمع‬sama'a) - "to hear"
Present Tense:
‫( أسمع‬asma'u) - "I hear"
‫( تسمع‬tasma'u) - "You hear" (masculine singular)
‫( تسمعين‬tasma'īn) - "You hear" (feminine singular)
‫( يسمع‬yasma'u) - "He hears"
‫( نسمع‬nasma'u) - "We hear"
‫( تسمعون‬tasma'ūn) - "You hear" (masculine/feminine plural)
‫( يسمعون‬yasma'ūn) - "They hear"
2.2.3 Conjugation of Irregular Verbs in the Present Tense
To conjugate irregular verbs in the present tense, it is

essential to understand the specific conjugation forms for
each pronoun. Here, we will provide the conjugation forms

for the first, second, and third person singular and plural.
The first person singular form of irregular verbs in the
present tense is formed by applying the appropriate
modifications or irregularities.
Example:
Verb: ‫( قكل‬qāla) - "to say"
‫( أقول‬aqūl) - "I say"

The second person singular form for irregular verbs
requires the correct application of the irregularities.
Example:
‫( تقول‬taqūl) - "You say" (masculine singular)

The second person singular form for irregular verbs, when
addressing a female, follows the same rules as the
masculine form.
Example:
‫( تقولين‬taqūlīn) - "You say" (feminine singular)

The third person singular form of irregular verbs in the
present tense also requires the appropriate modifications
or irregularities.
Example:

‫( يقول‬yaqūl) - "He says"

The first person plural form for irregular verbs follows the
same rules as the first person singular form, applying the
necessary modifications or irregularities.
Example:
‫( نقول‬naqūl) - "We say"

The second person plural form for irregular verbs requires
the appropriate application of the irregularities.
Example:
‫( تقولون‬taqūlūn) - "You say" (masculine/feminine plural)

The third person plural form for irregular verbs in the
present tense follows the same rules as the third person
singular form, with
the necessary modifications or irregularities.
Example:
‫( يقولون‬yaqūlūn) - "They say"

To solidify your understanding of irregular verb

conjugation in the present tense, here are some examples
and practice exercises. These examples will allow you to
apply the rules and patterns discussed in this chapter and
further enhance your grasp of Arabic verb conjugation.
Example:
Conjugate the verb ‫( رؤيك‬ru'ya) - "to see" in the present tense
for the pronoun ‫( نحن‬we).
‫( نرى‬nara) - "We see"
Practice Exercise:
Conjugate the verb ‫( جكء‬jā'a) - "to come" in the present tense
for all the pronouns.
‫( أجيء‬ajī') - "I come"

‫( تجيئ‬tajī') - "You come" (masculine singular)
‫( تجيئين‬tajī'īn) - "You come" (feminine singular)
‫( يجيئ‬yajī') - "He comes"
‫( نجيئ‬najī') - "We come"
‫( تجيؤون‬tajī'ūn) - "You come" (masculine/feminine plural)
‫( يجيؤون‬yajī'ūn) - "They come"
By studying and practicing the conjugation of irregular

verbs in the present tense, you will gradually master these
unique verb forms and confidently use them in your Arabic
communication.
2.3 HOLLOW VERB CONJUGATION
2.3.1 Introduction to Hollow Verbs in the Present Tense

Hollow verbs, also known as "hollow root" or "middle root"
verbs, are a specific category of Arabic verbs that have a
unique pattern in their conjugation. These verbs are

characterized by having a middle radical (root letter) that is
absent or "hollow" in certain verb forms. Understanding the
conjugation of hollow verbs is essential for mastering
2.3.2 Hollow Verb Patterns and Characteristics

Hollow verbs follow specific patterns and exhibit certain
characteristics in their conjugation. Here are some key
features of hollow verbs in the present tense:
- The middle radical (second root letter) is hollow or absent

in certain verb forms.
- The hollow letter is replaced by a long vowel (either "ā" or
"ī") in the verb forms where it is missing.
- Hollow verbs are typically of the Form II (verb pattern) or
Form III (verb pattern), but there can be exceptions.
2.3.3 Conjugation of Hollow Verbs in the Present Tense

Let's explore the conjugation of hollow verbs in the present
tense. The following subsections outline the conjugation
for each pronoun:

- Example of a hollow verb: ‫( كتب‬kataba) - to write
- Conjugation: ُ‫( أ ْكتب‬aktubu) - I write

- Conjugation: ُ‫( تَ ْكتب‬taktubu) - You write

- Conjugation: َُ‫( تَ ْكت ِبين‬taktubīna) - You write

- Conjugation: ُ‫( َي ْكتب‬yaktubu) - He/She/It writes

- Conjugation: ُ‫( نَ ْكتب‬naktubu) - We write

- Conjugation: َُ‫( تَ ْكتبون‬taktubūna) - You write

- Conjugation: َُ‫( يَ ْكتبون‬yaktubūna) - They write

To reinforce your understanding of hollow verb
conjugation, here are some examples and practice
exercises.
Example 1:
Hollow Verb: ‫( شر‬shariba) - to drink
Present Tense Conjugation:
- ُ ‫( أ ْش َر‬ušrabu) - I drink
- ُ ‫( تَ ْش َر‬tašrabu) - You drink
- َُ‫( تَ ْش َُر ِبين‬tašrabīna) - You drink
- ُ ‫( َي ْش َر‬yašrabu) - He/She/It drinks
- ُ ‫( نَ ْش َر‬našrabu) - We drink
- َُ‫( تَ ْش َربون‬tašrabūna) - You drink
- َُ‫( يَ ْش َربون‬yašrabūna) - They drink
Example 2:
Hollow Verb: ‫( فتح‬fataḥa) - to open
Present Tense Conjugation:

- ُ‫( أ ْفتَح‬uftaḥu) - I open
- ُ‫( تَ ْفتَح‬taftaḥu) - You open
- َُ‫( تَ ْفتَحِ ين‬taftaḥīna) - You open
- ُ‫( َي ْفتَح‬yaftaḥu) - He/She/It opens
- ُ‫( نَ ْفتَح‬naftaḥu) - We open
- َُ‫( تَ ْفتَحون‬taftaḥūna) - You open
- َُ‫( يَ ْفتَحون‬yaftaḥūna) - They open
Practice Exercise:
Conjugate the hollow verb "‫( "درس‬darasa) - to study, in the
present tense for all pronouns.
Solution:
- ُ‫( أدْرس‬udrusu) - I study
- ُ‫( تَدْرس‬tadrusu) - You study
- َُ‫( تَدْرسِين‬tadrusīna) - You study
- ُ‫( يَدْرس‬yadrusu) - He/She/It studies
- ُ‫( نَدْرس‬nadrusu) - We study
- َُ‫( تَدْرسون‬tadrusūna) - You study
- َُ‫( يَدْرسون‬yadrusūna) - They study
By practicing more examples like these, you'll become

proficient in conjugating hollow verbs in the present tense.
Remember to pay attention to the patterns and
characteristics specific to hollow verbs to accurately
conjugate them.
2.4 DEFECTIVE VERB CONJUGATION
Defective verbs in Arabic are a unique category of verbs that

exhibit irregularities in their conjugation patterns. These
verbs have missing or altered root letters, resulting in
distinct conjugation forms. Understanding the conjugation

of defective verbs is crucial for mastering Arabic verb
conjugations.
2.4.1 Introduction to Defective Verbs in the Present Tense
Defective verbs are characterized by the absence or

alteration of one or more root letters in certain verb forms.
These irregularities affect the conjugation of defective
verbs in the present tense. It is essential to identify
defective verbs and learn their specific conjugation
patterns to use them correctly in speech and writing.
2.4.2 Defective Verb Patterns and Exceptions
Defective verbs in Arabic follow specific patterns in the

present tense conjugation. However, it's important to note
that there are exceptions and variations within these
patterns. Some common defective verb patterns include:
- Pattern 1: Verbs with a missing or altered first root letter

- Pattern 2: Verbs with a missing or altered second root
letter
- Pattern 3: Verbs with a missing or altered third root letter
It's crucial to familiarize yourself with these patterns and

the exceptions associated with each defective verb
category.
2.4.3 Conjugation of Defective Verbs in the Present Tense
In this section, we will explore the conjugation of defective

verbs in the present tense for different pronouns.
The first person singular conjugation of defective verbs in

the present tense is formed by adding the appropriate
prefix and suffix to the verb base. For example:
- Verb: ‫( قكل‬qāla) - to say

ُ‫( أَقول‬aqūlu) - I say
The second person singular masculine conjugation of

defective verbs in the present tense is formed by adding the
appropriate prefix and suffix to the verb base. For example:

ُ‫( تَقول‬taqūlu) - you say (masculine)
The second person singular feminine conjugation of

defective verbs in the present tense is formed by adding the
appropriate prefix and suffix to the verb base. For example:

َُ‫( تَقولِين‬taqūlīna) - you say (feminine)
The third person singular conjugation of defective verbs in


ُ‫( يَقول‬yaqūlu) - he says / she says / it says
The first person plural conjugation of defective verbs in the

present tense is formed by adding the appropriate prefix
and suffix to the verb base. For example:

ُ‫( نَقول‬naqūlu) - we say
The second person plural conjugation of defective verbs in

prefix and suffix to
the verb base. For example:

َُ‫( تَقولون‬taqūlūna) - you say (masculine/feminine)
The third person plural conjugation of defective verbs in


َُ‫( يَقولون‬yaqūlūna) - they say
To reinforce your understanding of defective verb

conjugation, here are some examples and practice
exercises. These exercises will provide you with hands-on

experience in using defective verbs in various present tense
conjugations. Work through these exercises to strengthen
your command of defective verb conjugations.
Remember to consult the glossary and index sections of this

book for further clarification and easy reference.
Continue exploring the other sections and chapters of the

book to develop a comprehensive understanding of Arabic
verb conjugations.
2.5 ASSIMILATED VERB CONJUGATION
2.5.1 Introduction to Assimilated Verbs in the Present

Tense
Assimilated verbs in Arabic are a category of verbs that
undergo certain modifications in their root letters when
conjugated in the present tense. These modifications occur
to maintain the flow and harmony of pronunciation.
Understanding the patterns and rules for assimilated verb
conjugation is crucial for mastering Arabic verb
conjugations.
2.5.2 Assimilated Verb Patterns and Modifications

Assimilated verbs follow specific patterns of modification
in their root letters during conjugation in the present tense.
The modifications involve assimilating one or more of the
root letters to neighboring letters, resulting in changes to
the verb's pronunciation and spelling. The specific patterns
and modifications vary depending on the verb form and
root letters involved.
Common assimilated verb patterns include:

- Assimilation with the first or second root letter.

- Assimilation with the third root letter.
- Assimilation with multiple root letters.
These patterns may result in changes such as:

- Doubling of letters.
- Substitution of letters.
- Elision of certain letters.
- Assimilation with neighboring letters.
2.5.3 Conjugation of Assimilated Verbs in the Present Tense

Conjugating assimilated verbs in the present tense requires
applying the appropriate modifications based on the verb
form and root letters. Here is a breakdown of the
conjugation for each person:

In the first person singular, the assimilated verb
conjugation typically involves modifying the first or
second root letter.
Example:
Root verb: ‫َب‬
First person singular: ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu) - I write

The second person singular conjugation for assimilated
verbs also requires modifications in the first or second root
letter.
Example:
Root verb: ‫( َج َرى‬jara) - to run
Second person singular (masculine): ‫( تَجُْ ِري‬tajri) - you run

The second person singular conjugation for assimilated
verbs is similar to the masculine form, with modifications
in the first or second root letter.
Example:
Root verb: ‫ب‬ َ (talaba) - to ask
َُ َ‫طل‬
Second person singular (feminine): َُ‫طتلت ِبتيتن‬
ْ ‫( تَت‬tatlu'bina) - you
ask

In the third person singular, assimilated verb conjugation
involves modifying the first or second root letter.
Example:
Root verb: ‫س‬
َُ ‫( د ََر‬darasa) - to study
Third person singular: ُ‫( يَدْرس‬yadrusu) - he studies

The first person plural conjugation for assimilated verbs
typically involves modifications in the first or second root
letter.
Example:
Root verb: َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - to read
First person plural: ُ‫( نَ ْق َرأ‬naqra'u) - we read

The second person plural conjugation for assimilated verbs
requires modifications in the first or second root letter.
Example:
Root verb: ‫( َسمِ َُع‬sami'a) - to hear
Second person plural: َُ‫( تَ ُْس َمعون‬tasma'una) - you hear

In the third person plural, assimilated verb conjugation
involves modifying the first or second root letter.
Example:
Root verb: َُ‫( شَك َهد‬shahada) - to witness
Third person plural: َُ‫( َي ْش َةدون‬yashhaduna) - they witness

To reinforce the understanding of assimilated verb
conjugation, here are some examples and practice exercises
for further practice:
Example 1:
Root verb: ‫َب‬ َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - to write
Conjugation:
- ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu)
- ُ‫( تَ ْكتب‬taktubu)
- ُ‫( يَ ْكتب‬yaktubu)
- ُ‫( نَ ْكتب‬naktubu)
- َُ‫( تَ ْكتبون‬taktubuna)
- َُ‫( تَ ْكتبِين‬taktubina)
- َُ‫( يَ ْكتبون‬yaktubuna)
Example 2:
Root verb: ‫( َج َرى‬jara) - to run
Conjugation:
- ‫( أَجْ ِري‬ajri)
- ‫( تَجْ ِري‬tajri)
- ‫( يَجْ ِري‬yajri)
- ‫( نَجْ ِري‬najri)
- َُ‫( تَجْ ِرين‬tajrina)
- َُ‫( تَجْ ِرين‬tajrina)
- َُ‫( يَجْ ِرين‬yajrina)
Practice Exercise:
Conjugate the assimilated verb "‫( " َعل َُِم‬alima) - to know in the
present tense for all pronouns.
Solution:
- ُ‫( أَ ْعلَم‬a'lamu)
- ُ‫( تَ ْعلَم‬ta'lamu)
- ُ‫( يَ ْعلَم‬ya'lamu)
- ُ‫( نَ ْعلَم‬na'lamu)
- َُ‫( تَ ْعلَمون‬ta'lamuna)
- َُ‫( تَ ْعلَمِ ين‬ta'lamina)
- َُ‫( يَ ْعلَمون‬ya'lamuna)
By practicing conjugation exercises like these, you'll

become more proficient in assimilated verb conjugation
and enhance your overall understanding of Arabic verb
forms and patterns.
3. PAST TENSE CONJUGATION
3.1.1 Introduction to Regular Verbs
Regular verbs in Arabic follow predictable patterns of

conjugation in the past tense. These verbs maintain a
consistent root structure and are conjugated by adding
specific suffixes to the root letters. Understanding the
structure and rules of regular verb conjugation is essential
for mastering Arabic grammar.
3.1.2 Conjugation Rules for Regular Verbs

To conjugate regular verbs in the past tense, follow these

general rules:
1. Identify the root letters: Regular verbs consist of three

consonants (root letters) that convey the core meaning of
the verb. For example, the root letters for the verb "to write"
are K-T-B.
2. Determine the verb form: Arabic verbs can belong to one

of ten different verb forms (I-X), each with a specific
pattern of conjugation. For instance, the verb "to write"
belongs to form I.
3. Apply the past tense prefixes: In the past tense, Arabic

verbs require specific prefixes based on the subject of the
sentence. The prefixes indicate the subject pronouns and
serve as markers for the past tense. Here are the past tense
prefixes:
- Singular:
َ‫( ُأ‬a) - First-person (I)
َُ‫( ت‬ta) - Second-person masculine (you, singular)
ُِ (ti) - Second-person feminine (you, singular)
‫ت‬
َُ (ya) - Third-person masculine (he)
‫ي‬
َُ‫( ت‬ta) - Third-person feminine (she)
- Plural:
‫( نَك‬na) - First-person plural (we)
‫( ت ُْم‬tum) - Second-person plural (you, plural)
َُ‫( يون‬yoon) - Third-person plural (they)
4. Apply the appropriate vowel markings: The vowel

markings on the root letters indicate the tense and gender
of the verb. For regular verbs in the past tense, the vowel
markings are as follows:
- First letter: Usually, a fatha (َ) vowel mark for masculine

and feminine singular subjects. For first-person singular, a
kasra (ِ) is used.
- Second letter: Typically, a fatha (َ) vowel mark for all
subjects.
- Third letter: Usually, a damma (ُ) vowel mark for
masculine singular subjects. For feminine singular, a
tenuwn (ٌ) is added, and for plurals, a waw (‫ )و‬is added.
5. Add the appropriate subject suffixes: After applying the

vowel markings, add the corresponding subject suffixes to
the verb conjugation. The suffixes differ based on the
subject pronouns and the verb form.
3.1.3 Examples of Regular Verb Conjugation
To illustrate the conjugation process, here are examples of

regular verb conjugation in the past tense using the verb "to
write" (K-T-B) in Form I:
- Singular:
ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu) - I write
َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta) - You (masculine) wrote
ُِ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabti) - You (feminine) wrote
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - He wrote
‫َب‬
ُْ َ‫( َكتَب‬katabat) - She wrote
- Plural:
‫( َكتَ ْبنَك‬katabna) - We wrote
‫( َكتَبْت ُْم‬katabtum) - You (plural) wrote
‫( َكتَبوا‬kataboo) - They wrote
3.1.4 Practice Exercises for Regular Verb Conjugation
To reinforce your understanding of regular verb

conjugation in the past tense, here are some practice
exercises:
Exercise 1: Conjugate the verb "to study" (D-R-S) in the past

tense for the following subjects: I, you (feminine), he, we,
and they.
Exercise 2: Fill in the blanks with the correct past tense

form of the verb in parentheses:
a) ‫أَنَكُ__________ُ(ش َِر ْب ُ)ُالشكي‬. (I drank)

b) ‫همُ__________ُ(أَكَلوا)ُالطعكم‬. (They ate)
c) ‫ت)ُالكتك‬ُِ ْ‫أَن ُُِ__________ُ(قَ َرأ‬. (You (feminine) read)
These exercises will help you practice and internalize the

regular verb conjugation patterns in the past tense.
3.2 WEAK VERB CONJUGATION
3.2.1 Understanding Weak Verbs:

Weak verbs in Arabic exhibit a specific pattern of
conjugation in the past tense. These verbs contain a weak
letter (i.e., a letter that undergoes a change in
pronunciation) within their root structure. The weak
letters in Arabic are generally: ‫( أ‬alif), ‫( و‬waw), and ‫( ي‬ya). It's
essential to identify the weak letter in a verb to conjugate it
correctly in the past tense.
3.2.2 Conjugation Rules for Weak Verbs:

Conjugating weak verbs in the past tense follows specific

rules. The weak letter may undergo changes depending on
the verb form and the position of the weak letter within the
root structure. Here are the conjugation rules for weak
verbs in the past tense:
Rule 1: If the weak letter is the first letter (root letter) of the
verb:
- Replace the weak letter with the corresponding letter
from the past tense conjugation chart.
- Apply the relevant voweling patterns and any additional
modifications.
Rule 2: If the weak letter is the second letter (root letter) of

the verb:
- Keep the weak letter as it is.
modifications.
Rule 3: If the weak letter is the third letter (root letter) of the
verb:
- Replace the weak letter with the corresponding letter
from the past tense conjugation chart.
modifications.
Note: The specific letters used for conjugation and any

additional modifications depend on the form of the verb
and the pronunciation rules in Arabic.
3.2.3 Examples of Weak Verb Conjugation:

Let's illustrate the conjugation of weak verbs in the past
tense using some examples. We'll consider different verb
forms and weak letters to demonstrate the application of

the conjugation rules:
Example 1: Verb "‫َب‬َُ ‫( " َكت‬kataba) - to write

- Form I (Regular) Weak Verb with a weak letter "‫( "ك‬kaf)
- Conjugation: ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - He wrote, َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta) - You
(masculine) wrote, ُِ ‫( َُكتَ ْب‬katabti) - You (feminine) wrote, and
so on.
Example 2: Verb "‫( " َعل َُِم‬ʿalima) - to know

- Form II (Quadrilateral) Weak Verb with a weak letter " ‫"ع‬
('ain)
- Conjugation: ‫( َعلت َُِم‬ʿalima) - He knew, َُ ‫( َعلت ِْمتت‬ʿalimta) - You
(masculine) knew, ُِ ‫( َُع ِل ْم‬ʿalimti) - You (feminine) knew, and
so on.
Example 3: Verb "‫( " َسمِ َُع‬samiʿa) - to hear

- Form III (Quadrilateral) Weak Verb with a weak letter " ‫"م‬
(meem)
- Conjugation: ‫( َستمِ َُع‬samiʿa) - He heard, َُ ‫( َستمِ ْع‬samiʿta) - You
(masculine) heard, ُِ ‫( َستتتتمِ ْعت‬samiʿti) - You (feminine) heard,
and so on.
Remember, these are just a few examples, and weak verbs

can have different root letters and verb forms, resulting in
various conjugation patterns.
3.2.4 Practice Exercises for Weak Verb Conjugation:

To reinforce your understanding of weak verb conjugation
in the past tense, here are some practice exercises:
Exercise 1:
Conjugate the verb "َُ ‫( "ش َِر‬shariba) - to drink in the past tense
for different pronouns.
Exercise 2:
Conjugate the verb "َُ ‫( " َغ ِس‬ghasila) - to wash in the past tense
for different pronouns.
Exercise 3:
Conjugate the verb "َُ ‫( "فَ َع‬faʿala) - to do in the past tense for
different pronouns.
By practicing conjugation exercises like these, you will

become more familiar with the rules and patterns for weak
verb conjugation in the past tense. Remember to consult
the past tense conjugation charts and refer to the specific
rules discussed earlier.
3.3 DOUBLED VERB CONJUGATION
Doubled verbs in Arabic are characterized by having a

repeated consonant within their root structure. These
verbs can present some unique conjugation patterns in the
past tense. This section will guide you through identifying
doubled verbs, understanding the conjugation rules,
providing examples for clarity, and offering practice
exercises to solidify your understanding.
3.3.1 Identifying Doubled Verbs
To identify a doubled verb, you need to examine the root

structure of the verb. A doubled verb consists of a three-
letter root where one of the letters is repeated. For example,
in the verb "‫َب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت‬kataba) meaning "to write," the letter "‫"ت‬
(ta) is repeated. This repetition distinguishes it as a doubled
verb.
Some common examples of doubled verbs include:

- ‫( قَد ََُّم‬qaddama) - to advance
- َّ‫( َش ُد‬shadda) - to tighten
- ‫( َوفَّى‬waffa) - to fulfill
- ‫( َر َّمى‬ramma) - to throw
3.3.2 Conjugation Rules for Doubled Verbs
When conjugating doubled verbs in the past tense, the

following rules apply:
1. Remove the repeated consonant from the root.

2. Add the appropriate past tense prefix and suffix based on
the subject.
3. Modify the vowels within the root based on the verb
form.
It's important to note that vowel modifications in doubled

verbs vary based on the specific verb form. Pay attention to
the vowel patterns for each verb form when conjugating.
3.3.3 Examples of Doubled Verb Conjugation
Let's explore conjugation examples for different verb forms

of a doubled verb, using the verb "‫( " َر َّمى‬ramma) meaning "to
throw":
1. Form I (َُ ‫)فَ َّع‬:

- ُ ‫( أنكُ َر َم ْي‬ana ramaaytu) - I threw
- َُ ‫( أن َُُ َر َم ْي‬anta ramaayta) - You (masculine singular) threw
- ‫( ه َُوُ َر َمى‬huwa ramaa) - He threw
- ُْ ‫ِيُ َر َم‬ َُ ‫( ه‬hiya ramat) - She threw
- ‫( نَحْ نُُ َر َم ْينَك‬nahnu ramaayna) - We threw
- ‫( أنتتتتت ُْمُُ َر َمتت ْيتتتتت ُْم‬antum ramaaytum) - You (masculine plural)

threw
- ‫( ه ُْمُ َر َم ْوا‬hum ramaaw) - They threw
2. Form II (َُّ ‫)فَ َّع‬:

- ُ ‫( أنكُأَ ْر َم ْي‬ana armaytu) - I caused to throw
- َُ ‫( أن َُُت َْر َم ْي‬anta tarmayta) - You (masculine singular) caused
to throw
- ‫( ه َُوُيَ ْرمِ ي‬huwa yarmii) - He causes to throw
- ُْ ‫ِيُت َْر َم‬ َُ ‫( ه‬hiya tarmat) - She causes to throw
- ‫( نَحْ نُُن َْرمِ ي‬nahnu narmii) - We cause to throw
- َُ‫( أنت ُْمُُتَ ْر َم ْون‬antum tarmawna) - You (masculine plural) cause
to throw
- َُ‫( ه ُْمُيَ ْرمون‬hum yarmuuna) - They cause to throw
3.3.4 Practice Exercises for Doubled Verb Conjugation
Now, let's practice conjugating different doubled verbs in

the past tense. Conjugate the following verbs based on the
given subjects:
1. ‫( قَد ََُّم‬qaddama) - to advance

- ‫( ________ أنك‬ana ________) - I advanced
- ‫( ________ ه ُْم‬hum ________) - They advanced
2. َّ‫( َش ُد‬shadda) - to tighten

- َُ ‫( ________ أنتت‬anta ________) - You (masculine singular)
tightened
- ُ‫( ________ نَحْ ن‬nahnu ________) - We tightened
3. ‫( َوفَّى‬waffa) - to fulfill
- ‫ِي‬
َُ ‫( ________ ه‬hiya ________) - She fulfilled
- ‫( ________ أنتتتتت ُْم‬antum ________) - You (masculine plural)
fulfilled
Take your time to complete the exercises, referring to the

conjugation rules for doubled verbs. Once you finish,
compare your answers with the provided solutions to
assess your understanding.
By mastering the conjugation of doubled verbs in the past

tense, you'll enhance your overall Arabic language
proficiency. Practice regularly to reinforce your knowledge
and fluency.
3.4.1 Understanding Defective Verbs
Defective verbs are a unique category of Arabic verbs that

exhibit irregularities in their conjugation patterns. These
verbs are characterized by missing or altered root letters in
certain verb forms. As a result, their conjugation differs
from the standard patterns observed in regular and weak
verbs.
Defective verbs often occur in specific verb forms, such as

the past tense, where one or more root letters are absent.
These missing root letters may be replaced by vowel
modifications or may not be pronounced at all.
Understanding how defective verbs are formed and
conjugated is crucial for mastering Arabic verb
conjugations.
3.4.2 Conjugation Rules for Defective Verbs

When conjugating defective verbs in the past tense, certain

rules apply to account for the missing or altered root letters.
Here are some important guidelines to follow:
- Identify the specific verb form and note the missing or

altered root letter(s).
- For a single missing root letter:
- In the first and second person singular, the missing letter
is replaced by a short vowel (usually a kasra -i).
- In the feminine singular, the missing letter is replaced by
a long vowel (usually a long -a).
- In all other persons, the missing letter is simply omitted.
- For multiple missing root letters:
- In the first and second person singular, a combination of
short vowels (kasra -i and fatha -a) is used to represent the
missing letters.
- In the feminine singular, a combination of long vowels
(long -a and long -i) is used.
- In all other persons, the missing letters are omitted.
It's important to note that the specific conjugation pattern

for each defective verb depends on the missing root letters
and the form of the verb. Therefore, it is necessary to
consult a comprehensive list of defective verbs and their
corresponding conjugation patterns for detailed reference.
3.4.3 Examples of Defective Verb Conjugation
Let's explore some examples of defective verb conjugation

in the past tense:
Example 1: The verb "‫َب‬

َُ ‫( " َكت‬kataba) - "to write"
- First person singular: ُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabtu)
- Second person masculine singular: َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta)
- Second person feminine singular: ُِ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabti)

- Third person masculine singular: ‫َب‬ َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba)
- Third person feminine singular: ُْ ‫( َكتَ َب‬katabat)
- First person plural: ‫( َكتَ ْبنَك‬katabna)
- Second person plural: ‫( َكتَبْت ُْم‬katabtum)
- Third person plural: ‫( َكتَبوا‬katabu)
Example 2: The verb "‫( " َجك َُء‬ja'a) - "to come"

- First person singular: ُ ْ‫( ِجئ‬ji'tu)
- Second person masculine singular: َُ ْ‫( ِجئ‬ji'ta)
- Second person feminine singular: ُِ ْ‫( ِجئ‬ji'ti)
- Third person masculine singular: ‫( َجك َُء‬ja'a)
- Third person feminine singular: ُْ‫( َجك َءت‬ja'at)
- First person plural: ‫( ِجئْنَك‬ji'na)
- Second person plural: ‫( ِجئْت ُْم‬ji'tum)
- Third person plural: ‫( َجكءوا‬ja'u)
3.4.4 Practice Exercises for Defective Verb Conjugation
To reinforce your understanding of defective verb

conjugation in the past tense, here are some practice
exercises:
Exercise 1: Conjugate the following verb "‫( "فَتِ َُح‬fataha) - "to

open" in the past tense:
- First person singular: ______________
- Second person masculine singular: ______________
- Second person feminine singular: ______________
- Third person masculine singular: ______________
- Third person feminine singular: ______________
- First person plural: ______________
- Second person plural: ______________
- Third person plural: ______________
Exercise 2: Fill in the missing letters in the following verb

"َ‫( "قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - "to read" in the past tense:
- First person singular: ُ‫قَ َرأْت‬
- Second person masculine singular: َُ‫قَ َرأْت‬
- Second person feminine singular: ‫ت‬ ُِ ْ‫قَ َرأ‬
- Third person masculine singular: َ‫قَ َرُأ‬
- Third person feminine singular: ُْ‫قَ َرأَت‬
- First person plural: ‫قَ َرأْنَك‬
- Second person plural: ‫قَ َرأْتُ ُْم‬
- Third person plural: ‫قَ َرأوا‬
By practicing conjugating defective verbs in the past tense,

you will become more familiar with the specific patterns
and rules associated with this category of verbs. Regular
practice is key to mastering Arabic verb conjugations and
building fluency in the language.
3.5.1 Introduction to Irregular Verbs

Irregular verbs in Arabic are those that do not follow the
standard patterns of verb conjugation. Unlike regular
verbs, which adhere to predictable patterns, irregular verbs
exhibit unique conjugation forms that need to be
memorized. Irregular verbs often undergo changes in the
root letters or have irregular vowel patterns.
Understanding irregular verb conjugations is essential for
mastering Arabic verb conjugation as a whole.
3.5.2 Common Irregular Verb Patterns
3.5.2.1 Irregular Verb Patterns in the Past Tense

In the past tense, irregular verbs may deviate from the

regular verb conjugation patterns. Here are some common
irregular verb patterns encountered in the past tense
conjugation:
a) Assimilated Verb Pattern: Some irregular verbs

assimilate or merge with the first radical, resulting in
changes to the vowel pattern. For example:
َُ ‫( أك‬akala) - to eat (past tense): ُ ‫( أكل‬akaltu) - I ate
b) Doubled Verb Pattern: Certain irregular verbs have

doubled root letters in the past tense conjugation. For
example:
‫( سم َُع‬sama'a) - to hear (past tense): ُ ‫( سمع‬samaʿtu) - I heard
c) Weak Verb Pattern: Weak verbs exhibit changes in the

second and third radical, resulting in specific conjugation
forms. For example:
َُ ‫( قك‬qāla) - to say (past tense): ُ ‫( قل‬qultu) - I said
‫ل‬
3.5.2.2 Irregular Verb Patterns in the Past Passive Tense

In the past passive tense, irregular verbs may also display
unique patterns. Here are some common irregular verb
patterns encountered in the past passive tense conjugation:
a) Assimilated Passive Verb Pattern: Similar to the

assimilated verb pattern, some irregular verbs also
assimilate in the past passive tense. The first radical merges
with the passive prefix, resulting in changes to the vowel
َُ ‫( أ ِك‬ukila) - to be eaten (past passive tense): ُ ‫( أكِل‬ukiltu) - I
was eaten
b) Modified Weak Passive Verb Pattern: In the past passive

tense, weak verbs may undergo modifications similar to
the weak verb pattern in the active voice. The second and
third radicals experience changes, leading to specific
conjugation forms. For example:
َُ ‫( قي‬qīla) - to be said (past passive tense): ُْ َ‫( قِيل‬qīlat) - It was
said
3.5.3 Examples of Irregular Verb Conjugation

Here are some examples that illustrate the conjugation of
irregular verbs in the past tense:
a) Assimilated Verb Example:

َُ ‫( قك‬qāla) - to say
‫ل‬
Past Tense: ُ ‫( قل‬qultu) - I said
ُْ َ‫( قكل‬qālat) - She said
َُ ‫( قك‬qāla) - He said
‫ل‬
b) Doubled Verb Example:
‫( جك َُء‬jā'a) - to come
Past Tense: ُ ْ‫( ِجئ‬ji'tu) - I came
ُْ‫( َجك َءت‬jāʼat) - She came
‫( َجك َُء‬jā'a) - He came
c) Weak Verb Example:

َُ ‫( فَ َع‬faʿala) - to do
Past Tense: ُْ ‫فَ َع‬
ُ‫( ت‬faʿaltu) - I did

ُْ َ‫( فَ َعل‬faʿalat) - She did
َُ ‫( فَ َع‬faʿala) - He did
3.5.4 Practice Exercises for Irregular Verb Conjugation

To reinforce your understanding of irregular verb
conjugation, practice exercises can be beneficial. Here are a
few exercises to help you practice irregular verb

conjugations in the past tense:
Exercise 1:
Conjugate the following irregular verbs in the past tense for
the given pronouns:
a) َُ‫( ككن‬kāna) - to be
I:
You (masculine):
She:
We:
You (plural):
They:
b) ‫( أتَى‬atā) - to come
I:
You (feminine):
He:
We:
You (dual):
You (feminine plural):
They:
Exercise 2:
Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the irregular verb
in the past tense:
a) ‫( أَ َم َُر‬amara) - to order
‫ينهبُإلىُالصف‬ َُ ُ‫الطكلبُأن‬
َُ ُُ‫أمرت‬.
(I ordered the student to go to the classroom.)
b) ‫ف‬ َ ‫( َو‬waṣafa) - to describe

َُ ‫ص‬
َ ‫أن ُُِ َو‬.
‫صف ُُِالرسم َُُببراع‬
(You described the painting skillfully.)
Remember to consult the answer key to check your

responses and identify areas for improvement. Regular
practice will enhance your proficiency in conjugating
irregular verbs in the past tense.
By understanding the different patterns and practicing

their conjugations, you'll become more proficient in
handling irregular verbs in the past tense. Regular practice
and exposure to a variety of irregular verb forms will
gradually solidify your knowledge and mastery of Arabic
verb conjugations.
3.6 EXCEPTIONS AND SPECIAL CASES
In this section, we will delve into various exceptions and

special cases that arise during past tense conjugation. These
cases may involve unique conjugation patterns, frequently
used verbs with distinct forms, and unpredictable
conjugation forms that require specific attention.
3.6.1 Unique Conjugation Patterns
Some verbs in Arabic follow unconventional conjugation

patterns in the past tense. These patterns may differ from
the regular forms we have discussed earlier. It is crucial to
recognize and memorize these unique patterns to conjugate
such verbs accurately. Here are a few examples:
1. Verb Pattern "َُ َ‫( "فَع‬fa'ala)

- ‫( قك َُل‬qāla) - to say
ُ‫( أقول‬aqūlu) - I said
ُ ‫( ت‬taqūlu) - you said

‫َقول‬
ُ‫( يَقول‬yaqūlu) - he said
ُ‫( نَقول‬naqūlu) - we said
َُ‫( تَقولون‬taqūlūna) - you (plural) said
َُ‫( َيقولون‬yaqūlūna) - they said
2. Verb Pattern "َُ ‫( "أَ ْف َع‬af'ala)

- ‫( جك َُء‬jā'a) - to come
ُ ‫( ِجئ‬ji'tu) - I came
َُ ‫( ِجئ‬ji'ta) - you came
‫( جك َُء‬jā'a) - he came
‫( ِجئنك‬ji'nā) - we came
‫( ِجئتم‬ji'tum) - you (plural) came
‫( َجكءوا‬jā'ū) - they came
3.6.2 Conjugation Patterns for Frequently Used Verbs
Certain frequently used verbs have distinct conjugation

patterns in the past tense. These patterns may differ from
the regular verb conjugations but remain consistent across
the conjugation of those specific verbs. It is essential to
familiarize yourself with these patterns to correctly
conjugate these frequently used verbs. Here are a few
examples:
1. Verb "َُ‫( "ككن‬kāna) - to be (past tense)

ُ ‫( كن‬kuntu) - I was
َُ ‫( كن‬kunta) - you were
َُ‫( ككن‬kāna) - he was
‫( كنك‬kunnā) - we were
‫( كنتم‬kuntum) - you (plural) were
‫( ككنوا‬kānū) - they were
2. Verb "‫( "أَتَى‬atā) - to come (past tense)

ُ ‫( أَتَ ْي‬ataytu) - I came

َُ ‫( أَتَ ْي‬atayta) - you came
‫( أَتَى‬atā) - he came
‫( أَتَيْنك‬ataynā) - we came
‫( أَتَيْتم‬ataytum) - you (plural) came
‫( أَت َْوا‬ataw) - they came
3.6.3 Handling Unpredictable Conjugation Forms
In Arabic, some verbs have unpredictable conjugation

forms in the past tense. These verbs do not follow any
specific pattern and require memorization to conjugate
them correctly. Here are a few examples of verbs with
unpredictable forms:
1. Verb "َُ‫( "أَ َخن‬akhadha) - to take

ُ‫( أَ َخنْت‬akhadhtu) - I took
َُ‫( أَ َخنْت‬akhadhta) - you took
َُ‫( أَ َخن‬akhadha) - he took
‫( أَ َخنْنَك‬akhadhna) - we took
‫( أَ َخنْتم‬akhadhtum) - you (plural) took
‫( أَخَنوا‬akhadhu) - they took
2. Verb "‫( "أَتَى‬atā) - to come

ُ ْ‫( ِجئ‬ji'tu) - I came
َُ ْ‫( ِجئ‬ji'ta) - you came
‫( َجك َُء‬jā'a) - he came
‫( ِجئْنَك‬ji'na) - we came
‫( ِجئْتم‬ji'tum) - you (plural) came
‫( َجكءوا‬jā'u) - they came
3.6.4 Practice Exercises for Conjugation Exceptions and

Special Cases
To reinforce your understanding and application of the

exceptions and special cases in past tense conjugation, it is
beneficial to engage in practice exercises. These exercises
can involve conjugating verbs with unique patterns,
frequently used verbs, and unpredictable forms. By actively
practicing, you will develop fluency and confidence in
handling these exceptions.
Example exercise:
Conjugate the following verbs in the past tense:
1. Verb "َُ َ‫( " َحب‬ḥabasa) - to imprison

2. Verb "َُ ‫ص‬ َ ‫( " َو‬waṣala) - to arrive
3. Verb "‫ِر‬
َُ ‫( " َخس‬khasira) - to lose
4. Verb "َُ ‫( " َس ِر‬sariqa) - to steal
5. Verb "‫( "أَ َم َُر‬amara) - to command
Take your time to conjugate these verbs and compare your

answers with the provided answers in the answer key at the
end of this chapter. This practice will help solidify your
understanding of past tense conjugation exceptions and
special cases.
Remember, mastering exceptions and special cases in past
tense conjugation requires dedicated practice and exposure
to a wide range of verbs. By immersing yourself in Arabic
texts, conversations, and further study, you will develop a
strong command of these exceptional conjugation forms.
3.7 VERB CONJUGATION CHARTS

Conjugating verbs in the past tense is a fundamental aspect
of Arabic grammar. To help you master past tense
conjugations, the following charts provide a
comprehensive overview of regular, weak, doubled,

defective, and irregular verb conjugations.
3.7.1 Regular Verb Conjugation Chart

Regular verbs follow predictable patterns in the past tense
conjugation. The chart below outlines the conjugation
patterns for regular verbs in various forms:
Form I Form II Form III
Person Conjugation Conjugation Conjugation
1st
Singular ُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabtu) ُ‫( قَ َرأْت‬qara'tu) َ ‫( َو‬waṣaltu)
ُ ‫ص ْل‬
2nd
Singular َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta) َُ‫( قَ َرأْت‬qara'ta) َ ‫( َو‬waṣalta)
َُ ‫ص ْل‬
3rd
Singular َ ‫( َكت‬kataba)
ُ‫َب‬ َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) َ ‫( َو‬waṣala)
َُ ‫ص‬
1st Plural ‫( َكتَ ْبنَك‬katabna) ‫( قَ َرأْنَك‬qara'na) َ ‫( َو‬waṣalna)
‫ص ْلنَك‬
2nd ُ‫صتتتتتتتتتتت ت ْلتتتتتتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ْم‬
َ ‫َو‬
Plural ُ‫( َكتَبْت ْم‬katabtum) ُ‫( قَ َرأْت ْم‬qara'tum) (waṣaltum)
3rd Plural ‫( َكتَبوا‬katabu) ‫( قَ َرأوا‬qara'u) َ ‫( َو‬waṣalu)
‫صلوا‬
Note: The above conjugation patterns are specific to Form I,
Form II, and Form III verbs. Each verb form has its own set
of root letters and conjugation rules.
3.7.2 Weak Verb Conjugation Chart
Weak verbs have a weak (non-root) letter within their root
structure. The chart below demonstrates the conjugation
patterns for weak verbs:
1st Weak 2nd Root 3rd Root
Person Letter Letter Letter Conjugation
1st
Singular ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬ َ ‫( َو‬wa'adtu)
ُ‫عدْت‬
1st Weak 2nd Root 3rd Root

Person Letter Letter Letter Conjugation
2nd
Singular ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬ َ ‫( َو‬wa'adta)
َُ‫عدْت‬
3rd
Singular ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬ َ ‫( َو‬wa'ada)
َُ‫عد‬
1st Plural ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬ َ ‫( َو‬wa'adna)
‫عدْنَك‬
ُ‫عتتتتتتتتتتتتتدْتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ْم‬
َ ‫َو‬
2nd Plural ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬ (wa'adtum)
3rd Plural ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬ َ ‫( َو‬wa'adu)
‫عدوا‬
Note: The weak letter is represented by "‫ "و‬in this example.
Weak verbs have various patterns, depending on the weak
letter and its position within the root structure.
3.7.3 Doubled Verb Conjugation Chart

Doubled verbs feature a root letter that is repeated in the
verb's structure. The chart below illustrates the
conjugation patterns for doubled verbs:
Person Doubled Letter Conjugation
1st Singular ‫س‬ َ (sa'astaqilu)
ُ ‫سل َ ْستَقِي‬
2nd Singular ‫س‬ َ (sa'astaqilu)
3rd Singular ‫س‬ َ (sa'astaqilu)
1st Plural ‫س‬ َ (sa'astaqilu)
2nd Plural ‫س‬ َ (sa'astaqilu)
3rd Plural ‫س‬ َ (sa'astaqilu)
Note: The doubled letter "‫ "س‬is used as an example here.
Doubled verbs can have different letters repeated within
their structure.
3.7.4 Defective Verb Conjugation Chart

Defective verbs are characterized by missing or altered root

letters in certain conjugations. The chart below
demonstrates the conjugation patterns for defective verbs:
Person Root Letters Conjugation
1st Singular َ ‫( َكت‬kataba)
ُ‫َب‬ َ ‫( كت‬kutiba)
ُ‫ِب‬
2nd Singular َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta) َُ ‫( ك ِت ْب‬kutibta)
3rd Singular َ ‫( َكت‬kataba)
ُ‫َب‬ َ ‫( كت‬kutiba)
ُ‫ِب‬
1st Plural ‫( َكتَ ْبنَك‬katabna) ‫( كتِ ْبنَك‬kutibna)
2nd Plural ُ‫( َكتَبْت ْم‬katabtum) ُ‫( كتِبْت ْم‬kutibtum)
3rd Plural ‫( َكتَبوا‬katabu) ‫( كتِبوا‬kutibu)
Note: Defective verbs have specific conjugation patterns
where some root letters are altered or missing in certain
forms.
3.7.5 Irregular Verb Conjugation Chart

Irregular verbs deviate from standard conjugation patterns
and have unique conjugations. The chart below provides
examples of conjugations for irregular verbs:
Person Verb Conjugation
1st Singular َُ‫( كَكن‬kāna) ُ ‫( ك ْن‬kuntu)
2nd Singular َ (sa'ala)
ُ‫سل َ َل‬ َ (sa'alta)
َُ ‫سل َ ْل‬
3rd Singular ُ‫( يَ ْعلَم‬ya'lamu) ُ‫( يَ ْعلَم‬ya'lamu)
1st Plural ُ‫( نَنْهَب‬nadhabu) َُ‫( نَنْ َهبْن‬nadhabna)
2nd Plural ُ َ‫( تَ ْفع‬taf'al) َُ‫( تَ ْفعَل ْون‬taf'alun)
3rd Plural ُ‫( َجك َء‬ja'a) ‫( َجكء ْوا‬ja'awu)
Note: Irregular verbs have unique conjugations that do not
follow the standard patterns seen in regular, weak,
doubled, or defective verbs. They must be memorized
individually.
By referring to these verb conjugation charts, you can gain

a comprehensive understanding of how different types of
verbs are conjugated in the past tense. Practice applying
these conjugation patterns to a wide range of verbs to
enhance your mastery of Arabic verb conjugations.
4. FUTURE TENSE CONJUGATION
4.1.1 Introduction to Regular Future Tense Conjugation

The future tense in Arabic is used to express actions that
will occur in the future. Regular verb conjugation in the
future tense follows specific patterns based on the verb
form. Understanding the rules and patterns will enable you
to conjugate regular verbs accurately in the future tense.
4.1.2 Forming the Future Stem

To form the future stem of a regular verb, you generally
remove the last letter of the verb's base form (which is the
present tense conjugation without any prefixes or suffixes).
However, keep in mind that some verb forms have specific
rules for forming the future stem.
Here are the general rules for forming the future stem:
- For Form I regular verbs, remove the last letter of the base
form. For example:
‫( قرأ‬qara'a) - to read → ‫( سلقرأ‬sa-aqra'a) - I will read
- For Form II regular verbs, remove the last two letters of the
base form. For example:
َ ‫( د ََر‬darasa) - to study → ‫سلَدْرس‬

ُ‫س‬ َ (sa-adrus) - I will study
- For Form III regular verbs, remove the last two letters of
the base form and add a short vowel (usually a kasra) before
the final consonant. For example:
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - to write → ُ‫سل َ ْكتب‬
‫َب‬ َ (sa-aktubu) - I will write
- The same pattern applies to Form IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and
X regular verbs with some variations in the base form and
vowel addition.
4.1.3 Adding the Future Tense Endings

After forming the future stem, you need to add the
appropriate future tense endings based on the subject
pronoun. The endings differ for each subject pronoun,
indicating the person and number of the subject.
Here are the future tense endings for regular verbs:

- ‫( أَنَك‬ana) - I: -ُ + ‫و‬
- َُ ‫( أَ ْن‬anta) - you (masculine singular): -ُ + َُ‫ت‬
- ُِ ‫( أَ ْن‬anti) - you (feminine singular): -ُ + ‫ت‬
ُِ
- ‫( ه َُو‬huwa) - he: -ُ + ‫ي‬ َُ
- ‫ِي‬
َُ ‫( ه‬hiya) - she: -ُ + َُ‫ت‬
- ُ‫( نَحْ ن‬nahnu) - we: -ُ + ‫نَك‬
- ‫( أَ ْنت ُْم‬antum) - you (masculine plural): -ُ + ‫ت ُْم‬
- ‫( أَ ْنت َُّن‬antunna) - you (feminine plural): -ُ + ‫ت َُّن‬
- ‫( ه ُْم‬hum) - they (masculine plural): -ُ + ‫وا‬
- ‫( ه َُّن‬hunna) - they (feminine plural): -ُ + َُ‫ن‬
4.1.4 Conjugation Examples of Regular Verbs in the Future

Tense
Let's look at some examples of regular verb conjugation in
the future tense:
Example 1:
Verb: َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - to read
- ُ‫ُ َسل َ ْق َرأ‬:‫( أَنَك‬sa-aqra'u) - I will read
- ُ‫ُ َستَ ْق َرأ‬:َُ ‫( أَ ْن‬sataqra'u) - You will read (masculine singular)
- ُ‫ُ َس َي ْق َرأ‬:‫( ه َُو‬sayaqra'u) - He will read
- ُ‫ُ َستَ ْق َرأ‬:‫ِي‬َُ ‫( ه‬sataqra'u) - She will read
- ُ‫ُ َسنَ ْق َرأ‬:ُ‫( نَحْ ن‬sanaqra'u) - We will read
- َُ‫ُ َستَ ْق َرأون‬:‫( أَ ْنت ُْم‬sataqra'unna) - You will read (masculine plural)
- َُ‫ُ َسيَ ْق َرؤون‬:‫( ه ُْم‬sayaqra'un) - They will read (masculine plural)
- َُ‫ُ َسيَ ْق َرؤْ ن‬:‫( ه َُّن‬sayaqra'unna) - They will read (feminine plural)
Example 2:
Verb: ‫َب‬ َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - to write
- ُ‫ُ َسل ْكتب‬:‫( أَنَك‬sa-aktubu) - I will write
َ
- ُ‫ُ َستَ ْكتب‬:َُ ‫( أَ ْن‬satak tubu) - You will write (masculine singular)
- ُ‫ُ َسيَ ْكتب‬:‫( ه َُو‬sayaktubu) - He will write
- ُ‫ُ َستَ ْكتب‬:‫ِي‬ َُ ‫( ه‬satak tubu) - She will write
- ُ‫ُ َسنَكتب‬:ُ‫( نَحْ ن‬sanaktubu) - We will write
ْ
- َُ‫ُ َستَ ْكتبون‬:‫( أَ ْنت ُْم‬satak tubuna) - You will write (masculine plural)
- َُ‫ُ َسيَ ْكتبون‬:‫( ه ُْم‬sayaktubuna) - They will write (masculine plural)
- َُ‫ُ َسيَ ْكتبْن‬:‫( ه َُّن‬sayaktubna) - They will write (feminine plural)
These examples demonstrate the conjugation of regular

verbs in the future tense for different subject pronouns.
Practice conjugating various regular verbs to reinforce your
understanding of the patterns and endings in the future
tense conjugation.
4.2 HAMZATED VERB CONJUGATION
4.2.1 Understanding Hamzated Verbs

Hamzated verbs are a specific category of Arabic verbs that
contain the letter "hamza" (‫ )ء‬as one of their root letters.
These verbs have distinct conjugation patterns and

undergo certain changes in the future tense conjugation.
Understanding the characteristics of hamzated verbs is
essential for mastering their conjugation.
4.2.2 Changes in the Future Tense Conjugation of

Hamzated Verbs
In the future tense conjugation of hamzated verbs, the
hamza (‫ )ء‬undergoes specific changes depending on its
position within the verb. The following rules outline the
modifications that occur:
a) Hamza as the First Letter: When the hamza is the first

letter of the verb, it is typically replaced with the long vowel
"ā" (‫ )تك‬in the future tense conjugation.
Example:
‫( حمزة‬to protect)
Future Tense:
‫( سلحمي‬I will protect)
‫( ستحمي‬You will protect)
‫( سيحمي‬He will protect)
‫( ستحمي‬She will protect)
‫( سنحمي‬We will protect)
‫( ستحموا‬You all will protect)
‫( سيحمون‬They will protect)
b) Hamza as the Second Letter: If the hamza is the second

letter of the verb, it usually transforms into the short vowel
"i" (ِ‫ )ُت‬in the future tense conjugation.
Example:
‫( عين‬to see)
Future Tense:
‫( سلرى‬I will see)

‫( سترى‬You will see)
‫( سيرى‬He will see)
‫( سترى‬She will see)
‫( سنرى‬We will see)
‫( ستروا‬You all will see)
‫( سيرون‬They will see)
c) Hamza as the Third Letter: When the hamza is the third

letter of the verb, it changes to the short vowel "u" ( ُ‫ )تتت‬in the
future tense conjugation.
Example:
‫( سقط‬to fall)
Future Tense:
‫( سلسقط‬I will fall)
‫( ستسقط‬You will fall)
‫( سيسقط‬He will fall)
‫( ستسقط‬She will fall)
‫( سنسقط‬We will fall)
‫( ستسقطوا‬You all will fall)
‫( سيسقطون‬They will fall)
4.2.3 Common Patterns and Examples of Hamzated Verbs

in the Future Tense
Hamzated verbs follow specific patterns in the future tense
conjugation. Here are some common patterns and
examples to illustrate the conjugation of hamzated verbs:
Pattern 1: Hamza as the First Letter
Verb: ‫( قكل‬to say)

Future Tense:
‫( سلقول‬I will say)
‫( ستقول‬You will say)
‫( سيقول‬He will say)

‫( ستقول‬She will say)
‫( سنقول‬We will say)
‫( ستقولوا‬You all will say)
‫( سيقولون‬They will say)
Pattern 2: Hamza as the Second Letter
Verb: ‫( جكء‬to come)

Future Tense:
‫( سلجيء‬I will come)
‫( ستجيء‬You will come)
‫( سيجيء‬He will come)
‫( ستجيء‬She will come)
‫( سنجيء‬We will come)
‫( ستجيؤوا‬You all will come)
‫( سيجيؤون‬They will come)
Pattern 3: Hamza as the Third Letter
Verb: ‫( كتب‬to write)

Future Tense:
‫( سلكتب‬I will write)
‫( ستكتب‬You will write)
‫( سيكتب‬He will write)
‫( ستكتب‬She will write)
‫( سنكتب‬We will write)
‫( ستكتبوا‬You all will write)
‫( سيكتبون‬They will write)
By understanding the specific rules and patterns governing
the future tense conjugation of hamzated verbs, learners
can accurately form and use these verbs in their various
forms and contexts. Regular practice with examples and
exercises will further reinforce the understanding of these

4.3 ASSIMILATED VERB CONJUGATION
Assimilated verbs, also known as "Mithal" verbs, have a

specific conjugation pattern in the future tense. Let's
explore the conjugation of assimilated verbs step by step.
4.3.1 Exploring Assimilated Verbs
Assimilated verbs are characterized by a change in the

second or third root letter when conjugated in different
tenses. This change occurs to maintain the pronunciation
and avoid pronunciation difficulties that may arise from
certain combinations of letters.
When conjugating assimilated verbs in the future tense, the

second or third root letter is replaced with a related letter.
This replacement is based on specific patterns that vary
depending on the verb form. It's essential to understand
these patterns to conjugate assimilated verbs accurately.
4.3.2 Assimilated Future Tense Conjugation Patterns
The conjugation of assimilated verbs in the future tense

follows specific patterns. Here are the common patterns
based on the verb form:
Form I Assimilated Verb Conjugation:

The second root letter is replaced with the letter " ‫( "و‬waw)
when conjugated in the future tense. The conjugation
pattern is as follows:
‫ُالضميرُالمتص‬+ُ‫ُو‬+َُُ َّ‫ُفَع‬+َُ‫ُأ‬
For example:
- َُ‫( يعلِمون‬yuʿallimūna) - They will teach
- َُ‫( تَ ْف َةمُون‬tafhhamūna) - You (plural) will understand
Form II Assimilated Verb Conjugation:

The second root letter is replaced with the letter " ‫( "ي‬ya)
when conjugated in the future tense. The conjugation
‫ُالضميرُالمتص‬+ُ‫ُي‬+َُُ َّ‫ُفَع‬+ُ‫س‬
َُ
For example:
- َُ‫( َست َحك ِولون‬satuḥāwilūna) - You (plural) will attempt
- َُ‫( َستَدْرسون‬satadrusūna) - You (plural) will study
Form III Assimilated Verb Conjugation:

The third root letter is replaced with the letter "‫( "ي‬ya) when
conjugated in the future tense. The conjugation pattern is
as follows:
‫ُالضميرُالمتص‬+ُ‫ُي‬+َُُ ‫ُفَ َّع‬+ُ‫س‬

َُ
For example:
- َُ‫( َسيَجْ تَنِبون‬sayajtanibūna) - They will avoid
- َُ‫( َستَحْ َميْن‬sataḥmayna) - You (feminine plural) will protect
Note: The patterns for assimilated verb conjugation may

vary based on the specific verb and its root letters. It's
crucial to consult a comprehensive verb conjugation
resource for a complete understanding of assimilated verb
forms.
4.3.3 Examples of Assimilated Verbs in the Future Tense
Let's look at some examples of assimilated verbs conjugated

in the future tense:
1. Form I Assimilated Verb (‫ و‬pattern):

- َُ‫( َي ْق َرأون‬yaqraʾūna) - They will read
- ‫كن‬ َُ (sayashtariyāni) - They will buy (dual)
ُِ َ‫سيَ ْشت َِري‬
2. Form II Assimilated Verb (‫ ي‬pattern):

- َُ‫( َستَ ْس َمعون‬satasmaʿūna) - You (plural) will hear
- ُ‫( َسيَتَنَ َّكر‬sayataḏakkaru) - He will remember
3. Form III Assimilated Verb (‫ ي‬pattern):

- ُ‫( َستَد َُّرس‬sataḏarrusu) - You (feminine singular) will study
- َُ‫( َسي َحدِثون‬sayuḥaddithūna) - They will talk
These examples showcase the conjugation of assimilated

verbs in the future tense according to their respective
patterns. Remember to practice these conjugations in
different contexts to become more familiar with
assimilated verb forms.
By understanding the conjugation patterns and practicing

assimilated verb conjugations in the future tense, you will
enhance your ability to express future actions accurately in
Arabic.
4.4.1 Understanding Defective Verbs
Defective verbs in Arabic are a special category of verbs that

exhibit irregularities or limitations in their conjugation.
These verbs have missing or altered root letters, resulting
in unique conjugation patterns. While most Arabic verbs
follow consistent patterns, defective verbs require specific
attention due to their deviations from the norm.
Defective verbs can have missing letters in their root or

possess additional non-root letters that affect their
conjugation. These irregularities can affect various verb
forms, including the future tense. Understanding defective
verb conjugation is crucial for mastering Arabic verb
morphology comprehensively.
4.4.2 Future Tense Conjugation of Defective Verbs
The future tense conjugation of defective verbs follows

specific rules and patterns. Although there is no universal
formula that applies to all defective verbs, there are some
common features and tendencies to note:
a) The first and second person singular (I and you) forms in

the future tense generally exhibit regular conjugation
patterns. The deviations occur in the third person singular,
dual, and plural forms.
b) Some defective verbs have missing root letters in certain

conjugations, resulting in unconventional patterns. These
missing letters may be replaced by other sounds or vowels.
c) Defective verbs may display irregular vowel changes or

unique vocalizations in specific conjugations, particularly
in the third person singular form.
d) The command form (imperative) of defective verbs

follows distinct patterns that may differ from regular verb
forms.
4.4.3 Common Defective Verbs and their Future Tense

Forms
Here are some examples of common defective verbs and

their corresponding future tense forms:
1. Verb: َُ‫( ككن‬kāna) - to be

Future Tense:
- ُ‫( أَكون‬akūnu) - I will be
- ُ‫( تَكون‬takūnu) - You will be
- ُ‫( يَكون‬yakūnu) - He/She/It will be
- ُ‫( نَكون‬nakūnu) - We will be
- ‫( تَكونوا‬takūnū) - You (plural) will be
- ‫( يَكونوا‬yakūnū) - They will be
2. Verb: ‫( شك َُء‬shā'a) - to want

Future Tense:
- ُ‫( أشَكء‬ushā'u) - I will want
- ُ‫( تشَكء‬tushā'u) - You will want
- ُ‫( يشَكء‬yushā'u) - He/She/It will want
- ُ‫( نشَكء‬nushā'u) - We will want
- ‫( تشَكءوا‬tushā'u) - You (plural) will want
- ‫( يشَكءوا‬yushā'u) - They will want
3. Verb: ُ‫( يَ ِجد‬yajidu) - to find

Future Tense:
- ُ‫( أَ ِجد‬ajidu) - I will find

- ُ‫( ت َِجد‬tajidu) - You will find
- ُ‫( َي ِجد‬yajidu) - He/She/It will find
- ُ‫( ن َِجد‬najidu) - We will find
- ‫( ت َِجدوا‬tajidu) - You (plural) will find
- ‫( َي ِجدوا‬yajidu) - They will find
These examples demonstrate the variations in conjugation

patterns for defective verbs in the future tense. It is
essential to consult verb tables, dictionaries, or other
resources to explore further defective verb forms and their
future tense conjugations.
By studying and practicing the conjugation of common

defective verbs in the future tense, learners can develop a
solid foundation in handling these irregularities and
expand their overall understanding of Arabic verb
morphology.
4.5.1 Introduction to Irregular Verbs in the Future Tense
In addition to regular verb conjugations, the Arabic

language also features irregular verbs in the future tense.
Irregular verbs do not follow the standard patterns and
rules of conjugation, making them unique and requiring
special attention. Understanding these irregularities is
essential for mastering Arabic verb conjugations
comprehensively.
Irregular verbs in the future tense may exhibit changes in

the root letters, vowel patterns, or both. These
irregularities can alter the conjugation forms and may

appear in different verb forms and patterns. It is crucial to
study and recognize these irregular verb conjugations to
use Arabic effectively in various contexts.
4.5.2 Specific Irregular Patterns in Future Tense

Conjugation
Although irregular verb conjugations in the future tense

can be diverse, certain patterns and modifications
commonly occur. Here are some specific irregular patterns
you should be familiar with:
a) Vowel Changes: Some irregular verbs in the future tense

undergo vowel changes, either in the root letters or the
vowel patterns. These changes may occur to maintain
proper pronunciation or follow specific linguistic rules.
b) Assimilation: Irregular verbs in the future tense may

assimilate with certain letters or sounds, resulting in
modifications to the verb form. Assimilation can occur in
different forms, such as assimilation with a prefix or
assimilation within the root letters.
c) Hamzation: The presence of a hamza (‫ )ء‬in the root letters

of a verb can lead to irregular conjugations in the future
tense. Hamzation refers to the transformation of certain
letters when combined with a hamza, often affecting the
verb's conjugation in the future tense.
d) Gemination: Gemination is the doubling of a consonant

sound in the verb, affecting the future tense conjugation.
This phenomenon commonly occurs in irregular verbs and
introduces changes to the conjugation patterns.
e) Unpredictable Forms: Some irregular verbs do not follow

any specific pattern and have unique conjugation forms in
the future tense. These verbs need to be memorized
individually to correctly use them in various contexts.
4.5.3 Examples of Irregular Verbs in the Future Tense
To grasp the concept of irregular verb conjugation in the

future tense, here are a few examples that illustrate the
various irregular patterns discussed:
1. Verb: ‫( ككن‬kāna) - to be
Future Tense:
- Singular:
‫( أكون‬akūn) - I will be
‫( تكون‬takūn) - you will be (masculine singular)
‫( تكونين‬takūnīn) - you will be (feminine singular)
- Dual:
‫( تكونك‬takūnā) - you both will be
- Plural:
‫( نكون‬nukūn) - we will be
‫( تكونون‬takūnūn) - you will be (masculine plural)
‫( تكونن‬takūnn) - you will be (feminine plural)
‫( يكونون‬yakūnūn) - they will be
2. Verb: ‫( يقول‬yaqūl) - to say

Future Tense:
- Singular:
‫( أقول‬aqūl) - I will say
‫( تقول‬taqūl) - you will say (masculine singular)
‫( تقولين‬taqūlīn) - you will say (
feminine singular)
- Dual:
‫( تقول‬taqūlā) - you both will say

- Plural:
‫( نقول‬naqūl) - we will say
‫( تقولون‬taqūlūn) - you will say (masculine plural)
‫( تقولن‬taqūlna) - you will say (feminine plural)
‫( يقولون‬yaqūlūn) - they will say
These examples highlight how irregular verbs in the future

tense deviate from the standard conjugation patterns. By
studying these irregularities and practicing their usage,
you will enhance your proficiency in Arabic verb
conjugations.
4.6 FUTURE TENSE NEGATION
The negative form of the future tense in Arabic is used to

express actions or events that will not happen in the future.
It is important to understand how to negate verbs in the
future tense to convey accurate meaning. This section will
guide you through forming the negative future tense and
provide common negation patterns and examples.
4.6.1 Forming the Negative Future Tense
To form the negative future tense in Arabic, you need to add

the negative particle "‫( " َل ت ُْن‬lan) before the verb. Here is the
general structure for negating future tense verbs:
ُ‫ لَ ْن‬+ Verb (in present tense) + Verb's Future Tense Base
Let's break down the structure further:

- "‫( "لَ ُْن‬lan): This is the negative particle used specifically for
negating the future tense. It always precedes the verb.
- Verb (in present tense): You use the verb in the present
tense form before the negative particle "‫"لَ ُْن‬.
- Verb's Future Tense Base: This is the base form of the verb
that indicates the future tense. It typically involves adding
prefixes and suffixes to the verb's root letters.
Example 1:
To negate the verb "ُ‫( "يَ ْكتب‬yaktubu) meaning "he writes" in
the future tense:
َ ‫نُ َي ْكت‬
ُ‫ب‬ ُْ َ‫ل‬
Example 2:
To negate the verb "ُ‫( "تَنْهَب‬tadhhabu) meaning "she goes" in
the future tense:
َ ‫نُتَنْه‬
ُ‫َب‬ ُْ َ‫ل‬
Note: The verb's future tense base may vary depending on

the verb's form and conjugation type. It's essential to have
a strong understanding of verb forms and patterns to
correctly construct the future tense negation.
4.6.2 Common Negation Patterns and Examples
Here are some common negation patterns used with the

future tense, along with examples to illustrate their usage:
Pattern 1: ‫ لَ ُْن‬+ Verb's Present Tense Base + ُ ‫( نَ ْف َس‬nafsahu)

This pattern emphasizes the speaker's intention not to
perform the action expressed by the verb. It translates to
"will not [verb] at all."
Example:
ُْ َ‫ل‬. (lan adhhaba nafsīan)
َُ ‫نُأَذْه‬
ً ‫َبُنَ ْف ِسيَُك‬
I will not go at all.
Pattern 2: ‫ لَ ُْن‬+ Verb's Present Tense Base + ‫ِيرا‬

ً ‫( َكث‬kathīran)
This pattern signifies the action's repetition or frequency in
the future. It translates to "will not [verb] much" or "will not
[verb] often."
Example:
ُْ َ‫ل‬. (lan taqra'a kathīran)
ً ‫نُتَ ْق َرُأَُ َكث‬
‫ِيرا‬
You will not read much.
Pattern 3: ‫ َلتت ُْن‬+ Verb's Present Tense Base + َُ ‫( َبتت ْعتتدَُُُذَ ِلتت‬ba'da
dhalika)
This pattern implies that the action will not occur after a
specific time or event. It translates to "will not [verb] after
that."
Example:
ُْ َ‫ل‬. (lan ya'ūda ba'da dhalika)
َُ ‫نُيَعودَُُبَ ْعدَُُذَ ِل‬
He will not come back after that.
Pattern 4: ‫ لَ ُْن‬+ Verb's Present Tense Base + ‫( أَبَدًا‬abadan)

This pattern conveys that the action will never happen in
the future. It translates to "will never [verb]."
Example:
‫سىُأَبَدًا‬ ُْ َ‫ل‬. (lan tansa abadan)
َ ‫نُتَ ْن‬
You will never forget.
These are just a few examples of the various negation

patterns used with the future tense. By understanding
these patterns, you can express a wide range of negated

future actions or events accurately.
Remember to consult verb conjugation charts and practice

conjugating different verbs in the negative future tense to
become proficient in using this form effectively.
4.7 FUTURE TENSE INTERROGATIVE
4.7.1 Forming the Interrogative Future Tense
To form the interrogative future tense in Arabic, we use the

appropriate interrogative particle in conjunction with the
future tense conjugation of the verb. The interrogative
particles commonly used in Arabic are "ُْ ‫( " َه‬hal), "َ‫( "ُأ‬a), and
"‫( " َمتت ُْن‬man). Here is how the interrogative future tense is
formed:
1. Place the interrogative particle at the beginning of the

sentence.
2. Follow the interrogative particle with the subject
pronoun.
3. Conjugate the verb in the future tense based on the
subject pronoun.
4. Place the verb after the subject pronoun.
For example, let's consider the verb "ُ‫( "يَنْهَب‬yadhhabu), which

means "to go":
ُ‫كرعُ ْالمتَكَلِم‬
ِ ‫ض‬ ْ ‫ُ ْال َم‬+ُُْ ‫َه‬
َ ‫ُال ِف ْع ُُالم‬+ُُ َّ‫صد َِري‬
(hal + al-masdarriyah + al-fi‘lu al-mudaari‘u al-mutakallim)
Now, let's conjugate the verb "ُ‫( " َيتتتنْ َهتتتب‬yadhhabu) in the
interrogative future tense for different subject pronouns:
‫َه ُُْأَ ْن َُُتَنْهَب‬
(Hal anta tadhhabu?)

Do you go?
َ‫َه ُُْأَ ْن ُُِتَنْ َهبِين‬

(Hal anti tadhhabina?)
Do you (feminine) go?
‫َه ُُْه َُوُيَنْهَب‬
(Hal huwa yadhhabu?)
Does he go?
‫ِيُتَنْهَب‬
َُ ‫َه ُُْه‬
(Hal hiya tadhhabu?)
Does she go?
‫َه ُُْنَحْ نُُنَنْهَب‬

(Hal nahnu nadhhabu?)
Do we go?
َ‫َه ُُْأَ ْنت ُْمُتَنْهَبون‬

(Hal antum tadhhabuna?)
Do you (plural) go?
َ‫َه ُُْه ُْمُيَنْهَبون‬

(Hal hum yadhhabuna?)
Do they go?
4.7.2 Interrogative Future Tense Examples
Here are some additional examples of interrogative future

tense sentences:
َ ‫َه ُُْتَ ْق َرأُُ ْال ِكتَك‬

(Hal taqra'u al-kitaba?)
Do you read the book?
َ َّ‫َه ُُْتد ِْرسُُاللُّغَ َُُا ْلعَ َربِي‬

(Hal tudrisu al-lughata al-'arabiyyah?)

Do you teach the Arabic language?
َ‫ستَحْ ضرُُ ْالِجْ تِ َمكع‬

َ ُُْ ‫َه‬
(Hal sa-tahdur al-ijtima'a?)
Will you attend the meeting?
َ ‫َكركُُفِيُا ْل َم‬
ِ َ‫سكبِق‬ ِ ‫ستش‬
(Hal sa-tushariku fi al-masabiqati?)
Will you participate in the competition?
‫طعَمُُا ْل َجدِيد‬
ْ ‫سيَ ْفتَحُُا ْل َم‬
(Hal sayafthahu al-mat'am al-jadidu?)
Will the new restaurant open?
ِ ‫ستَ ْستَمِ ُُّرُفِيُا ْلعَ َم‬

(Hal sa-tastamirru fi al-'amal?)
Will you continue working?
By mastering the interrogative future tense, you will be able

to ask questions about future actions and engage in
meaningful conversations in Arabic. Practice constructing
interrogative future tense sentences with different verbs
and subject pronouns to further enhance your
understanding and fluency in Arabic.
4.8 FUTURE TENSE WITH MODAL VERBS
Modal verbs in Arabic, known as ُِ‫( أَ ْفعَكلُُا ْلق َّوة‬af'al al-quwwah),

can be combined with the future tense to express different
nuances of possibility, obligation, necessity, or intention.
When used together, the modal verb modifies the meaning
of the future tense verb and adds an additional layer of
expression. Here, we will explore the combination of modal
verbs with the future tense and provide examples to

illustrate their usage.
4.8.1 Combining Modal Verbs with the Future Tense
To form the future tense with modal verbs, you need to

conjugate the modal verb according to the subject and then
follow it with the future tense of the main verb. Here are the
conjugations of some common modal verbs in the present
tense:
- ُ‫( يَ ْمكن‬yamkinu): can, may, be able to

- ُ‫( يَ ِجب‬yajibu): should, must, have to
- ‫( يَ ْنبَغِي‬yanbaghi): should, ought to
- ُ‫( يَحْ تَكج‬yahtaju): need
- ُ‫( يَ ِرغب‬yarghubu): want, wish
- ُ‫( ي ْفت ََرض‬yuftaradu): supposed to
To combine the modal verb with the future tense, use the
following structure:
[Modal Verb] + [Future Tense Verb]
For example:
- َ‫يُالدَّع َْو ُة‬ َ . (Sa'adhhabu yamkinu an tarfadiya
ُْ َ‫ستتتلَذْهَبُُ َي ْمكنُُأ‬
ِ َ‫نُت َْرف‬
َُ ‫ضتتت‬
ad-da'wah.)
I will go; you can refuse the invitation.
- َُ‫ضتتتك َعفُُ ْاأل َ ْستتت َعكرُُيَ ِجبُُ َعلَ ْينَكُأَ ُْنُنَكونَُُ َحن ِِرين‬ َ . (Satu'daafu al-as'ar yajibu
َ ‫ستتتت‬
'alayna an nakuuna hadhireen.)
Prices will double; we should be cautious.
-‫ت‬
ُِ ‫نُنَحْ تِم َُُ ْال ِك َمتك َمتك‬
ُْ َ‫علَ ْينتَك ُأ‬ ُِ ‫ستتتتك ِئت َُُالنَّ ْقت ُِ ُ ْال َعت‬
َ ُ ‫كمُيَ ْنبَغِي‬ َ . (Sanastakhdimu
َ ‫ستتتتن َْستتتتتَ ْتدِمُ ُ َو‬
wasa'il an-naql al-'ammi yanbaghi 'alayna an nahmila al-
kimamati.)
We will use public transportation; we should carry masks.
4.8.2 Usage and Examples of Modal Verbs in the Future

Tense
Now, let's explore the usage and examples of modal verbs in

the future tense to better understand their meanings and
applications.
4.8.2.1 ُ‫( يَ ْمكن‬yamkinu): can, may, be able to
ُ‫( يَ ْمكن‬yamkinu) expresses the possibility or ability to perform

an action. It suggests that the action is within one's capacity
or that there is a chance for it to happen.
Example:
-‫ت‬ ُ َ ‫علَىُُأَعْلىُُا ْلع‬
ُِ ‫ل َوا‬ َ َُُُ ‫نُُأَحْ صتتتتت‬
ُْ َ‫ ُيَ ْمكنُ ُأ‬.ُ‫نُُتَعَلَّ ْمتت ُُُبِ ِجتتد‬ َ . (Sa'anjahhu in
ُْ ِ‫ستتتتتل َ ْن َجحُُُإ‬
ta'allamtu bijiddin. Yamkinu an ahsula 'ala al-'ulaawat.)
I will succeed if I study hard. I may achieve the highest
grades.
4.8.2.2 ُ‫( يَ ِجب‬yajibu): should, must, have to
ُ‫( َي ِجب‬yajibu) conveys a sense of obligation, necessity, or duty.

It indicates that the action is required or expected to be
performed.
Example:
- ُِ ‫ُيَ ِجبُُأَ ُْنُتَكونَُُفِيُ ْال َع َم ُُِقَ ْب َُُ ْال َو ْق‬.َُ‫ِرُ ْاْلن‬ َ . (Satata'akhharu idha
ُْ ‫ستتَتَل َ َّخرُُ ِإذَاُلَ ُْمُتغَكد‬
lam tughadir al-aan. Yajibu an takuna fi al-'amal qabla al-
waqt.)
You will be late if you don't leave now. You must be at work
before the time.
4.8.2.3 ‫( َي ْن َبغِي‬yanbaghi): should, ought to
‫( َيتت ْنتت َبتت ِغتتي‬yanbaghi) suggests a moral or logical obligation. It

indicates that the action is appropriate, advisable, or fitting
to be performed.
Example:
-‫ق‬
َُّ ‫لُا ْل َح‬ ُْ َ‫علَ ْي َُُأ‬
َُ ‫نُتَقو‬ َ ُ‫ُيَ ْنبَغِي‬.‫صتك ِدقًك‬ ُِ ‫َى ُ ِبكلت َّ ْقد‬
َ َُُ ‫ِيرُ ِإذَاُك ْن‬ َ . (Satahzha bi-ttaqdeer
َ ْ‫ستتَح‬
idha kunta saadiqan. Yanbaghi 'alayka an taqoola al-haqq.)
You will be respected if you are honest. You should speak
the truth.
4.8.2.4 ُ‫( يَحْ تَكج‬yahtaju): need
ُ‫( يَحْ تَكج‬yahtaju) expresses the necessity or requirement of an

action. It indicates that the action is essential, required, or
needed.
Example:
- ُِ ‫كزُ ْالم ِة َّم‬ َ . (Sanah'taju ila al-mazeedi min
ُِ ‫ستتنَحْ تَكجُُإِلَىُ ْال َم ِزي ُِدُمِ نَُُ ْال َو ْق ُُِ ِ ِِل ْن َج‬
al-waqt li'injazi al-muhimmah.)
We will need more time to complete the task.
4.8.2.5 ُ‫( َي ِرغب‬yarghubu): want, wish
ُ‫( يَ ِرغتب‬yarghubu) indicates a desire, preference, or wish for

an action to take place. It suggests that the action is wanted
or preferred.
Example:
- ‫ِيري‬ ُْ ‫نُأ‬
ِ ‫ظ ِة َُرُتَ ْقد‬ ُْ َ‫ِص تدِيقِيُ ِألَنِيُيَ ِرغبُُفِيُأ‬ َ . (Saashtari hadiyyatan
َ ‫س تل َ ْش تت َِريُ َه ِديَّ ًُُل‬
li-sadiqi li'anni yarghubu fi an uzhir taqdeerii.)
I will buy a gift for my friend because I want to show my
appreciation.
4.8.2.6 ُ‫( ي ْفت ََرض‬yuftaradu): supposed to
ُ‫( يتت ْفتت َتتت َرض‬yuftaradu) implies that the action is expected or
supposed to be performed. It suggests a sense of
responsibility or duty.
Example:
- ‫ َستتتتنَ ْقومُُبِم َةتكمِ نتَكُ َك َمتكُي ْفت ََرضُ ُ َعلَ ْينتَك‬. (Sanqawwumu bi-muhamina kama
yuftaradu 'alayna.)
We will carry out our tasks as expected of us.
Remember, these examples showcase the combination of

modal verbs with the future tense, providing you with an
understanding of their usage and how they modify the
meaning of the verb. Practicing and encountering more
examples will enhance your proficiency in using modal
verbs in the future tense effectively.
4.9 FUTURE TENSE WITH TIME EXPRESSIONS
The future tense in Arabic is often used in conjunction with

time expressions to indicate when an action will take place.
By combining the future tense conjugation with
appropriate time expressions, you can provide specific
information about the timing of an event or action. Here
are some guidelines and examples of future tense
conjugation with time expressions:
4.9.1 Using Time Expressions in the Future Tense
When using time expressions with the future tense, it's

important to place the time expression appropriately
within the sentence. In Arabic, time expressions usually
come before the verb, providing clarity about the future
event. Here are some common time expressions used with
the future tense:
- ‫( َغدًا‬ghadan) - tomorrow
- ُ‫( بَ ْعدَُُغَد‬ba'da ghadin) - the day after tomorrow
- ‫( األسبوعُالقكدم‬al-usbuu' al-qaadim) - next week
- ‫( الشةرُالقكدم‬ash-shahr al-qaadim) - next month
- ‫( السن ُالقكدم‬as-sana al-qaadimah) - next year
- ‫( قريبًك‬qareeban) - soon
- ‫( فيُوق ُلحق‬fi waqt laahiq) - later
It's important to note that these time expressions can be

combined with other adverbs or prepositions to provide
more specific time frames. For example, you can say "ُ‫بتتعتتد‬
‫( "سكعتين‬ba'da sa'atain) which means "after two hours."
4.9.2 Examples of Future Tense Conjugation with Time

Expressions
To illustrate the usage of time expressions with the future

tense, let's consider some examples:
1. ‫ط ْردَُُ َغدًا‬ َ . (Sa'astalimu at-tard ghadan.)

َ ‫سل َ ْستَلِمُُال‬
I will receive the package tomorrow.
2. ‫األستتتتبوعَُ ُا ْل َقتكد َُِم‬

ْ ُ‫كن‬ َ ُ‫ه ُْم‬. (Hum sayasafiroona ila al-
ُِ ‫ستتتتيَ ْستتتتكفِرونَُُ ِإلَى ُال َيتك َبت‬
yaaban al-usbuu' al-qaadim.)
They will travel to Japan next week.
3. ‫كرُقَ ِريبًك‬ َ . (Sanantathiruka fi al-matar qareeban.)

َ ‫سنَ ْنتََِ ركَُُفيُ ْال َم‬
ُِ ‫ط‬
We will wait for you at the airport soon.
4. ُ‫َص ُُفِيُ َو ْق ُُ َلحِ ق‬

ِ ‫ست‬ َ ‫الطِ َي‬. (At-tiyaratu satasilu fi waqtin laahiq.)
َ ُُ‫كرة‬
The plane will arrive at a later time.
By incorporating time expressions into future tense

conjugation, you can communicate precise information
about the timing of an action or event. Practice using
different time expressions with the appropriate future
tense conjugations to enhance your ability to express
future events accurately in Arabic.
4.10 FUTURE TENSE IN CONTEXT
4.10.1 Practical Usage of the Future Tense in Conversations
In everyday conversations, the future tense is commonly

used to discuss future plans, aspirations, and intentions.
Here are some practical scenarios where the future tense is
frequently employed:
1. Making Plans:
- ‫أَنكُ َسلَذْهَبُُ ِإلىُالسينمكُ َغدًا‬. (Ana sa'adhhabu ila al-sinima ghadan.) -
"I will go to the cinema tomorrow."
- ‫ َستنَستْ تَ ْقبِ ُُالضتُّ يو َُُفيُال َمطكر‬. (Sanastaqbilu al-duyufa fi al-matar.) -
"We will receive the guests at the airport."
2. Expressing Future Intentions:

- ُ‫ َستتتت تلَدْرسُُُاللغتت َُُُالعَ َربِ َّيتت َُُُبِ ِجتتد‬. (Saadrusu al-lughata al-'arabiyyata
bijiddin.) - "I will study Arabic seriously."
- ‫قُُأَحْ َلمِ ةك‬ ُِ ‫ستتَ ْع َم ُُعلىُتَ َحقِي‬َ . (Sata'malu 'ala tahqiqi ahlamihā.) - "She
will work on achieving her dreams."
3. Predictions and Future Events:

- ‫لًُ َغدًا‬ َّ ُُ‫ستتتيَكون‬
ُ ‫الط ْق ُُ َجمِ ي‬ َ . (Sayakunu al-taqsu jamiilan ghadan.) -
"The weather will be beautiful tomorrow."
- ‫صتتت َبك ًحك‬
َ ُُِ َ‫ع ُُِالثَّكمِ ن‬ َّ ُ‫الرحْ لَ ُُفي‬
َ ‫الستتتك‬ َ . (Satanţaliqu al-riħlatu fi al-
َ ‫ستتتُتَ ْن‬
ِ ُ ُ‫طلِق‬
sā'ati al-thāminati şabāhan.) - "The trip will depart at 8:00
AM."
4. Promises and Commitments:

- ُِ‫كلضتتتبْط‬ َّ ‫غدًاُ ِب‬
َ ُ‫ير‬ َ . (Saustallimu al-taqrir ghadan bi al-
َُ ‫ستتتل ْستتتتَ ِلمُُالت َّ ْق ِر‬
dabţ.) - "I will deliver the report tomorrow precisely."
- ُِ َ‫الص ت ْعب‬
َّ ُُِ ‫َرو‬ ُّ ‫س تنَدْعم َُُفيُه ِن ُِهُال‬ َ . (Sand'umuka fi hathihi al-dhurufi
al-şa'bati.) - "We will support you in these difficult
circumstances."
4.10.2 Real-life Examples and Dialogues
To illustrate the use of the future tense in realistic contexts,

let's explore some examples and dialogues:
Example 1:
Ahmed: ‫طتُ َُُ ِل ْلغَ ِد‬ َّ ‫( َمكُه َُوُخ‬Ma huwa khattatuka lil-ghad?)
What are your plans for tomorrow?
Layla: ‫كرةُُِأَ ُْهلِي‬ َ . (Sa'aqumu biziyarati ahli.)
َ َ‫سل َ ْقومُُبِ ِزي‬
I will visit my family.
Example 2:
Majid: ‫( تَه ُُْ َستتتتتَحْ ضتتتترُ ُالجْ ِت َمتك َُعُا ْلم ِة َُّمُ تَغ دًا‬Hal sa'taĥdur al-ijtimā'a al-
muhimm ghadan?)
Will you attend the important meeting tomorrow?
Nadia: ً ‫اجدَ ُة‬
ِ ‫سلَكونُُمت ََو‬ َ ُ،‫نَ َع ْم‬. (Na'am, sa'akunu mutawājida.)
Yes, I will be present.
Dialogue:
Hassan: ً ‫( َمتك ُ َرأْيت َُ ُفِي ُ َهت ِن ُِه ُاأل َ ْف َل ِم ُ َهت ُْ ُتَ ْعت َِقتدُ ُأَنَّ َةتك ُ َستتتتتَكونُ ُ َج ِيتدَة‬Ma ra'yuka fi
hathihi al-aflami? Hal ta'taqidu annaha satakunu
jayyidatan?)
What do you think of these movies? Do you believe they will
be good?
Sara: ًُ ‫أَ ْعتَقِدُُأَنَّ َةكُ َستَكونُُ َرائِ َع‬. (A'taqidu annaha satakunu rā'i'atan.)
I think they will be fantastic.
Through these examples and dialogues, you can observe

how the future tense is used in different contexts. By
incorporating the future tense into your Arabic
conversations, you can effectively express future plans,
intentions, predictions, and commitments. Practice using
the future tense in various situations to enhance your
fluency and communicative skills in Arabic.
4.11 FUTURE TENSE CONJUGATION REVISION

AND PRACTICE
4.11.1 Regular Verb Conjugation
Regular verbs in the future tense follow specific patterns
based on their verb form. Let's explore the conjugation of
regular verbs in the future tense across different verb
forms:
4.11.1.1 Form I Regular Verb Conjugation

To conjugate regular Form I verbs in the future tense,
follow these steps:
1. Identify the three-letter root of the verb.
2. Add the future tense prefixes to the root letters according
to the subject pronoun.
3. Apply any necessary vowel and consonant
modifications.
Example:
Root: ُ-ُ‫ُت‬-ُ‫( ك‬k-t-b)
Future Tense Conjugation:
- ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu) - I will write
- ُ‫( تَ ْكتب‬taktubu) - You (masculine singular) will write
- َُ‫( تَ ْكت ِبين‬taktubīna) - You (feminine singular) will write
- ُ‫( َي ْكتب‬yaktubu) - He will write
- َُ‫( تَ ْكتبون‬taktubūna) - You (masculine plural) will write
- َُ‫( تَ ْكتبْن‬taktubna) - You (feminine plural) will write
- َُ‫( يَ ْكتبون‬yaktubūna) - They will write
Note: Vowel and consonant modifications may occur based

on the verb form and subject pronouns.
4.11.1.2 Form II Regular Verb Conjugation

Form II verbs follow a pattern of doubling the second root
letter in the future tense conjugation.
Example:
Root: ‫ُو‬-ُ‫ُذ‬-ُ‫( ج‬j-dh-w)
- ُ ‫( أَجْ تَ ِن‬ajtadhibu) - I will attract
- ُ ‫( تَجْ تَ ِن‬tajtadhibu) - You (masculine singular) will attract
- َُ‫( تَجْ تَ ِنبِين‬tajtadhībīna) - You (feminine singular) will attract
- ُ ‫( يَجْ تَ ِن‬yajtadhibu) - He will attract
- َُ‫( تَجْ تَنِبون‬tajtadhībūna) - You (masculine plural) will attract
- َُ‫( تَجْ تَ ِنبْن‬tajtadhībna) - You (feminine plural) will attract
- َُ‫( َيجْ تَنِبون‬yajtadhībūna) - They will attract
4.11.1.3 Form III Regular Verb Conjugation

Form III verbs in the future tense have a slight modification
to their root letters.
Example:
Root: ‫ُس‬-ُ‫ُر‬-ُ‫( د‬d-r-s)

- ُ‫( أَدْرس‬adrusu) - I will study
- ُ‫( تَدْرس‬tadrusu) - You (masculine singular) will study
- َُ‫( تَدْرسِين‬tadrusīna) - You (feminine singular) will study
- ُ‫( َيدْرس‬yadrusu) - He will study
- َُ‫( تَدْرسون‬tadrusūna) - You (masculine plural) will study
- َُ‫( تَدْرسْن‬tadrusna) - You (feminine plural) will study
- َُ‫( يَدْرسون‬yadrusūna) - They will study
4.11.1.4 Form IV Regular Verb Conjugation

Form IV verbs in the future tense have a modification to the
second root letter and a prefix attached to the root.
Example:
Root: ‫ُم‬-ُ‫ُح‬-ُ‫( ر‬r-ḥ-m)
- ُ‫( أَ ْر َحم‬arḥamu) - I will have mercy
- ُ‫( ت َْر َحم‬tarḥamu) - You (masculine singular) will have mercy
- َُ‫( َتتت ْر َحتت ِمتتيتتن‬tarḥamīna) - You (feminine singular) will have
mercy
- ُ‫( يَ ْر َحم‬yarḥamu) - He will have mercy
- َُ‫( َتتت ْر َحتتمتتون‬tarḥamūna) - You (masculine plural) will have
mercy
- َُ‫( ت َْر َح ْمن‬tarḥamna) - You (feminine plural) will have mercy
- َُ‫( َي ْر َحمون‬yarḥamūna) - They will have mercy
4.11.1.5 Form V Regular Verb Conjugation

Form V verbs in the future tense have a prefix attached to
the root.
Example:
Root: ‫ُئ‬-ُ‫ُر‬-ُ (q-r-ʾ)
- ُ‫( أَ ْق َرئ‬aqrāʾu) - I will read
- ُ‫( تَ ْق َرئ‬taqrāʾu) - You (masculine singular) will read

- َُ‫( تَ ْق َرئِين‬taqrāʾīna) - You (feminine singular) will read
- ُ‫( َي ْق َرئ‬yaqrāʾu) - He will read
- َُ‫( تَ ْق َرئون‬taqrāʾūna) - You (masculine plural) will read
- َُ‫( تَ ْق َرئْن‬taqrāʾna) - You (feminine plural) will read
- َُ‫( َي ْق َرئون‬yaqrāʾūna) - They will read
4.11.1.6 Form VI Regular Verb Conjugation

Form VI verbs in the future tense have a prefix attached to
the root.
Example:
Root: ‫ُن‬-ُ‫ُك‬-ُ‫( س‬s-k-n)
- ُ‫( أَ ْسكَن‬askanu) - I will inhabit
- ُ‫( تَ ْسكَن‬taskanu) - You (masculine singular) will inhabit
- َُ‫( تَ ْس َكنِين‬taskanīna) - You (feminine singular) will inhabit
- ُ‫( يَ ْسكَن‬yaskanu) - He will inhabit
- َُ‫( ُتَ ْسكَنون‬taskanūna) - You (masculine plural) will inhabit
- َُ‫( تَ ْس َك ْنن‬taskanna) - You (feminine plural) will inhabit
- َُ‫( يَ ْسكَنون‬yaskanūna) - They will inhabit
4.11.1.7 Form VII Regular Verb Conjugation

Form VII verbs in the future tense have a prefix attached to
the root.
Example:
Root: ‫ُل‬-ُ‫ُت‬-ُ (q-t-l)
- ُ َ‫( أَ ْقت‬aqtalu) - I will kill
- ُ َ‫( تَ ْقت‬taqtalu) - You (masculine singular) will kill
- َُ‫( تَ ْقتَلِين‬taqtalīna) - You (feminine singular) will kill
- ُ َ‫( يَ ْقت‬yaqtalu) - He will kill
- َُ‫( تَ ْقتَلون‬taqtalūna) - You (masculine plural) will kill
- َُ‫( تَ ْقت َْلن‬taqtalna) - You (feminine plural) will kill

- َُ‫( يَ ْقتَلون‬yaqtalūna) - They will kill
4.11.1.8 Form VIII Regular Verb Conjugation

Form VIII verbs in the future tense have a prefix attached to
the root.
Example:
Root: ُ-ُ‫ُر‬-ُ‫( ج‬j-r-b)
- ُ ‫( أَجْ َر‬ajrabu) - I will try
- ُ ‫( تَجْ َر‬tajrabu) - You (masculine singular) will try
- َُ‫( تَجْ َربِين‬tajrabīna) - You (feminine singular) will try
- ُ ‫( يَجْ َر‬yajrabu) - He will try
- َُ‫( تَجْ َربون‬tajrabūna) - You (masculine plural) will try
- َُ‫( تَجْ َربْن‬tajrabna) - You (feminine plural) will try
- َُ‫( يَجْ َربون‬yajrabūna) - They will try
4.11.1.9 Form IX Regular Verb Conjugation

Form IX verbs in the future tense have a prefix attached to
the root.
Example:
Root: ‫ُو‬-ُ‫ُع‬-ُ‫( د‬d-ʿ-w)
- ‫( أَدْعو‬adʿū) - I will invite
- ‫( تَدْعو‬tadʿū) - You (masculine singular) will invite
- َُ‫( تَدْعون‬tadʿūna) - You (feminine singular) will invite
- ‫( يَدْعو‬yadʿū) - He will invite
- َُ‫( تَدْعون‬tadʿūna) - You (masculine plural) will invite
- َُ‫( تَدْعون‬tadʿūna) - You (feminine plural) will invite
- َُ‫( يَدْعون‬yadʿūna) - They will invite
4.11.1.10 Form X Regular Verb Conjugation

Form X verbs
in the future tense have a prefix attached to the root.
Example:
Root: ‫ُي‬-ُ‫ُح‬-ُ‫( ض‬ḍ-ḥ-y)
- ‫ض َحى‬ ْ َ‫( أ‬aḍḥā) - I will become
- ‫ض َحى‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬taḍḥā) - You (masculine singular) will become
- ‫ض َحى‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬taḍḥā) - You (feminine singular) will become
- ‫ض َحى‬ ْ َ‫( ي‬yaḍḥā) - He will become
- َُ‫ض َح ْون‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬taḍḥawnā) - You (masculine plural) will become
- َُ‫ض َح ْون‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬taḍḥawnā) - You (feminine plural) will become
- َُ‫ض َح ْون‬ ْ َ‫( ي‬yaḍḥawnā) - They will become
4.11.2 Irregular Verb Conjugation

While the majority of verbs in Arabic follow regular
conjugation patterns, there are some irregular verbs that
have unique conjugations in the future tense. These verbs
must be memorized individually. Here are a few examples:
4.11.2.1 Irregular Verb Conjugation - "To Go"

Root: ُ-ُ‫ُه‬-ُ‫( ذ‬dh-h-b)
- ُ‫( َسلَذْهَب‬sa'adhhabu) - I will go
- ُ‫( َستَنْهَب‬sata'adhhabu) - You (masculine singular) will go
- َُ‫( َستَنْ َه ِبين‬sata'adhhabīna) - You (feminine singular) will go
- ُ‫( َسيَنْهَب‬sayadhhabu) - He will go
- َُ‫( َستَنْهَبون‬sata'adhhabūna) - You (masculine plural) will go
- َُ‫( َستَنْ َهبْن‬sata'adhhabna) - You (feminine plural) will go
- َُ‫( َسيَنْهَبون‬sayadhhabūna) - They will go
4.11.2.2 Irregular Verb Conjugation - "To Know"

Root: ُ-ُ‫ُر‬-ُ‫( ع‬ʿ-r-f)
- ُ ‫( َسلَع ِْر‬sa'aʿrifu) - I will know
- ُ ‫( َستَ ْع ِر‬sataʿrifu) - You (masculine singular) will know
- َُ‫( َستَ ْع ِرفِين‬sataʿrifīna) - You (feminine singular) will know
- ُ ‫( َس َي ْع ِر‬sayʿrifu) - He will know
- َُ‫( َستَ ْع ِرفون‬sataʿrifūna) - You (masculine plural) will know
- َُ‫( َستَ ْع ِر ْفن‬sataʿrifna) - You (feminine plural) will know
- َُ‫( َسيَ ْع ِرفون‬sayʿrifūna) - They will know
4.11.3 Future Tense Conjugation Practice
To reinforce your understanding and mastery of future

tense conjugation, it is important to practice. The following
exercises are designed to help you apply the conjugation
rules and patterns you have learned:
4.11.3.1 Exercises to Reinforce Future Tense Conjugation

Skills
Exercise 1:
Conjugate the following regular verbs in the future tense
for the given subject pronouns:
- Write (Form I) - I
- Study (Form III) - You (masculine singular)
- Try (Form VIII) - They
Exercise 2:
Conjugate the following irregular verbs in the future tense
for the given subject pronouns:
- Go - You (feminine singular)
- Know - He
- Become - We
4.11.3.2 Answer Key for Future Tense Conjugation

Exercises
Exercise 1:
- Write (Form I) - I will write: ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu)
- Study (Form III) - You (masculine singular) will study:
ُ‫( تَدْرس‬tadrusu)
- Try (Form VIII) - They will try: َُ‫( يَجْ َربون‬yajrabūna)
Exercise 2:
- Go - You (feminine singular) will go: َُ‫َستتتتتت ت َتتتتتنْ َهتتتت ِبتتتتيتتتتن‬
(sata'adhhabīna)
- Know - He will know: ُ ‫( َسيَ ْع ِر‬sayʿrifu)
- Become - We will become: َُ‫ض َح ْون‬ َ (sanadhawnā)
ْ َ‫سن‬
By practicing the future tense conjugation, you will gain

confidence in your ability to express future actions and
plans accurately in Arabic. Regular and irregular verbs will
become more familiar, allowing you to communicate
effectively in various contexts. Keep practicing and
reinforcing your conjugation skills to further enhance your
Arabic language proficiency.
5. IMPER ATIVE CONJUGATION
5.1 Introduction to the Imperative Mood

5.1.1 Definition and Purpose of the Imperative Mood
The imperative mood is used to express commands,
orders, requests, or suggestions. It is a verb form that
directly addresses the listener or reader, conveying a sense
of urgency or authority. In Arabic, the imperative mood is
essential for giving instructions or expressing desires.
5.1.2 Characteristics of Imperative Verbs

- Imperative verbs are conjugated differently from verbs
in other moods.
- Imperative verbs often lack subject pronouns since the
subject is understood to be the listener or reader.
- Imperative verbs typically appear in the present tense,
although some verb forms may have specific imperative
forms for different tenses.
- Imperative verbs usually have simplified conjugation
patterns compared to other verb forms.
5.1.3 Common Uses of the Imperative Mood

- Giving direct commands: "Open the door!"
- Providing instructions: "Mix the ingredients well."
- Making requests: "Please help me with this task."
- Giving advice or suggestions: "Try to arrive early for the
meeting."
- Expressing prohibitions: "Do not touch that!"
5.2 Regular Imperative Conjugation

5.2.1 Form I Regular Imperative Conjugation
In Form I (trilateral) verbs, the imperative mood is
derived from the base form of the verb. The following steps
outline the process for conjugating regular imperative

verbs:
Step 1: Remove the final vowel (usually a short "a") from

the base form of the verb.
Step 2: Add the appropriate suffix according to the gender
and number of the subject.
Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-a" to the verb stem: ‫ق ُْم‬
(qum) - "Stand up!"
- For the feminine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫قمِ ي‬
(qumi) - "Stand up!"
Dual:
- For the dual form (referring to two people), add "-ā" to
the verb stem: ‫( ق َمك‬qumā) - "Both of you, stand up!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫قموا‬
(qumū) - "All of you (masculine), stand up!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫ق ْمن‬
(qumna) - "All of you (feminine), stand up!"
5.2.2 Form II Regular Imperative Conjugation

In Form II (tetrilateral) verbs, the imperative mood is also
derived from the base form of the verb. The conjugation
process involves the following steps:

Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫َستكف ُِْر‬
(sāfir) - "Travel!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-ī" to the verb stem: ‫َستكف ِِري‬
(sāfiri) - "Travel!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫( َستكف َِرا‬sāfira)
- "Both of you, travel!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫َستكفِروا‬
(sāfirū) - "All of you (masculine), travel!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫ستكف ِْرن‬
َُ
(sāfirna) - "All of you (feminine), travel!"
5.2.3 Form III Regular Imperative Conjugation

Form III (trilateral) verbs in the imperative mood follow
a similar conjugation pattern to Form I. The conjugation
steps are as follows:

Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫س‬
ُْ ‫د َِر‬
(daris) - "Study!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-ī" to the verb stem: ‫د َِر تِس ي‬
(darisi) - "Study!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫( د َِر َستك‬darisa)
- "Both of you, study!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫د َِرستوا‬
(darisū) - "All of you (masculine), study!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫د َِر ْستن‬
(darisna) - "All of you (feminine), study!"
5.2.4 Form IV Regular Imperative Conjugation

Form IV (tetrilateral) verbs also have imperative forms
based on their base form. The conjugation process is as
follows:

Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ُْ ِ‫قَكت‬
(qātil) - "Fight!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-ī" to the verb stem: ُ‫قَكتِ ِلي‬
(qātili) - "Fight!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫ِل‬
ُ َ ‫( قَكت‬qātilā) -
"Both of you, fight!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫قَكتِلوا‬
(qātilū) - "All of you (masculine), fight!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫قَكت ِْلن‬
(qātilna) - "All of you (feminine), fight!"
5.2.5 Form V Regular Imperative Conjugation

Form V (trilateral) verbs in the imperative mood follow
the same conjugation pattern as Form I verbs. The
conjugation steps are as follows:

Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-a" to the verb stem: ُْ ‫َج ِر‬
(jarrib) - "Try!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫َج ِربُِي‬
(jarribi) - "Try!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫( َج ِربَك‬jarriba)
- "Both of you, try!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫َج ِربوا‬
(jarribū) - "All of you (masculine), try!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫َج ِربْن‬
(jarribna) - "All of you (feminine), try!"
5.2.6 Form VI Regular Imperative Conjugation

Form VI (trilateral) verbs in the imperative mood have
imperative forms that can be derived from their base form.
The conjugation process is as follows:


Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-a" to the verb stem: ‫ت ََر َّك ُْز‬
(tarakkaz) - "Focus!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫ت ََر َّك ِزي‬
(tarakkazi) - "Focus!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫َتتتت َر َّكتتتزَ ا‬
(tarakkaza) - "Both of you, focus!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫ت ََر َّكزوا‬
(tarakkazū) - "All of you (masculine), focus!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫ت ََر َّك ْزن‬
(tarakkazna) - "All of you (feminine), focus!"
5.2.7 Form VII Regular Imperative Conjugation

Form VII (trilateral) verbs in the imperative mood also
have imperative forms based on their base form. The
conjugation process is as follows:

Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-a" to the verb stem: ‫ت ََر َّك ُْز‬
(tarakkaz) - "Focus!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫ت ََر َّك ِزي‬
(tarakkazi) - "Focus!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫َتتتت َر َّكتتتزَ ا‬
(tarakkaza) - "Both of you, focus!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫ت ََر َّكزوا‬
(tarakkazū) - "All of you (masculine), focus!"
- For the
feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫َتتتتت َر َّكتتتت ْزن‬
(tarakkazna) - "All of you (feminine), focus!"
5.2.8 Form VIII Regular Imperative Conjugation

Form VIII (trilateral) verbs in the imperative mood follow
the same conjugation pattern as Form I verbs. The
conjugation steps are as follows:

Singular:
- For the masculine singular, add "-a" to the verb stem: ‫ا ِْر َح ُْم‬
(irham) - "Have mercy!" (masculine)
- For the feminine singular, add "-i" to the verb stem: ‫ا ِْر َحمِ ي‬
(irhami) - "Have mercy!" (feminine)
Dual:
- For the dual form, add "-ā" to the verb stem: ‫( ا ِْر َح َمك‬irhama)
- "Both of you, have mercy!"
Plural:
- For the masculine plural, add "-ū" to the verb stem: ‫ا ِْر َحموا‬
(irhamū) - "All of you (masculine), have mercy!"
- For the feminine plural, add "-na" to the verb stem: َُ‫ا ِْر َح ْمن‬
(irhamna) - "All of you (feminine), have mercy!"
5.3 IRREGULAR IMPERATIVE CONJUGATION
Irregular imperative conjugations occur when certain

verbs deviate from the standard patterns and exhibit
unique forms. These irregularities can arise due to changes
in root letters, alterations in conjugation patterns, or
special cases that require specific forms. Let's explore the
different aspects of irregular imperative conjugations.
5.3.1 Common Irregular Imperative Verbs and their

Conjugations
Here are some frequently encountered irregular imperative

verbs along with their corresponding conjugations:
1. ‫( ك ُْن‬kun) - Be!
Singular Masculine: ‫( ك ُْن‬kun)
Singular Feminine: ‫( كنِي‬kuni)
Dual Masculine: ‫( كنَك‬kuna)
Dual Feminine: ‫( كُنَّك‬kunna)
Plural Masculine: ‫( كونوا‬kunoo)
Plural Feminine: َُ‫( ك ْنن‬kunna)
2. ُْ َ‫( ا ْفع‬ifʿal) - Do!

Singular Masculine: ُْ َ‫( ا ْفع‬ifʿal)
Singular Feminine: ‫( ا ْفعَلِي‬ifʿali)
Dual Masculine: ‫ل‬ ُ َ َ‫( ا ْفع‬ifʿalā)
Dual Feminine: ‫( ا ْفعَلَتَك‬ifʿalatā)
Plural Masculine: ‫( ا ْفعَلوا‬ifʿalū)
Plural Feminine: َُ‫( ا ْفعَ ْلن‬ifʿalna)
3. ُْ‫( ا ْستَ ِعد‬istaʿid) - Get ready!

Singular Masculine: ْ‫( ا ْستَ ِع ُد‬istaʿid)
Singular Feminine: ‫( ا ْستَ ِعدِي‬istaʿidi)
Dual Masculine: ‫( ا ْستَ ِعدَا‬istaʿidā)
Dual Feminine: ‫( ا ْستَ ِعدَتَك‬istaʿidatā)
Plural Masculine: ‫( ا ْستَعِدوا‬istaʿidū)
Plural Feminine: َُ‫( ا ْستَ ِعدْن‬istaʿidna)
Note: These are just a few examples of irregular imperative

conjugations. There are other verbs with their unique
forms, and it is important to consult a comprehensive verb
conjugation resource for a more exhaustive list.
5.3.2 Irregularities in Root Letters and Conjugation

Patterns
Irregular imperative conjugations can arise due to changes

in the root letters or deviations from standard conjugation
patterns. Some common irregularities include:
1. Addition or removal of letters:

- ‫( يَك‬yā) may be added before the root letters in the singular
feminine and dual feminine forms, e.g., ‫( ا ْفعَلِي‬ifʿali) and ‫ا ْفعَلَتَك‬
(ifʿalatā).
- Certain verbs may drop one of their root letters in the
imperative form, resulting in unique conjugations.
2. Alteration of vowel patterns:

- The vowel patterns of irregular imperative forms may
deviate from the standard patterns seen in regular verbs.
- The addition of hamza (‫ )ء‬or glottal stop in certain
conjugations can also lead to irregularities.
3. Changes in consonant patterns:

- Some verbs exhibit unconventional consonant patterns
in specific imperative forms.
- The order or placement of consonants may vary,
resulting in unique conjugations.
It is important to study and memorize these irregularities

along with their corresponding verbs to ensure accurate
usage in spoken and written Arabic.
5.3.3 Special Cases of Irregular Imperative Forms
Apart from irregularities caused by changes in root letters

and conjugation patterns, there are special cases where
certain imperative forms have distinct meanings or are
used in specific contexts. Here are a few examples:
1. Form II Doubled Imperative:

- Verbs in Form II (verbs with two identical root letters)
have a doubled imperative form, emphasizing the action.
For example, the verb ‫ط‬
ُْ ِ‫( أَعْط‬aʿṭiṭ) means "Give generously!"
2. Form IV Assimilated Imperative:

- Verbs in Form IV (verbs with the root letters assimilated
with the letter ‫ )و‬have an assimilated imperative form,
where the root letters merge with ‫و‬. For example, the verb
‫( نَ ِو ُْم‬nawwim) means "Put to sleep!"
3. Negative Imperative:
- To form negative imperatives, the word ‫( ل‬lā) is added
before the imperative verb. For example, ُْ ‫( لُُ َتت تقت ت‬lā taqul)
means "Don't say!"
Understanding these special cases will enhance your grasp

of Arabic imperative conjugations and enable you to use
them appropriately in various contexts.
By studying the common irregular imperative verbs,

recognizing irregularities in root letters and conjugation
patterns, and familiarizing yourself with special cases, you
will develop a comprehensive understanding of irregular
imperative conjugations in Arabic. Practice and exposure to
these verbs in real-life situations will further solidify your
command over these forms.
5.4 NEGATIVE IMPERATIVE CONJUGATION
When forming negative imperative verbs in Arabic, the

particle "‫( "ل‬la) is used before the verb to indicate negation.
The negative imperative conjugation is formed by
combining "‫ "ل‬with the appropriate conjugated form of the
verb. Let's explore the different aspects of negative
imperative conjugation in more detail:
5.4.1 Forming Negative Imperative Verbs with the Particle

"‫"ل‬
To form negative imperative verbs, follow these steps:
1. Start with the particle "‫( "ل‬la), which means "no" or "do
not."
2. Add the appropriate conjugated form of the verb without
any additional prefixes or suffixes.
For example:
- ‫( لُتَ ْكتب‬la taktūb) - Do not write.
- ‫( لُتَلْك‬la ta'kul) - Do not eat.

- ‫( لُتَ ْن َسى‬la tansā) - Do not forget.
5.4.2 Conjugation of Negative Imperative Verbs in Singular

Form
The negative imperative verbs in the singular form are used

when addressing one person. Here is the conjugation
pattern for negative imperative verbs in the singular:
1. For verbs of Form I (Regular verbs):

- Remove the final vowel of the verb's base form.
- Add "‫( "ا‬a) as the vowel before the final consonant.
- Precede it with the particle "‫( "ل‬la).
For example:
- ‫( لُتَ ْكتب‬la taktūb) - Do not write.
- ‫( لُتَ ْش َر‬la tashrab) - Do not drink.
- ‫( لُتَ ْق َرأ‬la taqra') - Do not read.
2. For verbs of other forms (Irregular verbs):

- The conjugation patterns vary based on the specific verb
form and its irregularities.
- Consult verb conjugation references or guides for the
conjugation patterns of irregular verbs.
5.4.3 Conjugation of Negative Imperative Verbs in Plural

Form
The negative imperative verbs in the plural form are used

when addressing two or more people. Here is the
conjugation pattern for negative imperative verbs in the
plural:
1. For verbs of Form I (Regular verbs):

- Remove the final vowel of the verb's base form.
- Add "‫( "وا‬wā) as the vowel before the final consonant.
- Precede it with the particle "‫( "ل‬la).
For example:
- ‫( لُتَ ْكتبوا‬la taktūbū) - Do not write (addressing a group).
- ‫( لُتَ ْش َربوا‬la tashrabū) - Do not drink (addressing a group).
- ‫( لُتَ ْق َرؤوا‬la taqra'ū) - Do not read (addressing a group).
2. For verbs of other forms (Irregular verbs):

- The conjugation patterns vary based on the specific verb
form and its irregularities.
- Consult verb conjugation references or guides for the
conjugation patterns of irregular verbs.
5.4.4 Conjugation of Negative Imperative Verbs with

Attached Pronouns
In Arabic, pronouns can be attached to the end of the

imperative verb to specify the subject or to add emphasis.
When conjugating negative imperative verbs with attached
pronouns, follow these guidelines:
1. For singular pronouns:

- Attach the appropriate pronoun to the end of the verb,
after the negative particle "‫( "ل‬la).
- Use the appropriate pronoun based on the subject of the
command.
For example:
- ُ ‫( لُُ َتت ت ْكت تتت ت ْبت ت‬la taktūbhu) - Do not write it (referring to a
masculine singular object).
- ‫تةتتك‬َ ‫( لُُت َْشتتتت َر ِبتي‬la tashrabiihā) - Do not drink it (referring to a

feminine singular object).
- ‫( لُُ َتتت ْقتت َرؤهتت ُْم‬la taqra'uhum) - Do not read it (referring to a
masculine plural object).
2. For plural pronouns:

- Attach the appropriate pronoun to the end of the verb,
after the negative particle "‫( "ل‬la).
- Use the appropriate pronoun based on the subject of the
command.
For example:
- ‫( لُتَ ْكتبوه ُْم‬la taktūbūhum) - Do not write them (referring to a
group of masculine objects).
- ‫( لُتَ ْش َر ْبنَة َُّن‬la tashrabnahunna) - Do not drink them (referring
to a group of feminine objects).
- ‫( ل ُتَ ْق َرؤه ُْم‬la taqra'ūhum) - Do not read them (referring to a
group of mixed-gender objects).
Remember to pay attention to the gender and number of

the objects or subjects when attaching pronouns to
negative imperative verbs.
Mastering the negative imperative conjugation in Arabic is

crucial for expressing commands and prohibitions. Practice
conjugating different verbs in the negative imperative
form and familiarize yourself with common verb patterns
and irregularities to strengthen your command of Arabic
verb conjugations.
5.5 ASSIMILATED IMPERATIVE CONJUGATION
Assimilated imperative verbs in Arabic are a unique

category that involves a change in the verb's structure to
accommodate the imperative mood. These verbs undergo a

specific assimilation process where one or more letters
within the root of the verb assimilate or undergo changes
when forming the imperative form. Let's explore the
conjugation of assimilated imperative verbs in singular and
plural forms, as well as their conjugation with attached
pronouns.
5.5.1 Understanding Assimilated Imperative Verbs
Assimilated imperative verbs usually belong to specific

verb forms or patterns, such as Form I or Form II. The
assimilation process alters the structure of the verb root to
maintain pronunciation and ensure the verb remains in the
imperative form. It is important to familiarize yourself
with the assimilated verb patterns to conjugate them
correctly.
5.5.2 Conjugation of Assimilated Imperative Verbs in

Singular Form
To conjugate assimilated imperative verbs in the singular

form, follow these general guidelines:
1. Identify the verb's root letters.

2. Determine the assimilation pattern based on the verb's
form.
3. Apply the assimilation changes to the relevant root
letter(s).
4. Add the appropriate short vowel endings according to the
verb form and the desired imperative mood.
For example, let's consider the assimilated imperative verb

"َُ‫( "ت ََرك‬tara-ka) from Form I:
Singular:
- 2nd person masculine: ُْ‫( اتْرك‬utruk)
- 2nd person feminine: ‫( اتْركِي‬utruki)
- 2nd person dual: ‫( اتْركَك‬utruka)
- 2nd person plural: ‫( اتْركوا‬utruku)
In this example, the root letters "‫ك‬-‫ر‬-‫"ت‬ undergo

assimilation, resulting in the form "ُْ‫( "اتْرك‬utruk).
5.5.3 Conjugation of Assimilated Imperative Verbs in Plural

Form
When conjugating assimilated imperative verbs in the

plural form, the assimilation patterns and conjugation
endings change slightly. Follow these steps:

2. Determine the assimilation pattern based on the verb's
form.
3. Apply the assimilation changes to the relevant root
letter(s).
4. Add the appropriate short vowel endings according to the
verb form and the desired imperative mood.
Let's use the assimilated imperative verb "َُ ‫( "فَ َع‬faʿa-la) from
Form I as an example:
Plural:
- 2nd person masculine: ‫( اِ ْف َعلوا‬ifʿalu)
- 2nd person feminine: َُ‫( اِ ْف َع ْلن‬ifʿalna)
- 2nd person dual: ‫ل‬
ُ َ ‫( اِ ْف َع‬ifʿala)
- 2nd person plural: ‫( اِ ْف َعلوا‬ifʿalu)
In this case, the root letters "‫ل‬-‫ع‬- " undergo assimilation,

resulting in the form "‫( "اِ ْفعَلوا‬ifʿalu).
5.5.4 Conjugation of Assimilated Imperative Verbs with

Attached Pronouns
Assimilated imperative verbs can also have pronouns

attached to them, indicating the subject of the command.
When attaching pronouns, pay attention to the pronoun
forms and their impact on the verb's structure.
For example, let's use the assimilated imperative verb "َ‫" َقت َرُأ‬
(qara-a) from Form II:
Singular with Attached Pronouns:

- 2nd person masculine: َُ‫( قَ ِرأْت‬qaraʾta)
- 2nd person feminine: ‫ت‬ ُِ ْ‫( قَ ِرأ‬qaraʾti)
- 2nd person dual: ‫( قَ ِرأْت َمك‬qaraʾtuma)
- 2nd person plural: ‫( قَ ِرأْت ُْم‬qaraʾtum)
Plural with Attached Pronouns:

- 2nd person masculine: ‫( قَ ِرأْت ُْم‬qaraʾtum)
- 2nd person feminine: ‫( قَ ِرأْت َُّن‬qaraʾtunna)
- 2nd person dual: ‫( قَ ِرأْت َمك‬qaraʾtuma)
- 2nd person plural: ‫( قَ ِرأْت ُْم‬qaraʾtum)
In these examples, the pronouns are attached to the

assimilated verb forms, indicating the subject of the
imperative command.
Remember to consult the specific assimilation patterns and

verb forms for accurate conjugations of assimilated
imperative verbs. Practice and exposure to various verbs
will help solidify your understanding of this conjugation

category.
5.6 EXPRESSIONS AND PHRASES WITH

IMPER ATIVE VERBS
5.6.1 Using Imperative Verbs to Give Commands and

Orders
When giving commands or orders in Arabic, the imperative

form of the verb is employed. Here are some key points to
remember:
- The imperative form is typically derived from the second-

person masculine singular (you) in the past tense.
- The vowel markings used in the imperative form vary
based on the verb form and whether the verb starts with a
consonant or a vowel.
- In some cases, the imperative form may exhibit
irregularities or variations, particularly with irregular
verbs.
Example:
- Command: ‫( !اقرأ‬Iqra') - Read!
- Order: ‫( !قم‬Qum) - Stand up!
5.6.2 Suggestions, Advice, and Requests with Imperative

Verbs
In addition to giving commands, imperative verbs are also

used to express suggestions, advice, and requests. Here are
some examples:
- Suggestion: ‫( !جر ُهنا‬Jarrab hatha) - Try this!

- Advice: ‫( !احنر‬Ihthir) - Be careful!
- Request: ‫ ُمن ُفضتتتتلت‬،‫( ستتتتتكعتدني‬Sa'edni, min fadlak) - Help me,
please.
In these cases, the imperative form is employed to convey

the desired action without the same level of authority or
force as a command.
5.6.3 Politeness and Cultural Considerations in Imperative

Usage
The usage of imperatives can vary depending on cultural

norms and the level of formality required in a given
context. It is important to consider politeness and cultural
etiquette when using imperative verbs. Here are some
points to keep in mind:
- In more formal or polite situations, it is common to soften

imperatives by adding polite expressions such as "please"
(min fadlak/min fadlik) or "if you would be so kind" (law
samaht/law samahti).
- The choice of words and tone can convey politeness even
when giving direct commands. Using gentle and respectful
language is appreciated in such cases.
- Cultural considerations play a significant role in
determining the appropriateness of using imperatives. In
some cultures, direct commands may be seen as impolite or
overly authoritative, while in others, they may be
considered normal and acceptable.
Example:
- Polite Request: ‫( تفض ُبكلجلوس‬Tafaddal biljulus) - Please have a
seat.
- Softened Command: ‫ُأعطني ُالمتكء‬، ‫( لوُستتتتمحت‬Law samaht, a'tini

alma') - If you would be so kind, give me the water.
Understanding the cultural context and applying

appropriate linguistic and social norms is crucial when
using imperative verbs to ensure effective communication
and respect for others.
Remember, while imperatives are straightforward in their

construction, it is essential to consider the tone, context,
and cultural expectations when using them in Arabic
conversation.
5.7 ADVANCED TOPICS IN IMPER ATIVE

CONJUGATION
5.7.1 Dual Form Imperatives
In addition to the singular and plural forms of imperatives,

Arabic also has a dual form for addressing two individuals.
The dual form is created by adding specific endings to the
verb stem. Here are the patterns for forming dual
imperatives:
- For Form I (Regular) verbs:

- Singular: Take the present tense base form (masculine)
and add the dual endings.
- Plural: Take the present tense base form (masculine) and
add the plural endings.
- Dual: Take the present tense base form (masculine) and
add the dual endings.
- For Form II (Intensive) verbs:
- Singular: Take the present tense base form (masculine)

and add the dual endings.
- Plural: Take the present tense base form (masculine) and
add the plural endings.
- Dual: Take the present tense base form (masculine) and
add the dual endings.
- For other verb forms, follow similar patterns of adding the
dual endings to the masculine base form.
Examples:
1. Singular: ‫( !ق ُْم‬qum) - Stand up!
2. Plural: ‫( !قوموا‬qūmū) - Stand up! (addressing a group)
3. Dual: ‫( !قو َمك‬qūmā) - Stand up! (addressing two individuals)
Note: Dual form imperatives are used when addressing

exactly two people. If you are addressing more than two
individuals, you would use the plural form.
5.7.2 Forming Intensive and Superlative Imperatives
Sometimes, we want to emphasize the intensity or

superlative nature of a command or request. Arabic
provides ways to achieve this by modifying the imperative
form. Here's how you can form intensive and superlative
imperatives:
- For Intensive Imperatives:

- Add the letter ‫( َُو‬wa) after the verb's second radical (root
letter).
- Keep the regular conjugation pattern for the imperative
form.
Example:
1. Regular Imperative: ُْ ‫( !ك‬kul) - Eat!
2. Intensive Imperative: ‫( !ك ْل َوا‬kulwa) - Eat a lot!
- For Superlative Imperatives:

- Add the prefix َ‫( ُأ‬a) before the verb's first radical (root
letter).
- Add the letter ‫( َُو‬wa) after the verb's second radical.
- Keep the regular conjugation pattern for the imperative
form.
Example:
1. Regular Imperative: ُْ ‫( !ق‬qul) - Say!
2. Superlative Imperative: ‫( !أَق ْل َوا‬a-qulwa) - Say the most!
These modifications allow you to convey a stronger sense

of emphasis and intensity in your commands or requests.
5.7.3 Imperative Forms in Contextual and Conditional

Sentences
Imperative forms can also be used in various contexts and

conditional sentences to express specific meanings. Let's
explore a few common scenarios:
- Contextual Imperatives:
In some situations, the imperative form can be used to
express a suggestion or advice, rather than a direct
command. This usage often occurs when giving directions
or offering guidance.
Example:
1. Imperative: ‫ِيُ َوا ِْلتَ ِف ُْ ُيَمِ ينًك‬
َُ ‫كرعَُُالثَّكن‬ َّ ُُْ ‫أَدْخ‬. (adkhul ash-shāri'a ath-
ِ ‫الش ت‬
thāniya waltafit yamīnan) - Enter the second street and
turn right. (Suggestion or direction)
- Conditional Imperatives:
Imperative forms can also appear in conditional sentences,
expressing a command or request based on a specific
condition or situation. The verb tense used in the
conditional part of the sentence will depend on the context.
Example:
1. Conditional Imperative: ُ‫كست تتَ ْق ِب ْل ُُ ِبت َْرحِ يب‬ َّ ُ‫ ِإذَاُ َجك َُء‬. (idhā jā'a
ْ َ‫ُف‬،‫الضت تيْف‬
ad-dayfu, fastaqbilhu bi-tarhībin) - If the guest comes,
welcome him warmly. (Command based on a condition)
By understanding the usage of imperative forms in

different contexts and conditional sentences, you can
effectively convey your intentions and instructions.
Note: It's important to remember that the context and

formality of the situation will determine which
imperatives are appropriate to use. Always consider the
appropriate level of politeness and respect when giving
commands or requests in Arabic.
This concludes our exploration of advanced topics in

imperative conjugation, including dual form imperatives,
forming intensive and superlative imperatives, and
understanding imperative forms in contextual and
conditional sentences. These concepts will enhance your
command of Arabic verbs and allow you to communicate
with precision and clarity.
5.8 PRACTICE EXERCISES AND DRILLS
To reinforce your understanding of imperative

conjugation, here are some practice exercises and drills:
5.8.1 Conjugation Practice for Regular Imperatives

Exercise 1:
Conjugate the following regular verbs in the imperative
form:
- ‫َب‬َُ ‫( َكت‬to write)

- ‫( قَ َرُأ‬to read)
َ
- َُ ‫( ش َِر‬to drink)
- ‫َ َُر‬َ َ‫( اِ ْنت‬to wait)
- ‫( اِ ْفتَ ُْح‬to open)
Solution:
- ُْ‫( ! َكتِب‬Write!)
- ُْ‫( !ا ْق َرأ‬Read!)
- ُْ ‫( !ا ْش َر‬Drink!)
- ‫( !ا ْنتََِ ُْر‬Wait!)
- ‫( !ا ْفتَ ُْح‬Open!)
Exercise 2:
Create imperative sentences using the following regular
verbs:
- ‫( َسكف ُِْر‬to travel)

- ‫( اِ ُْستَمِ ُْع‬to listen)
- ْ‫( اِ ْق َرُأ‬to read)
-‫س‬ ُْ ‫( د َِر‬to teach)
- ُْ ‫( اِ ْغ ِس‬to wash)
Solution:
- ُِ َ‫( ! َسكف ُِْرُإِلَىُ ْال َمدين‬Travel to the city!)
- ‫( !اِ ْستَمِ ُْعُل ِْلم َعل ُِِم‬Listen to the teacher!)
- َُ ‫( !اِ ْق َرأُُِ ْال ِكتَك‬Read the book!)
- َُ ‫ط َّل‬ َّ ‫سُال‬ ُْ ‫( !د َِر‬Teach the students!)
- َُ ‫( !اِ ْغ ِس ُُْ َيدَ ْي‬Wash your hands!)
5.8.2 Conjugation Practice for Irregular Imperatives
Exercise 1:
Conjugate the following irregular verbs in the imperative
form:
- ُْ َ‫( اِ ْفع‬to do)

- ُْ‫( اذْهَب‬to go)
-‫ج‬ ُْ ‫( ا ْخر‬to go out)
- ‫( ك ُْن‬to be)
- ‫ص ُِح‬ َ (to wake up)
Solution:
- ُْ َ‫( !اِ ْفع‬Do!)
- ُْ‫( !اذْهَب‬Go!)
-‫ج‬ ُْ ‫( !ا ْخر‬Go out!)
- ‫( !ك ُْن‬Be!)
- ‫ص ُِح‬ َ ! (Wake up!)
Exercise 2:
Create imperative sentences using the following irregular
verbs:
- ‫( َسك َم ُْح‬to forgive)

- ‫( اِحُْنَ ُْر‬to be careful)
- ْ‫( اِ ْق َرُأ‬to read)
- ‫( اِ ْف َة ُْم‬to understand)
- ‫( اِتَّبِ ُْع‬to follow)
Solution:
- ‫( ! َسك َمحْ نِي‬Forgive me!)
- ‫ور‬
َُ ‫( !اِحْ نَ ُِرُا ْل َم ْر‬Be careful with traffic!)
- َُ ‫( !اِ ْق َرأُُِا ْل ِكتَك‬Read the book!)
- ‫وم‬
َُ ‫( !اِ ْف َة ُْمُا ْل َم ْفة‬Understand the
concept!)
- َُ ‫( !اِت َّ ِب ُْعُالدَّلِي‬Follow the guide!)
5.8.3 Negative Imperative Conjugation Exercises
Exercise 1:
Conjugate the following verbs in the negative imperative
form:
- ُْ‫( لُتَ ْكتب‬do not write)

- ُْ‫( لُتَنْهَب‬do not go)
-‫ج‬ ُْ ‫( لُت ْ ِر‬do not go out)
- ‫( لُتَك ُْن‬do not be)
- ‫ص َُح‬
ْ َ‫( لُت‬do not wake up)
Solution:
- ُْ‫( !لُتَ ْكتب‬Do not write!)
- ُْ‫( !لُتَنْهَب‬Do not go!)
-‫ج‬ ُْ ‫( !لُت ْ ِر‬Do not go out!)
- ‫( !لُتَك ُْن‬Do not be!)
- ‫ص َُح‬
ْ َ‫( !لُت‬Do not wake up!)
Exercise 2:
Create negative imperative sentences using the following
verbs:
- ‫( لُتَ َسك َم ُْح‬do not forgive)

- ‫( لُتَحْ نَ ُْر‬do not be careful)
- ُْ‫( لُتَ ْق َرأ‬do not read)
- ‫( لُتَ ْف َة ُْم‬do not understand)
- ‫( لُتَت َّ ِب ُْع‬do not follow)
Solution:
- ‫( !لُتَ َسك َمحْ نِي‬Do not forgive me!)
- ‫ور‬
َُ ‫( !لُتَحْ نَ ُْرُا ْل َم ْر‬Do not be careful with traffic!)
- َُ ‫( !لُتَ ْق َرأُُِا ْل ِكتَك‬Do not read the book!)
- ‫وم‬
َُ ‫( !لُتَ ْف َة ُْمُا ْل َم ْفة‬Do not understand the concept!)
- َُ ‫( !لُتَتَّبِ ُْعُالدَّلِي‬Do not follow the guide!)
5.8.4 Assimilated Imperative Conjugation Exercises
Exercise 1:
Conjugate the following verbs in the assimilated
imperative form:
- ‫( اِ ْستَمِ ُْع‬listen)
- ‫( اِ ْشت َُِر‬buy)
- ْ‫( اِ ْق َرُأ‬read)
- ‫( اِ ْف َة ُْم‬understand)
- ُْ ِ‫( اِ ْنتَب‬pay attention)
Solution:
- ‫( !اِ ْستَمِ ُْع‬Listen!)
- ‫( !اِ ْشت َُِر‬Buy!)
- ُْ‫( !اِ ْق َرأ‬Read!)
- ‫( !اِ ْف َة ُْم‬Understand!)
- ُْ ‫( !اِ ْنتَ ِب‬Pay attention!)
Exercise 2:
Create imperative sentences using the following verbs:
- ُْ‫( اِ ْستَ ِعد‬prepare)

- ُْ َ‫( اِ ْشتَغ‬work)
- ُْ‫( اِ ْق َرأ‬read)
- ‫( اِ ْف َة ُْم‬understand)
- ُْ ‫( اِ ْنتَ ِب‬pay attention)
Solution:
- ‫( !اِ ْستَ ِعدُُْلِل َّسف َُِر‬Prepare for the trip!)
- ُ‫( !اِ ْشتَغَ ُُْ ِب ِجد‬Work hard!)
- َُ ‫( !اِ ْق َرأُُِا ْل ِكُتَك‬Read the book!)
- ‫وم‬
َُ ‫( !اِ ْف َة ُْمُا ْل َم ْفة‬Understand the concept!)
- ُِ ‫َكصي‬ ِ ‫( !اِ ْنتَبِ ُُْ ِإلَىُالتَّف‬Pay attention to the details!)
5.9 Tips and Strategies for Mastering Imperative

Conjugation
To master imperative conjugation, consider the following

tips and strategies:
5.9.1 Memorization Techniques for Imperative Forms
- Create flashcards with the imperative forms of different

verbs and review them regularly.
- Practice writing out imperative sentences using various
verbs to reinforce your memory.
- Use mnemonic devices or associations to remember
irregular or assimilated imperative forms.
5.9.2 Common Mistakes to Avoid in Imperative

Conjugation
- Pay attention to the vowel markings and diacritical signs

that indicate changes in pronunciation or meaning.
- Be mindful of the assimilation patterns and irregular

conjugations specific to certain verbs.
- Double-check the verb form and subject agreement when
conjugating imperative sentences.
5.9.3 Resources and Tools for Practicing Imperative Verbs
- Utilize online resources, such as interactive exercises and

conjugation practice tools, to reinforce your understanding
of imperative conjugation.
- Engage in conversational practice with native Arabic
speakers to apply imperative forms in real-life situations.
- Seek out textbooks or grammar guides that provide
comprehensive explanations and exercises for imperative
conjugation.
By practicing regularly, being attentive to details, and

utilizing available resources, you can confidently master
imperative conjugation in Arabic.
PART II: ADVANCED CONJUGATION TOPICS
6. SUBJUNCTIVE AND JUSSIVE MOODS
6.1 The Subjunctive Mood
6.1.1 Definition and Purpose

The subjunctive mood is a verb form used to express
various states of unreality, doubt, uncertainty, desires,
wishes, commands, and requests. It often signifies actions
or situations that are subjective, hypothetical, or
dependent on certain conditions.
6.1.2 Forming the Subjunctive Conjugation
6.1.2.1 Regular Verb Subjunctive Conjugation

To form the subjunctive conjugation for regular verbs,
follow these steps:

2. Remove the vowel markings from the verb's past tense
conjugation.
3. Add the appropriate subjunctive vowel markings based
on the desired verb form.
4. Apply any necessary phonetic rules for vowel or
consonant changes.
For example, let's consider the verb "kataba" (to write) in the
subjunctive mood:
- Form I: aktuba (‫ب‬

َُ ‫)أَ ْكت‬
- Form II: aktataba (‫َب‬ َُ ‫)أَ ْكتَت‬
- Form III: yaktub (‫ب‬ َُ ‫)يَ ْكت‬
- Form IV: yaktabba (َُّ‫)يَ ْكتَب‬

- Form V: yatakattab (‫ب‬ َُ َّ ‫)يَتَ َكت‬
- Form VI: yastaktab (‫َب‬َُ ‫) َي ْستَ ْكت‬
- Form VII: yastaktub (‫ب‬ َُ ‫) َي ْستَ ْكت‬
- Form VIII: yastaʿmil (َُ ِ‫) َي ْستَعْم‬
- Form IX: yastaʿmil (َُ ِ‫) َي ْستَعْم‬
- Form X: yataʿazzaz (َُ‫) َيتَ َع َّزز‬
6.1.2.2 Irregular Verb Subjunctive Conjugation

Irregular verbs have unique patterns for forming the
subjunctive conjugation. These patterns must be
memorized individually, as they often deviate from the
regular verb patterns. Here are a few examples:
- "Kāna" (to be):

- Form I: yakūna (َُ‫)يَكون‬
- Form II: yatakāna (َُ‫)يَتَكَكن‬
- Form III: yakūn (َُ‫)يَكون‬
- "Rā'a" (to see):

- Form I: yarā (‫)يَ َرى‬
- Form II: yatarā (‫)يَت ََرى‬
- Form III: yurā (‫)ي َرى‬
6.1.3 Usage of the Subjunctive Mood
6.1.3.1 Expressing Desires and Wishes

The subjunctive mood is often used to express desires and
wishes. It conveys a sense of hope or aspiration. For
example:
- ُ‫أَتَ َمنَّىُأَ ُْنُتَكونَُُ ِب َ يْر‬.

(I wish that you are well.)
6.1.3.2 Indicating Doubt and Uncertainty

When there is doubt or uncertainty about a situation, the
subjunctive mood can be employed. It implies a lack of
certainty. For example:
- ‫لَ َعلَّ ُُ َيلْتِي‬.

(Perhaps he will come.)
6.1.3.3 Forming Conditional Sentences

The subjunctive mood is used to form conditional
sentences, where an action or event is dependent on a
specific condition. For example:
- ُِ َ‫ُ َسنَنْهَبُُإِلَىُا ْل َحدِيق‬،‫طر‬ ُِ ‫إِذَاُ َجك َء‬.

َ ‫تُا ْل َم‬
(If it rains, we will go to the park.)
6.1.3.4 Expressing Commands and Requests

Commands and requests can be expressed using the
subjunctive mood. It adds a sense of urgency or insistence
to the statement. For example:
- ‫!أَ َ ُلُتَتَل َ َّخ ُْرُ َع ُِنُا ْل َم ْو ِع ُِد‬

(Do not be late for the appointment!)

Here are some examples and practice exercises to reinforce
your understanding of the subjunctive mood:
1. Form the subjunctive conjugation for the verb "darasa"

(to study) in Form V.
2. Write a sentence using the subjunctive mood to express a
desire.
3. Construct a conditional sentence using the subjunctive
mood.
4. Convert the following command into the subjunctive

mood: "َُ ‫( "!ا ْق َرُأُْ ْال ِكتَك‬Read the book!)
By practicing these exercises, you will become more

proficient in recognizing and using the subjunctive mood
in Arabic verb conjugations.
6.2 THE JUSSIVE MOOD
6.2.1 Definition and Purpose

The Jussive Mood is a grammatical mood used to express
commands, orders, recommendations, advice, and
prohibitions. It is primarily employed in the second and
third persons, both singular and plural. The Jussive Mood
carries a sense of urgency, authority, or necessity, guiding
the listener or reader to take action or refrain from it.
6.2.2 Forming the Jussive Conjugation

In Arabic, the Jussive Mood is formed by modifying the verb
conjugation based on specific rules. The exact formation
depends on whether the verb is regular or irregular.
6.2.2.1 Regular Verb Jussive Conjugation

For regular verbs, the Jussive Mood is created by making
changes to the endings of verb conjugations. The following
guidelines apply:
- Form I Regular Verb Jussive Conjugation:

- In the second person singular (you), remove the final
vowel of the present tense conjugation.
- Example: َُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabta) becomes ُْ‫( َكتَب‬katab).
- In the third person singular (he/she), replace the final

vowel of the present tense conjugation with a short vowel
"a" (َ‫)ُت‬.
- Example: ُْ ‫( َكتَ َب‬katabat) becomes ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba).
- In the second person plural (you all), remove the final

vowel of the present tense conjugation and add a short
vowel "u" (ُ‫)ت‬.
- Example: ‫( َكتَبْت ُْم‬katabtum) becomes ُ ‫( َكتَ ْب‬katabtu).
- In the third person plural (they), replace the final vowel

of the present tense conjugation with a short vowel "u" ( ُ‫)ت‬.
- Example: ‫( َكتَبوا‬katabu) becomes ُ‫( َكتَب‬katabu).
6.2.2.2 Irregular Verb Jussive Conjugation

Irregular verbs follow specific patterns for forming the
Jussive Mood. These patterns must be memorized, as they
don't conform to regular verb conjugation rules. Here are a
few common examples:
- Irregular Verb Jussive Conjugation Pattern 1:

- In the second person singular (you), use the imperative
form without any changes.
- Example: ْ‫( اِ ْق َرُأ‬iqra') for "read."
- In the third person singular (he/she), add a short vowel

"a" (َ‫ )ُت‬before the final radical letter of the verb.
- Example: َ‫( َي ْق َرُأ‬yaqra'a) for "he/she reads."
- In the second person plural (you all), add a short vowel

"u" (ُ‫ )ت‬before the final radical letter of the verb.
- Example: ‫( ا ْق َرءوا‬iqra'u) for "read."
- In the third person plural (they), add a short vowel "u" ( ُ‫)تت‬
before the final radical letter of the verb.
- Example: ‫( َي ْق َرؤوا‬yaqra'u) for "they read."
Note: There are additional irregular verb patterns for the

Jussive Mood, which should be explored and practiced for a
comprehensive understanding.
6.2.3 Usage of the Jussive Mood

The Jussive Mood has several
important applications in Arabic. Understanding its usage

is essential for effective communication.
6.2.3.1 Expressing Commands and Orders

The Jussive Mood is commonly used to give direct
commands and orders to someone. It imparts a sense of
authority and urgency. Here are some examples:
- ‫( !ق ُْم‬Qum!) - Stand up!

- ُْ ‫( !ك‬Kul!) - Eat!
- ُْ ِ‫( !أَدْخ‬Adkhil!) - Enter!
6.2.3.2 Giving Advice and Recommendations

The Jussive Mood is also used to offer advice and
recommendations to others. It suggests what actions to
take or what course of action would be beneficial. Consider
these examples:
- َُ ‫( !اِ ْق َرأُُْال ِكتَك‬Iqra' al-kitab!) - Read the book!

- ُِ ‫لرا َح‬ َ ‫( !خنُُْ َو ْقتًكُُِل‬Khudh waqtan lir-rahah!) - Take some time to
rest!
- ‫( !اِ ْستَمِ ُْعُ ِإلَىُ ْالم َعل ُِِم‬Istami' ila al-mu'allim!) - Listen to the teacher!
6.2.3.3 Forming Prohibitions and Negative Imperatives

The Jussive Mood is also utilized to form prohibitions and
negative imperatives, indicating actions that should not be
taken. Here are examples:
- َُ ‫( ! َ ُلُتَ ْف َع ُُْذَ ِل‬La taf'al dhalik!) - Don't do that!

- ‫( ! َ ُلُتَتَل َ َّخ ُْرُ َع ُِنُا ْل َم ْو ِع ُِد‬La tata'akhhar 'an il-maw'id!) - Don't be late
for the appointment!

To solidify your understanding of the Jussive Mood, here
are some examples and practice exercises. Take note of the
verb conjugations in the Jussive form and their
corresponding translations. Practice saying them aloud
and using them in context.
Examples:
1. َُ ‫( !اِ ْق َرُأُْا ْل ِكتَك‬Iqra' al-kitab!) - Read the book!
2. ‫ت‬ُِ ‫اِل ْرشَكدَا‬ ِ ْ ُ‫( !اِتَّبِ ُْع‬Ittabi' al-irshadat!) - Follow the instructions!
3. ‫( ! َ ُلُتَ ْن َسىُا ْل َمفَكتِي َُح‬La tansa al-mafatih!) - Don't forget the keys!
Practice Exercises:
1. Form the Jussive Mood for the verb "to write" in the
second person plural.
2. Give a Jussive command using the verb "to study" in the
third person singular.
3. Provide a negative imperative using the verb "to speak" in
the second person singular.
Note: It is essential to practice and reinforce your

understanding of the Jussive Mood by creating more
examples and engaging in conversation using the Jussive
verb forms.
6.3 DIFFERENCES AND SIMILARITIES BETWEEN

THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND JUSSIVE MOODS
The Subjunctive and Jussive moods are two important verb

forms in Arabic that convey specific meanings and are used
in different contexts. While they share some similarities,
they also have distinct characteristics in terms of verb
forms, conjugation patterns, and usage contexts.
Understanding these differences is crucial for mastering
6.3.1 Comparison of Verb Forms and Conjugation Patterns
The Subjunctive and Jussive moods have different verb

forms and conjugation patterns:
- Verb Forms:
- Subjunctive: The Subjunctive mood is usually formed by
adding specific prefixes and suffixes to the verb base. The
verb undergoes changes in its root letters and vowel
patterns to indicate the Subjunctive mood.
- Jussive: The Jussive mood, on the other hand, typically
uses the same verb form as the Imperfect (Past) tense, but
with specific vowel patterns and variations to distinguish
it from the Imperfect tense.
- Conjugation Patterns:
- Subjunctive: The Subjunctive mood follows its own set of
conjugation patterns, which may differ from those used in
other moods. These patterns dictate the addition of prefixes
and suffixes, as well as the modifications to the root letters
and vowel patterns.
- Jussive: The Jussive mood shares conjugation patterns

with the Imperfect (Past) tense, but with distinctive vowel
patterns and variations specific to the Jussive mood.
6.3.2 Distinguishing Usage Contexts
While the Subjunctive and Jussive moods have some

overlapping usage contexts, there are key distinctions
between them:
- Subjunctive Usage:
- The Subjunctive mood is commonly used in conditional
sentences, expressing hypothetical or uncertain
conditions.
- It is also used to convey wishes, requests, and desires.
- In some cases, the Subjunctive is employed to indicate a
purpose or goal.
- Additionally, the Subjunctive can be used in certain fixed
expressions and idiomatic phrases.
- Jussive Usage:
- The Jussive mood is primarily used in commands,
directives, or prohibitions, conveying an imperative sense.
- It is often found in imperative sentences, giving orders or
instructions to someone.
- The Jussive can also be used in prohibitive sentences,
indicating a prohibition or negated command.
- In certain contexts, the Jussive can express a suggestion
or recommendation.

To solidify your understanding of the differences and
similarities between the Subjunctive and Jussive moods,
here are some examples and practice exercises:
- Example 1: Subjunctive
- "‫ُلستتتكفرتُإلىُدبي‬، ‫لوُكن ُُأنكُمككن‬." (If I were in your place, I would
travel to Dubai.)
- In this example, the Subjunctive mood is used to express
a hypothetical condition.
- Example 2: Jussive
- " ‫( "!اقرأُالكتك‬Read the book!)
- Here, the Jussive mood is used to give a direct command.
Practice Exercises:
1. Convert the following sentences to the Subjunctive
mood:
a. "If I had more time, I would study Arabic."
b. "I wish I could visit Egypt someday."
2. Rewrite the following commands using the Jussive

mood:
a. "Open the window!"
b. "Don't eat the cake!"
By practicing these exercises, you will become more

familiar with the verb forms, conjugation patterns, and
usage contexts of the Subjunctive and Jussive moods in
Arabic.
Remember, mastering these moods requires regular

practice and exposure to various sentence structures and
contexts. By gaining a solid understanding of their
differences and similarities, you will be able to use the
Subjunctive and Jussive moods effectively in your Arabic
communication.
6.4 SUBJUNCTIVE AND JUSSIVE MOODS IN

COMPLEX SENTENCE STRUCTURES
In addition to using the subjunctive and jussive moods in

simple sentences, they also play a crucial role in complex
sentence structures. Understanding how to use these
moods in subordinate clauses and conditional sentences, as
well as expressing commands and advice, will further
enhance your proficiency in Arabic verb conjugations.
6.4.1 Subordinate Clauses and Subjunctive Mood

Subordinate clauses are dependent clauses that provide
additional information or clarify the main clause. They
often require the subjunctive mood to convey a sense of
possibility, doubt, or uncertainty. Here are some important
points to consider when using the subjunctive mood in
subordinate clauses:
- Subjunctive verbs in subordinate clauses are typically

marked by specific conjunctions or adverbs, such as "‫( "إِذَا‬if),
"‫( "لَ ُْو‬if only), or "َُ‫( "لَ ْول‬if it weren't for).
- The verb in the subjunctive mood may undergo changes
based on the verb form, person, or tense, just like in simple
sentences.
- Subordinate clauses in the subjunctive mood often
express hypothetical situations, wishes, desires, or
conditions.
Example:
‫ُسلكونُسعيدًا‬،‫إذاُأتىُأحمد‬. (If Ahmad comes, I will be happy.)
‫ُلستتتكفرتُُحولُالعكلم‬،‫لوُكن ُُغنيًّك‬. (If I were rich, I would travel around
the world.)
6.4.2 Conditional Sentences with Subjunctive Mood

Conditional sentences express a cause-and-effect
relationship, where the outcome depends on a certain
condition. In Arabic, such sentences often employ the
subjunctive mood to indicate the hypothetical or unreal
nature of the condition. Consider the following guidelines
when constructing conditional sentences with the
subjunctive mood:
- Use the conjunction "‫( " ِإذَا‬if) or "‫( "لَ ُْو‬if only) to introduce the
conditional clause.
- The verb in the conditional clause, when using the
subjunctive mood, can undergo conjugation changes
depending on the verb form, person, or tense.
- Conditional sentences with the subjunctive mood are
frequently used to express hypothetical situations, unreal
conditions, or future possibilities.
Example:
‫ُستتحصت ُعلىُدرج ُعكلي‬،‫إذاُدرست ُجيدًا‬. (If you study well, you will get a
high grade.)
‫ُستتتستتتطيعُالتواصتت ُمعُالنكطقينُاألصتتليين‬، ‫لوُتعلم ُالعربي‬. (If you learn Arabic,
you will be able to communicate with native speakers.)
6.4.3 Expressing Commands and Advice with Jussive Mood

The jussive mood is frequently used to express commands,
requests, or advice. When forming jussive verbs, keep in
mind the following aspects:
- Jussive verbs often include specific prefixes or suffixes,

depending on the verb form and subject pronoun.
- Some verbs may exhibit irregular forms in the jussive
mood, so it is essential to familiarize yourself with common
irregularities.
- Jussive verbs are commonly employed to give orders,

make requests, or offer advice in various contexts.
Example:
‫( !اقرأُالكتك‬Read the book!)
‫لُتتلخرُعنُالموعد‬ُ َ . (Don't be late for the appointment.)

To reinforce your understanding and mastery
of subjunctive and jussive moods in complex sentence

structures, here are some examples and practice exercises:
Example 1:
‫ُستتستكهمُفيُمشتروعكتُإغكث ُالمحتكجين‬،‫إذاُأصتبح ُغنيًّك‬. (If you become rich, you
will contribute to relief projects for the needy.)
Example 2:
َ ُ‫ستتتلَتَقَدَّمُُفي‬
ُِ َ‫الوظِ يف‬ َ ُ‫لَ ُْو‬. (If I work hard, I will advance in my
َ ُ،‫عمِ ْل ُُبِ ِجد‬
job.)
Practice Exercise 1:
Rewrite the following sentence using the jussive mood:
" ‫أنصح ُأنُتدرسُبجدي‬." (I advise you to study seriously.)
Practice Exercise 2:
Construct a conditional sentence using the subjunctive
mood: " ‫ستلشتتريُالستيكرةُإذاُحصتل ُُعلىُالوظيف‬." (I will buy the car if I get
the job.)
By practicing such examples and exercises, you'll gain

confidence in applying the subjunctive and jussive moods
accurately and effectively in various sentence structures.
6.5. IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS AND COMMON

PHRASES WITH SUBJUNCTIVE AND JUSSIVE
MOODS
The subjunctive and jussive moods in Arabic are often used

in various idiomatic expressions and common phrases.
Understanding these expressions is essential for
developing fluency and cultural awareness. In this section,
we will explore some of the common categories of
idiomatic expressions and phrases that utilize the
subjunctive and jussive moods.
6.5.1 Common Expressions of Desire and Hope

Expressions of desire and hope frequently employ the
subjunctive mood to convey aspirations, wishes, or
ambitions. Here are some examples:
- ُِ ‫كر َك‬
َ ‫شتتتت‬ ُْ َ‫أَتَ َمنَّىُأ‬. (I hope you have more time to
َ ‫نُيَكونَُُلَدَ ْي َُُ َو ْق ُُأَ ْكثَرُُ ِل ْلم‬
participate.)
- ُ‫نُ ِريدُُأَ ُْنُيَ ْن َج َُحُ ْال َم ْشروعُ ْال َجدِيد‬. (We want the new project to succeed.)
- ُ َ‫طلَق‬ َ ِ‫لَ ْيتَنِي ُك ْن ُُأَع ِْر ُُا ْلعَ َربِيَّ َُُب‬. (I wish I knew Arabic fluently.)
Note: The verbs in the above examples are in the

subjunctive mood, reflecting the speaker's desires or hopes.
6.5.2 Polite Requests and Courtesies

The jussive mood is commonly used to make polite
requests, issue invitations, or express courtesies. Consider
the following examples:
- َُ ‫ض ِل‬ ُْ ِ‫ُم‬، ْ ‫اِجْ ِل‬. (Please, have a seat.)

ْ َ‫نُف‬
- ُ‫الشتتت ْكر‬
ُّ َُُ َ‫ستتتيَكونُُل‬ َ َ‫ُف‬،ِ‫عدَة‬ َ ‫لَ ُْوُتَتَك ََّرمُُبِ ْكلم‬. (If you would be so kind as to
َ ‫ستتتك‬
assist, you will be thanked.)
- ‫ور‬ َّ َ‫تَف‬. (Please, go ahead.)
ُِ ‫ض ُُْ ِب ْكل َمر‬
Note: The verbs in the above examples are in the jussive

mood, reflecting polite requests or invitations.
6.5.3 Cultural and Contextual Considerations

It is crucial to note that idiomatic expressions and common
phrases with the subjunctive and jussive moods may vary
based on cultural and contextual factors. Nuances in usage
and formality levels can differ across Arabic-speaking
regions and social settings. It is always advisable to be
aware of cultural norms and adapt your language
accordingly.
Additionally, the subjunctive and jussive moods are often

influenced by contextual factors such as time,
conditionality, and hypothetical situations. Pay attention
to the context in which these moods are used to fully grasp
their intended meanings.

To reinforce your understanding of idiomatic expressions
and common phrases with the subjunctive and jussive
moods, here are some examples and practice exercises:
Examples:
-‫ج‬ ِ ‫استتت ُُِفِيُا ْل‬

ُِ ‫َكر‬ ُْ َ ‫يَحْ لمُُ ِبل‬. (He dreams of benefiting from
َ ‫نُيَ ْستتتُتَفِيدَُُمِ نَُُالد َِر‬
studying abroad.)
- ‫تَل َ َّم ُُْأَ ُْنُيَكونَُُع ْقبَ ٰى ُُ َخي ًْرا‬. (Hope that his outcomes will be good.)
- ُِ ِ‫اِدْعواُ ِبل َ ُْنُيَ ْن َج َُحُفِيُاِ ْمتِ َحكن‬. (Pray for his success in his exam.)
Practice Exercises:
1. Fill in the blank with the appropriate verb form

(subjunctive or jussive) to complete the expression:
- ‫وع‬ ُْ َ‫أَ ْرجوُأ‬. (provide)
ُِ ‫نُتَُ_ُ_ُ_ُ_ُ_ُ_ُلِيُفِيُ َهنَاُا ْل َم ْوض‬
2. Rewrite the following sentences, changing the verb form

from indicative to subjunctive or jussive based on the given
context:
- َُ ‫ َسلَعْطِ يَ َُُا ْل ِكتَك‬. (Please ask for the book.)
- ‫كن‬ ِ ‫ال ْمتِ َح‬ ِ ْ ُ‫( َه ُُْتَ ْن َجحُُفِي‬I hope you succeed in the exam.)
Remember to refer back to the verb conjugation charts and

grammar rules covered in earlier chapters for guidance.
Practice using these expressions and continue expanding
your knowledge of the subjunctive and jussive moods in
various contexts.
By familiarizing yourself with these idiomatic expressions

and common phrases, you will enhance your ability to
communicate effectively and convey your intentions
accurately in Arabic.
7. CONDITIONAL AND HYPOTHETICAL

CONSTRUCTIONS
7.1 CONDITIONAL CONJUGATION
7.1.1 Forming the Conditional Mood
Introduction to the Conditional Mood and Its Purpose:

In Arabic, the conditional mood is used to express
possibilities, hypothetical situations, and potential
outcomes. It allows speakers and writers to discuss events
or actions that are contingent on certain conditions being
met. Understanding how to form the conditional mood is
essential for effective communication in Arabic.
Conjugation of Regular Verbs in the Conditional Mood:

To conjugate regular verbs in the conditional mood, you
typically add specific prefixes and suffixes to the verb's base
form. The exact conjugation pattern depends on the verb's
form (I-X) and whether it is sound (Sālim) or weak
(Muda'af). Here are some general guidelines:
- For sound verbs (Sālim), the prefix "‫( "لَ ُْو‬law) is added before
the verb's root letters, while the suffix "‫( "تتتت توا‬-ū) is added to
the end of the verb.
Example:
Verb: ‫َب‬
Conditional Conjugation: ‫( َل ت ُْوُُ َي ت ْك تت تب توا‬law yakhtubū) - if they
were to write
- For weak verbs (Muda'af), the prefix "‫( " َلت ت ُْو‬law) is added
before the verb's root letters, while the verb undergoes
specific vowel and consonant changes based on its weak

pattern.
Example:
Verb: ‫( فَتَ َُح‬fataḥa) - to open
Conditional Conjugation: ‫( لَ ُْوُ َي ْفتَحوا‬law yafṭaḥū) - if they were
to open
Conjugation of Irregular Verbs in the Conditional Mood:

Irregular verbs in Arabic have unique conjugation patterns
in the conditional mood. Some irregular verbs undergo
changes in the root letters, vowel patterns, or have
irregular prefixes and suffixes. It is essential to study and
memorize the conjugation patterns for irregular verbs.
Differentiating Between Different Types of Conditionals:

In addition to the present conditional, there are other types
of conditionals, such as past conditionals and future
conditionals. Each type signifies a specific time frame and
conditions different from the present. It is important to
understand the distinctions between these conditionals
and their corresponding conjugation patterns.
7.1.2 Using the Conditional Mood
Expressing Possibilities, Hypothetical Situations, and

Potential Outcomes:
The conditional mood allows you to express a range of
possibilities and hypothetical scenarios. It is commonly
used to discuss hypothetical situations, conditional
statements, and potential outcomes. By using the
conditional mood, you can convey what might happen
under specific circumstances.
Using Conditional Sentences in Different Contexts:

Conditional sentences, also known as if-then
constructions, are frequently used in Arabic to express
conditional relationships between actions or events. These
sentences consist of two parts: the conditional clause (if-
part) and the main clause (then-part). Arabic has different
types of conditional sentences, including real conditionals
(if the condition is likely to happen) and unreal conditionals
(if the condition is unlikely or impossible to happen).
Common Phrases and Expressions Associated with the

Conditional Mood:
Arabic is rich in idiomatic expressions and phrases related
to the conditional mood. These phrases often convey
conditional or hypothetical meanings and are used in
various contexts, such as storytelling, discussions, or
debates. It is beneficial to familiarize yourself with these
common phrases and expressions to enhance your
understanding and usage of the conditional mood.
Example Phrases:
- َُ‫( لَ ُْوُكَكن‬law kāna) - if it were
- ‫( لَ ُْوُ َعلَى‬law ʿalā) - if only
- ُ‫( لَ ُْوُشَك َُءُللا‬law shāʾa Allah) - if God wills
- َُ َ‫( لَ ُْوُكن ُُ َمكَكن‬law kuntu makanaka) - if I were in your place
By mastering the conditional conjugation and

understanding its usage, you will be able to express
possibilities, hypothetical situations, and potential
outcomes with precision and fluency in Arabic.
7.2 HYPOTHETICAL CONJUGATION
7.2.1 Forming the Hypothetical Mood
Introduction to the Hypothetical Mood and Its Function:

The hypothetical mood is used to express hypothetical or
unreal situations, wishes, desires, or unreal possibilities. It
allows us to imagine outcomes that are contrary to reality.
In Arabic, the hypothetical mood is formed by applying
specific patterns to the verb.
Conjugation of Regular Verbs in the Hypothetical Mood:

Regular verbs in the hypothetical mood follow specific
patterns based on their verb form. Here are the conjugation
patterns for different verb forms:
1. Form I Regular Verb Conjugation in the Hypothetical

Mood:
- Present hypothetical: َُ ‫( َي ْف َع‬yaf'al)
- Past hypothetical: َُ ‫( لَُْف َع‬laf'al)
- Future hypothetical: َُ ‫( َس َي ْف َع‬sayaf'al)
2. Form II Regular Verb Conjugation in the Hypothetical

Mood:
- Present hypothetical: ُ ‫( يفَ ِع‬yufa'filu)
- Past hypothetical: َُ َّ‫( لَفَع‬lafa'fala)
- Future hypothetical: ُ ‫( َسيفَ ُِع‬sayufa'filu)
3. Form III Regular Verb Conjugation in the Hypothetical

Mood:
- Present hypothetical: ُ َ‫( يَ ْفع‬yaf'alu)
- Past hypothetical: َُ َ‫( لَ ْفع‬laf'ala)
- Future hypothetical: ُ َ‫( َسيَ ْفع‬sayaf'alu)
Conjugation of Irregular Verbs in the Hypothetical Mood:

Irregular verbs in the hypothetical mood may have unique
conjugation patterns. It's important to note the specific
changes and modifications that occur. Here are some
examples of irregular verbs in the hypothetical mood:
1. Irregular Hypothetical Verb: َُ‫( كَكن‬kāna)

- Present hypothetical: َُ‫( لَ ُْوُكَكن‬law kāna)
- Past hypothetical: َُ‫( لَ ُْوُكَكن‬law kāna)
- Future hypothetical: َُ‫( لَ ُْوُكَكن‬law kāna)
2. Irregular Hypothetical Verb: ‫( شَك َُء‬shā'a)

- Present hypothetical: ‫( لَ ُْوُشَك َُء‬law shā'a)
- Past hypothetical: ‫( لَ ُْوُشَك َُء‬law shā'a)
- Future hypothetical: ‫( لَ ُْوُشَك َُء‬law shā'a)
Differentiating Between Different Types of Hypotheticals:

The hypothetical mood can be used to express different
types of hypotheticals, such as present, past, and future
hypotheticals. The conjugation patterns may vary slightly
based on the type of hypothetical being expressed.
Understanding these variations is crucial for accurate
usage and comprehension.
7.2.2 Using the Hypothetical Mood
Expressing Hypothetical or Imaginary Situations:

The hypothetical mood allows us to describe situations that
are not real or are imagined. It helps us convey ideas that
may not align with the actual state of things. By using the
hypothetical mood, we can create vivid hypothetical
scenarios and explore alternative possibilities.
Speculating About the Past, Present, and Future:

The hypothetical mood enables us to speculate about

different time
frames, including the past, present, and future. We can use

it to discuss what might have happened in the past, what
could be happening in the present, or what may occur in the
future. It adds a layer of speculation and imagination to our
language.
Conveying Wishes, Desires, and Unreal Possibilities:

The hypothetical mood is often employed to express
wishes, desires, and unreal possibilities. We can use it to
articulate what we want to happen, what we wish were
true, or what we envision as ideal outcomes. It allows us to
delve into the realm of what could be, even if it is not
currently the reality.
Common Idiomatic Expressions Associated with the

Hypothetical Mood:
The Arabic language contains numerous idiomatic
expressions that utilize the hypothetical mood to convey
specific meanings or cultural concepts. Understanding
these idiomatic expressions not only enhances language
proficiency but also provides insight into the cultural
nuances embedded in the language. Some examples of
common idiomatic expressions include:
1. "َُ‫( "لَ ُْوُكَكنَُُ َوكَكن‬law kāna wakāna) - If it were so and so...

2. "ُ ‫( "لَ ْيتَنِي ُكن‬laytanī kuntu) - I wish I were...
3. "ُ ‫( "لَ ُْوُ َع ِل ْم‬law 'alimtu) - If only I had known...
Remember to provide thorough explanations, clear

examples, and relevant information to ensure a
comprehensive understanding of the hypothetical mood

and its usage in Arabic verb conjugation.
7.3 CONDITIONAL AND HYPOTHETICAL
CONSTRUCTIONS IN CONTEXT
Conditional and hypothetical constructions play a crucial

role in expressing various possibilities, assumptions, and
imagined scenarios in Arabic. In this section, we will delve
deeper into complex conditional and hypothetical
sentences, as well as explore the usage of different verb
forms within these constructions.
7.3.1 Complex Conditional and Hypothetical Sentences
Forming complex conditional sentences:

Complex conditional sentences involve multiple clauses
and allow for the expression of more intricate hypothetical
situations. To construct such sentences, we use
conjunctions and subordinating conjunctions to connect
the conditional clauses.
For example:
- ‫ُستتننهبُإلىُالستتينمك‬،‫إذاُجكءُأحمدُوعلي‬. (If Ahmed and Ali come, we will
go to the cinema.)
- ‫ُلتحدث ُُمع‬،‫لوُرأيت ُقب ُأستبوع‬. (If I had seen him a week ago, I would
have talked to him.)
Using conjunctions and subordinating conjunctions:

Conjunctions such as ‫( إذا‬if), ‫( لو‬if), and ‫( إن‬if) are commonly
used to introduce conditional clauses in complex sentences.
Subordinating conjunctions like ‫( عنتدمتك‬when) and ‫( بمجردُأن‬as
soon as) are also employed to indicate specific temporal
conditions.
Analyzing examples of complex conditionals and

hypotheticals in Arabic literature:
To deepen our understanding, we can analyze examples of
complex conditionals and hypothetical constructions
found in Arabic literature, such as novels, short stories, and
poems. By examining how skilled writers utilize these
constructions, we gain insights into their nuanced usage
and stylistic variations.
7.3.2 Conditional and Hypothetical Clauses with Other

Verb Forms
Exploring conditionals and hypotheticals in different verb

forms:
While conditional and hypothetical constructions are
commonly associated with the indicative verb forms, they
can also be formed using other verb forms, including
imperative and subjunctive.
For example:
- ‫ُُتتتلتتحتتقُُالتتمتتوعتتد‬، َ ‫لتتوُُأستتتتتترعتت‬. (If you hurry, you will catch the
appointment.) [Imperative]
- ‫ُُأزورُُُجميعُُالبلتتدان‬،‫طتتكئرا‬
ً ُُُ‫لوُُأكون‬. (If I were a bird, I would visit all
countries.) [Subjunctive]
Understanding the nuances and variations in meaning:

Using different verb forms in conditionals and
hypotheticals can bring about nuanced differences in
meaning and emphasis. For instance, the imperative form
may convey a sense of urgency or a direct command, while
the subjunctive form often expresses hypothetical or
unreal situations.
Practice exercises to reinforce understanding and

application:
To solidify your grasp of conditional and hypothetical
constructions with various verb forms, engaging in
practice exercises is invaluable. These exercises can involve
transforming sentences between different verb forms,
creating your own complex conditional sentences, and
analyzing provided examples.
By mastering complex conditional and hypothetical

constructions, along with the utilization of different verb
forms, you will enhance your ability to express a wide range
of possibilities and hypothetical scenarios in Arabic.
Practice and exposure to authentic language resources will
further reinforce your skills in applying these
constructions effectively.
7.4 COMMON CHALLENGES AND PITFALLS
Conditional and hypothetical constructions can be complex

and require careful attention to ensure accuracy in their
usage. Here are some common challenges and pitfalls to be
aware of when dealing with these constructions:
1. Identifying common errors and misconceptions in

conditional and hypothetical constructions:
a. Confusing verb forms: One common error is using

incorrect verb forms in conditional and hypothetical
sentences. For example, using the past tense instead of the
subjunctive mood or vice versa. It is important to
understand the appropriate verb forms for each type of
construction.
b. Neglecting the conditional or hypothetical marker:

Neglecting to include the appropriate conditional or
hypothetical marker can lead to confusion in the meaning
of the sentence. Make sure to use markers such as "if,"
"when," "unless," "suppose," or "imagine" to indicate the
conditional or hypothetical nature of the statement.
c. Misplacing the verb tense: Placing the verb tense

incorrectly in a conditional or hypothetical sentence can
alter the intended meaning. Pay close attention to the
correct placement of the verb tense, whether it should be in
the present, past, or future form.
2. Addressing challenges in choosing the correct verb forms

and tenses:
a. Distinguishing between different conditional types:

Different conditional types, such as first, second, third
conditionals, and mixed conditionals, require different
verb forms and tenses. It is crucial to understand the
distinctions and select the appropriate verb forms
accordingly.
b. Identifying the correct verb tense in hypothetical

constructions: Hypothetical constructions often involve
the use of past verb tenses to convey unreal or imaginary
situations. However, it is essential to choose the correct
past tense form based on the intended meaning and
context.
c. Considering the tense harmony principle: In some cases,

the verb tense in the main clause of a conditional sentence
can influence the verb tense in the subordinate clause.
Understanding the tense harmony principle will help

maintain consistency in the sentence structure.
3. Strategies for avoiding confusion and enhancing

accuracy in the usage of conditionals and hypotheticals:
a. Reviewing and practicing different conditional forms:

Regularly reviewing and practicing different conditional
forms, such as zero, first, second, third, and mixed
conditionals, will improve your understanding and usage
of these constructions.
b. Analyzing examples and identifying patterns: Analyze

and study examples of conditional and hypothetical
sentences to identify patterns and understand how
different verb forms and tenses are used. Look for common
structures and key phrases that indicate conditional or
hypothetical meaning.
c. Seeking clarification and guidance: When in doubt,

consult reliable grammar resources or seek guidance from
a knowledgeable language instructor. Clarifying any
uncertainties or questions you may have will help you gain
a deeper understanding of conditional and hypothetical
constructions.
By being aware of these common challenges and pitfalls,

you can navigate the complexities of conditional and
hypothetical constructions with greater confidence and
accuracy. Practice regularly, pay attention to context, and
strive for clarity to effectively communicate your intended
meaning.
8. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE VOICES
8.1 UNDERSTANDING PASSIVE AND ACTIVE

VOICES
8.1.1 What are Passive and Active Voices?

In Arabic grammar, verbs can be categorized into two
voices: passive and active. The voice of a verb indicates the
relationship between the subject and the action performed
by the verb. The passive voice emphasizes the recipient or
receiver of the action, while the active voice emphasizes the
doer or performer of the action.
In the passive voice, the subject of the sentence undergoes

the action of the verb, and the focus is on what is being done
to the subject. The agent or doer of the action is often
omitted or mentioned using the preposition "‫( " ِبتتتتتتتتتتتت‬bi)
followed by the agent.
In the active voice, the subject performs the action of the

verb, and the focus is on the subject as the doer of the action.
The object may also be present in the sentence to receive the
action of the verb.
8.1.2 Differences between Passive and Active Voices

The following are key differences between the passive and
active voices in Arabic:
1. Sentence Structure:
- Passive Voice: The passive voice sentence structure in
Arabic typically follows the pattern: (subject) + (passive
verb) + (object) + (optional agent).
- Active Voice: The active voice sentence structure in

Arabic typically follows the pattern: (subject) + (active verb)
+ (object).
2. Verb Forms:
- Passive Voice: Passive verbs are derived from Form II
verbs in Arabic, which have a "ُ‫( "ت‬tu) prefix added to the
root.
- Active Voice: Active verbs can be derived from various
verb forms in Arabic, including Forms I, III, IV, and others.
3. Emphasis:
- Passive Voice: The passive voice emphasizes the recipient
of the action, highlighting what is being done to the subject.
- Active Voice: The active voice emphasizes the doer of the
action, highlighting the subject as the performer of the
action.
8.1.3 Importance of Passive and Active Voices in Arabic

Understanding and using the passive and active voices in
Arabic is crucial for effective communication and
comprehension. By mastering these voices, you gain the
ability to express different perspectives and shades of
meaning in your sentences.
The passive voice allows you to shift the focus from the
doer of the action to the recipient, which can be useful
when describing processes, emphasizing results, or
highlighting the impact on the subject. It is often used in
scientific, formal, or objective contexts.
On the other hand, the active voice is generally more direct

and dynamic. It enables you to clearly attribute actions to
specific subjects and is commonly used in everyday

conversations, narratives, and persuasive writing.
By becoming proficient in both voices, you can convey

information accurately, adapt your style to different
contexts, and fully express your thoughts and intentions in
Arabic.
Now, let's move on to exploring the conjugation patterns

and examples of passive and active voices in Arabic.
8.2 ACTIVE VOICE CONJUGATION
Active voice is the most common voice used in Arabic verb

conjugation. It denotes that the subject of the verb is
performing the action. In this section, we will explore the
rules and conjugation patterns for active voice in various
tenses and moods.
8.2.1 Basic Conjugation Rules for Active Voice
- In active voice conjugation, the root letters of the verb are

used as a base for conjugation.
- The different verb forms and patterns determine the
specific conjugation rules for active voice.
- The subject pronouns (I, you, he/she, etc.) are attached to
the verb base to indicate the subject performing the action.
- Vowel patterns and modifications may occur based on the
verb form and tense.
8.2.2 Present Tense Active Voice Conjugation

Present tense represents actions happening in the current

time. Here are the conjugation rules for active voice in the
present tense:
- Form I Regular Verb Conjugation:

- The present tense conjugation of regular Form I verbs
follows the pattern: "ُ ‫( " َي ْف َع‬yafta'alu).
- The subject pronouns are attached to the verb base, and
any necessary vowel changes occur.
- Example: ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - "he writes"
- Form II Regular Verb Conjugation:

- The present tense conjugation of regular Form II verbs
follows the pattern: "ُ ‫( "يف َِع‬yufaʿʿilu).
- The subject pronouns are attached, and vowel
modifications may occur according to the verb form.
- Example: ‫( تَفَ َّك َُر‬tafakkara) - "he reflects"
- Other Verb Forms:

- Each verb form has its own conjugation pattern, with
variations in vowel patterns and letter modifications.
- Examples: ُ‫( يَ ْق َرأ‬yaqra'u) - "he reads" (Form IV), ‫( يَجْ ِري‬yajri) -
"it flows" (Form VI)
8.2.3 Past Tense Active Voice Conjugation
Past tense represents completed actions in the past. Here

are the conjugation rules for active voice in the past tense:

- The past tense conjugation of regular Form I verbs
follows the pattern: "َُ ‫( "فَ َع‬faʿala).
- The subject pronouns are attached, and vowel changes
may occur based on the verb form.
- Example: ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - "he wrote"
- Weak Verb Conjugation:

- Weak verbs have a modified conjugation pattern in the
past tense.
- They exhibit vowel changes and often have an additional
weak letter (‫ و‬or ‫ )ي‬within the verb base.
- Example: َُ ‫( ش َِر‬shariba) - "he drank"
- Other Verb Forms:

- Each verb form has its own conjugation pattern in the
past tense, with variations in vowel patterns and letter
modifications.
- Examples: َُ ‫( أَ َك‬akala) - "he ate" (Form II), َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qarā'a) - "he
read" (Form IV)
8.2.4 Future Tense Active Voice Conjugation
Future tense represents actions that will happen in the

future. Here are the conjugation rules for active voice in the
future tense:

- The future tense conjugation of regular Form I verbs
follows the pattern: "ُ ‫( " َسَُي ْف َع‬sayafʿalu).
may occur based on the verb form.
- Example: ُ‫( َس َي ْكتب‬sayaktubu) - "he will write"
- Hamzated Verb Conjugation:

- Hamzated verbs have a modified conjugation pattern in
the future tense due to the presence of the hamza letter (‫) ُء‬
within the verb base.

and hamza variations occur.
- Example: ُ ‫( َسلَك‬sa'akulu) - "I will eat"
- Other Verb Forms:

- Each verb form has its own conjugation pattern in the
future tense, with variations in vowel patterns and letter
modifications.
- Examples: ُ ‫( َستتتتَ ْف َع‬satafʿalu) - "she will do" (Form II), ُ‫َستتتيَ ْق َرأ‬
(sayaqra'u) - "he will read" (Form IV)
8.2.5 Imperative Active Voice Conjugation
Imperative mood is used to express commands or requests.

Here are the conjugation rules for active voice in the
imperative mood:
- Form I Regular Imperative Conjugation:

- The imperative conjugation of regular Form I verbs
follows the pattern: "ُْ َ‫( "ا ْفع‬ifʿal).
- The subject pronouns are dropped, and the imperative
suffixes (-ْ, -ِ, -ُ) are added according to the pronoun
addressing.
- Example: ُْ‫( ا ْكتب‬iktub) - "Write!" (to a male singular)
- Irregular Imperative Conjugation:

- Some verbs have irregular conjugation patterns in the
imperative mood.
- These patterns may include changes in root letters or
vowel patterns.
- Example: ُْ‫( اذْهَب‬idhab) - "Go!" (to a male singular)
8.2.6 Subjunctive and Jussive Active Voice Conjugation

Subjunctive and jussive moods are used to express desires,

wishes, or recommendations. Here are the conjugation
rules for active voice in the subjunctive and jussive moods:
- Subjunctive Conjugation:
- The subjunctive conjugation pattern depends on the verb
form and the desired mood.
and modifications may occur.
- Example: َُ ‫( يَ ْف َع‬yafʿala) - "he may do"
- Jussive Conjugation:
- The jussive conjugation pattern also varies based on the
verb form and the desired mood.
and modifications may occur.
- Example: ُْ ‫( فَ ِع‬faʿʿil) - "Do!" (to a male singular)
8.3 PASSIVE VOICE CONJUGATION
The passive voice in Arabic is used to indicate that the

subject of the sentence is the receiver of the action rather
than the doer. In this section, we will explore the
conjugation of passive voice verbs in different tenses and
moods.
8.3.1 Basic Conjugation Rules for Passive Voice

To form the passive voice in Arabic, the verb is conjugated
with a passive prefix and the appropriate verb tense and
person suffixes. Here are the basic conjugation rules for
passive voice:
Present tense: The passive prefix "ُ‫( "م‬mu-) is added to the
verb stem, followed by the appropriate person suffixes.
Past tense: The passive prefix "ُ‫( "ت‬tu-) is added to the verb
stem, followed by the appropriate person suffixes.
Future tense: The passive prefix "ُ‫( " َستي‬sayu-) is added to the
Imperative: The passive prefix "‫( "ل‬la-) is added before the
Subjunctive and Jussive: The passive prefix "ُ‫( "ي‬yu-) is
added to the verb stem, followed by the appropriate person
suffixes.
8.3.2 Present Tense Passive Voice Conjugation

In the present tense, the passive voice is formed by adding
the passive prefix "ُ‫( "م‬mu-) before the verb stem. Here is the
conjugation of a regular verb in the present tense passive
voice:
Example: The verb "ُ‫( "ي ْكتَب‬yuktabu) - "to be written"
Person Singular Dual Plural
1st ُ‫( ي ْكتَب‬yuktabu) ِ ‫( ي ْكت‬yuktabāni) ُ‫( ن ْكتَب‬nuktabu)
ُ‫َبكن‬
2nd (m.) ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬tuktabu) ِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبون‬tuktabūna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
2nd (f.) َُ‫( ت ْكتَ ِبين‬tuktabīna) ‫َبكن‬
ُِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبْن‬tuktabna)
3rd (m.) ُ‫( ي ْكتَب‬yuktabu) ِ ‫( ي ْكت‬yuktabāni) َُ‫( ي ْكتَبون‬yuktabūna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
3rd (f.) ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬tuktabu) ِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ي ْكتَبْن‬yuktabna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
Note: The verb forms for dual and plural are provided as
examples of how the conjugation changes for these cases.
8.3.3 Past Tense Passive Voice Conjugation

In the past tense, the passive voice is formed by adding the
passive prefix "ُ‫( "ت‬tu-) before the verb stem. Here is the
conjugation of a regular verb in the past tense passive voice:

1st ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬tuktabu) ِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبون‬tuktabūna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
2nd (m.) ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬tuktabu) ِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبون‬tuktabūna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
2nd (f.) َُ‫( ت ْكتَ ِبين‬tuktabīna) ‫َبكن‬
ُِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبْن‬tuktabna)
3rd (m.) ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬tuktabu) ِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبون‬tuktabūna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
3rd (f.) ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬tuktabu) ِ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktabāni) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبْن‬tuktabna)
ُ‫َبكن‬
Note: The verb forms for dual and plural follow the same
pattern as in the present tense.
8.3.4 Future Tense Passive Voice Conjugation

In the future tense, the passive voice is formed by adding
the passive prefix "ُ‫( " َستي‬sayu-) before the verb stem. Here is
the conjugation of a regular verb in the future tense passive
voice:
ُ‫ستتتتتتتتتتيتتتتت ت ْكتتتتت ت َتتتتتت تب‬ ِ ‫ستتتتتتتتتيتتتتت ْكتتتتت َتتتتتتبتتتتت‬
َ ُ‫تكن‬ َ
1st (sayuktabu) (sayuktabāni) َ (sanuktabu)
ُ‫سن ْكتَب‬
2nd ُ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ت ْكتتتتت ت َتتتتتت تب‬ ِ ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ْكتتتتت َتتتتتتبتتتتت‬
َ ُ‫تكن‬ َ َُ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتتت ت ْكتتتت ت َتتتتت تبتتتت تون‬
َ
(m.) (sataktabu) (sataktabāni) (sataktabūna)
َُ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتت ْكتتتت َتتتتت ِبتتتتيتتتتتن‬ ِ ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ْكتتتتت َتتتتتتبتتتتت‬
َ ُ‫تكن‬ َ َُ‫ستتتتتتتت تتتتتتتت ْكتتتتتت َتتتتتتت ْبتتتتتتن‬
َ
2nd (f.) (sataktabīna) (sataktabāni) (sataktabna)
3rd ُ‫ستتتتتتتتتتيتتتتت ت ْكتتتتت ت َتتتتتت تب‬ ِ ‫ستتتتتتتتتيتتتتت ْكتتتتت َتتتتتتبتتتتت‬
َ ُ‫تكن‬ َ َُ‫ستتتتتتتتتيتتتت ت ْكتتتت ت َتتتتت تبتتتت تون‬
َ
(m.) (sayuktabu) (sayuktabāni) (sayuktabūna)
ُ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ت ْكتتتتت ت َتتتتتت تب‬ ِ ‫ستتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ْكتتتتت َتتتتتتبتتتتت‬
َ ُ‫تكن‬ َ َُ‫ستتتتتتتت تيتتتتتت ْكتتتتتت َتتتتتتت ْبتتتتتتن‬
َ
3rd (f.) (sataktabu) (sataktabāni) (sayuktabna)
pattern as in the present and past tenses.
8.3.5 Imperative Passive Voice Conjugation

The imperative form of the passive voice is used to give

commands or instructions in a passive manner. It is formed
by adding the passive prefix "‫( "ل‬la-) before the verb stem.
Here is the conjugation of a regular verb in the imperative
passive voice:

2nd ُْ‫( لُ تتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تب‬la ‫تكن‬
ُِ ‫( لُ تتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تبتتتت‬la ‫( لُ تتتتت ْكتتتت َتتتتتبتتتتوا‬la
(m.) tuktab) tuktabāni) tuktabū)
‫( لُ تتت ت ْكتت ت َتتت ت ِبتت تي‬la ‫تكن‬
ُِ ‫( لُ تتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تبتتتت‬la َُ‫( لُ تتتتت ْكتتتت َتتتتت ْبتتتتن‬la
2nd (f.) tuktabī) tuktabāni) tuktabna)
ُ‫( لُ يتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تب‬la ‫تكن‬
ُِ ‫( لُ يتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تبتتتت‬la ‫( لُ يتتتت ْكتتتت َتتتتتبتتتتوا‬la
3rd (m.) yuktabu) yuktabāni) yuktabū)
ُ‫( لُ تتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تب‬la ‫تكن‬
ُِ ‫( لُ تتتت ت ْكتتت ت َتتتت تبتتتت‬la َُ‫( لُ يتتتت ْكتتتت َتتتتت ْبتتتتن‬la
3rd (f.) tuktabu) tuktabāni) yuktabna)
8.3.6 Subjunctive and Jussive Passive Voice Conjugation

The subjunctive and jussive moods in the passive voice
express desires, requests, or hypothetical situations. The
passive prefix "ُ‫( "ي‬yu-) is added before the verb stem. Here
is the conjugation of a regular verb in the subjunctive and
jussive passive voice:
1st َ ‫( ي ْكت‬yuktaba)
ُ‫َب‬ ‫( ي ْكتَبك‬yuktabā) ‫( ي ْكتَبوا‬yuktabū)
2nd (m.) ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktaba) ‫( ت ْكتَبك‬tuktabā) ‫( ت ْكتَبوا‬tuktabū)
2nd (f.) ‫( ت ْكتَ ِبي‬tuktabī) ‫( ت ْكتَبَك‬tuktabā) َُ‫( ت ْكتَبْن‬tuktabna)
3rd (m.) َ ‫( ي ْكت‬yuktaba)
ُ‫َب‬ ‫( ي ْكتَبك‬yuktabā) ‫( ي ْكتَبوا‬yuktabū)
3rd (f.) َ ‫( ت ْكت‬tuktaba)
ُ‫َب‬ ‫( ت ْكتَبك‬tuktabā) َُ‫( ي ْكتَبْن‬yuktabna)
pattern as in other tenses.
Understanding the rules and patterns of passive voice

conjugation will greatly enhance your command over
Arabic verb conjugations. Practice using various verbs and
their passive forms to strengthen your grasp of this
important aspect of the Arabic language.
8.4 USING PASSIVE AND ACTIVE VOICES IN

SENTENCES
Passive and active voices play a crucial role in Arabic

sentences, allowing us to express different perspectives and
emphasize different elements of the sentence. In this
section, we will explore when to use passive voice, when to
use active voice, how to change the voice in Arabic
sentences, and common mistakes to avoid.
8.4.1 When to Use Passive Voice
Passive voice is used when the focus is on the receiver of the

action rather than the doer. It is often employed in the
following situations:
1. Emphasizing the receiver: When you want to highlight

the entity that is affected or impacted by the action rather
than the doer.
Example:
Passive Voice: ُ‫( الكتك ُُي ْق َرأ‬The book is being read)
Active Voice: َُ ‫( أنكُأ ْق َرأُُالكتك‬I am reading the book)
2. Unspecified doer: When the doer of the action is

unknown or irrelevant.
Example:
Passive Voice: ‫المتجر‬
ُِ ُُ‫( ت َُّمُفتح‬The store was opened)
Active Voice: ‫المتجر‬
َُ ُُِ ‫( فت َح‬The store opened)
3. Formal or professional context: Passive voice is

commonly used in formal or professional writing, such as
reports or scientific papers.
Example:
Passive Voice: ُِ ‫( ت َُّمُإجراءُُالدراس‬The study was conducted)
Active Voice: َُ ‫( أجري ُُالدراس‬I conducted the study)
8.4.2 When to Use Active Voice
Active voice is the default voice in Arabic sentences and is

used when the focus is on the doer of the action. It is
commonly employed in the following situations:
1. Emphasizing the doer: When you want to highlight the

entity performing the action.
Example:
Active Voice: َُ ‫( أنكُأكتبُُالرسكل‬I am writing the letter)
Passive Voice: ُ‫( الرسكل ُُتكتَب‬The letter is being written)
2. Clarity and directness: Active voice is generally more

straightforward and clear in conveying the action and the
doer.
Example:
Active Voice: َُ ‫كتتتتتبُُالتتروشتتتتتتتتت‬
َُ ُُُ‫( التتطتتبتتيتتب‬The doctor wrote the
prescription)
Passive Voice: ُْ َ‫( الروشت ُُكتِب‬The prescription was written)
3. Conversational style: Active voice is commonly used in

everyday conversations, providing a more engaging and
dynamic tone.
Example:
Active Voice: َُ ‫( أنكُأتعلَّمُُاللغ َُُالعربي‬I am learning Arabic)
Passive Voice: ُ ‫( تتَعلَّمُُاللغ ُُالعربي‬Arabic is being learned)
8.4.3 Changing Voice in Arabic Sentences
In Arabic, it is possible to change the voice of a sentence by

modifying the verb form. Here are the basic rules for
converting a sentence from active to passive voice and vice
versa:
1. Active to Passive Voice:
- Change the verb form to the passive form by adding the
appropriate passive prefix (such as ‫ يت‬or ‫)تت‬.
- The subject of the active voice sentence becomes the
object in the passive voice sentence.
- The doer of the action can be included using the
preposition ‫ بِت‬or the word ‫من‬.
Example:
Active Voice: ُ‫أحمدُيكتب‬
ُ
َُ ‫( الرسكل‬Ahmad is writing the letter)

Passive Voice: ‫( الرستتتتتكل ت ُ ُيكتَتبُ ُبةتتك ُمن ُق َِب ت ُِ ُأحمتتد‬The letter is being
written by Ahmad)
2. Passive to Active Voice:

- Change the verb form to the active form by removing the
passive prefix.
- The object of the passive voice sentence becomes the
subject in the active voice sentence.
- Specify the doer of the action as the subject of the active
voice sentence.
Example:
Passive Voice: ُ‫صلَّح‬
َ ‫( السيكرةُُت‬The car is being repaired)
Active Voice: َ‫صتتلِحُُالستتتيكر ُة‬
َ ‫( الميككنيكيُُي‬The mechanic is repairing
the car)
8.4.4 Common Mistakes to Avoid when Using Passive and

Active Voices
When using passive and active voices in Arabic, it's

important to be mindful of common mistakes. Here are
some errors to avoid:
1. Incorrect verb forms: Make sure to use the appropriate

verb form for passive or active voice. Using the wrong form
can lead to grammatical inaccuracies.
Example:
Incorrect: ُ‫( الرسكل ُُتكتَب‬The letter is write)
Correct: ُ‫( الرسكل ُُتكتَب‬The letter is being written)
2. Omitting the doer: In passive voice sentences, if you want

to mention the doer of the action, ensure you include the
preposition ‫ بِتتتتتتت‬or the word ‫ من‬followed by the appropriate
pronoun or noun.
Example:
Incorrect: ُ‫( الرسكل ُُيكتَب‬The letter is being written)
Correct: ‫( الرستتكل ُُيكتَبُُبةكُمنُ ِق َب ُُِأحمد‬The letter is being written by
Ahmad)
3. Overusing passive voice: While passive voice has its uses,

be cautious not to overuse it. In many cases, active voice can
provide clearer and more concise sentences.
Example:
Incorrect: ‫الطعكمُمنُقِبَ ُُِالنكد ُِل‬
ُِ ُُ‫( ت َُّمُإحضتتتتكر‬The food was brought by
the waiter)
Correct: ‫الطعكم‬
َُ ُ‫أحضر‬
َُ ُُ‫( النكدل‬The waiter brought the food)
By understanding the appropriate usage of passive and

active voices, knowing how to change the voice in Arabic
sentences, and avoiding common mistakes, you can
effectively convey your intended meaning and
communicate with precision.
8.5 PASSIVE AND ACTIVE VOICE EXAMPLES AND

PRACTICE
In this section, we will provide you with examples and

exercises to help you practice using passive and active voice
in Arabic verb conjugations. Understanding the distinction
between passive and active voice is essential for mastering
Arabic verb forms.
8.5.1 Passive Voice Examples and Exercises
Passive voice is used when the subject of the sentence

receives the action of the verb. Here are some examples and
exercises to help you understand and practice using the
passive voice in Arabic verb conjugations:
Example 1:
Active Voice: ‫الطكلبُيقرأُالكتك‬. (The student reads the book.)
Passive Voice: ‫الكتتتك ُيقرأُُمن ُق َِبت ُالطتتكلتتب‬. (The book is read by the
student.)
Exercise 1:
Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
1. ‫المعلمُيشرحُالدرس‬. (The teacher explains the lesson.)
2. ‫الفريقُيفوزُبكلمبكراة‬. (The team wins the match.)
3. ‫الشتتتتركتت ُُتنتجُُمنتجتتكتُُعتتكليتت ُُالجودة‬. (The company produces high-

quality products.)
8.5.2 Active Voice Examples and Exercises
Active voice is used when the subject of the sentence

performs the action of the verb. Here are some examples
and exercises to help you understand and practice using the
active voice in Arabic verb conjugations:
Example 2:
Active Voice: ‫األستتتتتتتتكذُُيتتعتتلتتمُُالتتطتتل‬. (The professor teaches the
students.)
Passive Voice: ‫الطل ُيعلَمونُمنُقِبَ ُاألستتتكذ‬. (The students are taught
by the professor.)
Exercise 2:
Rewrite the following sentences in the active voice:
1. ‫القط ُتلعبُبكلكرة‬. (The cat plays with the ball.)
2. ‫األطفكلُيحبونُاْلي ُكريم‬. (Children love ice cream.)
3. ‫الطكلب ُتكتبُالبحث‬. (The student writes the research paper.)
8.5.3 Mixed Voice Examples and Exercises
In some cases, both passive and active voice can be used to

convey different meanings. Here are examples and
exercises to help you practice recognizing and using mixed
voice in Arabic verb conjugations:
Example 3:
Active Voice: ‫الشتتترك ُتوظفُالمةندستتتين‬. (The company employs the
engineers.)
Passive Voice: ‫ظتفتونُُفتيُُالشتتتتركتت‬
َ ‫التمتةتنتتدستتتتونُُيتو‬. (The engineers are
employed by the company.)
Exercise 3:
Identify whether the following sentences are in the active
or passive voice:
1. ‫األمُيحضرُالعشكء‬. (The mother prepares dinner.)
2. ‫السيكرةُتبكعُبسعرُمعقول‬. (The car is sold at a reasonable price.)
3. ‫العملءُيتلقونُال دم ُالجيدة‬. (The customers receive good service.)
These examples and exercises will help reinforce your

understanding of passive and active voice in Arabic verb
conjugations. Practice using both voices in various verb
forms to enhance your fluency and accuracy in Arabic
language usage.
Remember to consult the verb conjugation charts and rules

provided earlier in the book for a comprehensive
understanding of how verbs change in passive and active
voice across different tenses and forms.
8.6 ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF PASSIVE AND

ACTIVE VOICES
Passive and active voices in Arabic offer a rich range of

applications beyond basic sentence construction. In this
section, we explore advanced techniques for utilizing the
passive and active voices to express emphasis, report
information, employ impersonal constructions, and
introduce stylistic variation.
8.6.1 Expressing Emphasis with Passive Voice
The passive voice can be employed to place emphasis on the

object or the action being performed. By shifting the focus
from the subject to the object, we draw attention to the
recipient of the action. Here are some key points to

consider:
- Emphasizing the object: When we want to emphasize the

object, we place it at the beginning of the sentence and
follow it with the passive verb. This structure allows us to
highlight the significance of the object in the sentence.
Example:
Original sentence: َُ ‫الطتكلتبُ ُيتدرسُ ُالكتتك‬. (The student is studying
the book.)
Emphasized object: ‫ب‬ َ ‫الكتتك ُ ُيت‬. (The book is being
ُِ ‫درسُ ُمن ُق َِبت ُِ ُالطتكلت‬
studied by the student.)
8.6.2 Reporting with Passive Voice
Passive voice can be particularly useful when reporting

information or events. It allows the focus to be on the
action or event itself rather than the specific individuals
involved. Consider the following guidelines:
- Reporting events: When reporting events or occurrences,

the passive voice can be used to present information
objectively without specifying the doer of the action.
Example:
Original sentence: ‫قدُحطِ َم ُالنكفنة‬. (The window was broken.)
Reporting the event: ‫ت َُّمُكسرُُالنكفنة‬. (The window was broken.)
8.6.3 Impersonal Passive Voice
In Arabic, the impersonal passive voice is utilized to express

actions or events without specifying the agent or the
subject. This construction is often employed in general
statements or to describe situations where the agent is

unknown or irrelevant. Consider the following:
- Impersonal constructions: Impersonal passive

constructions use the passive voice with an unspecified
agent, typically through the use of the preposition "‫( "من‬min)
or the word "‫( "يتم‬yutammu).
Example:
Original sentence: ‫يتتعتتكنتتى ُالتتنتتكسُُُمتتنُُالتتجتتوع‬. (People suffer from
hunger.)
Impersonal construction: ‫يتعتتكنتىُُمتنُُالتجتوع‬. (Hunger is suffered
from.)
8.6.4 Using Active and Passive Voices for Stylistic Variation
Both the active and passive voices offer opportunities for

stylistic variation in writing. By alternating between active
and passive constructions, we can create a diverse and
engaging narrative. Consider the following techniques:
- Active voice for dynamic action: Active voice is often used

to depict actions as lively, dynamic, and immediate. It
brings a sense of directness and energy to the sentence.
Example:
Active voice: ُ‫المحكضتترُُي َشتت ِرحُُالمكد ُةَُبإتقكن‬
ِ . (The lecturer explains the
material with proficiency.)
- Passive voice for focus and objectivity: Passive voice, on

the other hand, provides a sense of objectivity and
detachment. It can be used to convey a more formal or
impersonal tone.
Example:
Passive voice: ُ‫يش ََّرحُُالطل ُُلةمُالمكدةُُبإتقكن‬. (The material is explained

to the students with proficiency by them.)
By strategically utilizing active and passive voices, writers

can craft a well-balanced narrative that captures attention,
conveys information effectively, and adds variety to the
language.
9. VERBAL NOUNS AND PARTICIPLES
9.1 FOR MING VERBAL NOUNS
9.1.1 Introduction to Verbal Nouns

Verbal nouns, also known as "masdar" in Arabic, are noun
forms derived from verbs. They play an important role in
Arabic grammar and are used to express various concepts,
actions, or states. Verbal nouns are often used in sentences
as subjects, objects, or complements. Understanding how
to form verbal nouns is crucial for mastering Arabic verb
conjugations.
9.1.2 Regular Formation of Verbal Nouns

In Arabic, the regular formation of verbal nouns involves
specific patterns and rules. Most commonly, verbal nouns
are formed by replacing the verb's root letters with specific
patterns. For example, in Form I verbs, the root letters are
replaced with the pattern " ‫( " َفتتت ْعتتت‬fa'ala). Here are some
examples:
- Verb: ‫َب‬
- Verb: َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - to read

Verbal Noun: ُ‫( ق َِرا َءة‬qirā'atun) - reading
9.1.3 Formation of Verbal Nouns from Quadrilateral Verbs

For quadrilateral (four-letter) verbs, the formation of
verbal nouns follows a slightly different pattern. The root
letters are replaced with specific patterns to create the
verbal noun. For example:
- Verb: ‫( فَتَ َُح‬fataḥa) - to open

Verbal Noun: ُ‫( فَتْح‬fatḥun) - opening
- Verb: ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( ذَه‬dahaba) - to go
Verbal Noun: ُ ‫( ذَهَك‬dhahābun) - departure
9.1.4 Formation of Verbal Nouns from Derived Verb Forms

Verbal nouns can also be formed from derived verb forms,
such as Forms II to X. The patterns used for forming verbal
nouns from these verb forms may vary. Here are a couple of
examples:
- Verb (Form II): ‫( َج َم َُع‬jama'a) - to gather

Verbal Noun: ُ‫( َج ْمع‬jam'un) - gathering
- Verb (Form X): ‫( تَفَ َّك َُر‬tafakkara) - to contemplate

Verbal Noun: ُ‫( تَفَ ُّكر‬tafakkurun) - contemplation
9.1.5 Patterns and Templates for Forming Verbal Nouns

To form verbal nouns, it is essential to learn the various
patterns and templates used in Arabic. These patterns
consist of specific combinations of letters that replace the
verb's root letters. Some common patterns for forming
verbal nouns include:
- ُ ‫( فَ ْع‬fa'lon): Used in Form I verbs, where the root letters are

replaced by this pattern.
- ُ ‫( َمت ْفت َعتت‬maf'alon): Used in Form II verbs, where the second
and third root letters are doubled and followed by the
pattern.
- ُ ‫( تَ ْفعِي‬taf'īlun): Used in Form V verbs, where the second root
letter is doubled, and the pattern is added.
- ُ‫( ا ِْستتتتتِ ْف َعتتكل‬istif'ālun): Used in Form X verbs, where the root
letters are replaced by this pattern.
By familiarizing yourself with these patterns, you can

easily recognize and form verbal nouns from different verb
forms.
9.1.6 Common Examples of Verbal Nouns

Verbal nouns are extensively used in Arabic, and it's helpful
to be acquainted with common examples. Here are some
frequently used verbal nouns:
- ُ‫( ق َِرا َءة‬qirā'atun) - reading

- ُ َ‫( ِكتَكب‬kitābatun) - writing
- ُ‫َ َرة‬ ْ َ‫( ن‬naẓratun) - looking
- ُ‫( َسفَر‬safarun) - traveling
- ُ‫'( ِع ْلم‬ilmun) - knowledge
These examples illustrate how verbal nouns are derived

from their corresponding verbs and play an essential role in
Arabic language usage.
By understanding the formation of verbal nouns, you will

enhance your comprehension of Arabic verb conjugations
and expand your ability to express different concepts and
actions effectively. Practice identifying and using verbal
nouns in various contexts to reinforce your understanding
of this important aspect of Arabic grammar.
9.2 FOR MING ACTIVE PARTICIPLES
9.2.1 Introduction to Active Participles

Active participles, also known as verbal adjectives, are
derived from verbs and convey the meaning of the verb in a
descriptive manner. They are widely used in Arabic to
provide additional information about a noun or to express
ongoing or continuous actions. This section will explore

the formation of active participles in detail.
9.2.2 Regular Formation of Active Participles

The regular formation of active participles follows specific
patterns based on the verb's form and conjugation.
Generally, the active participle is formed by adding specific
suffixes to the verb's root letters. The following are the
general rules for forming active participles from regular
verbs:
- For Form I verbs (trilateral verbs), the active participle is

formed by adding the suffix "-un" to the third letter of the
verb's root. For example:
- Verb: ‫َب‬
- Active Participle: ُ‫( ككتِب‬kaatibun) - writer
- For Form II verbs (doubled verbs), the active participle is

formed by adding the suffix "-aani" to the third letter of the
verb's root. For example:
- Verb: ‫زار‬
َُ (zaara) - to visit
- Active Participle: ُ‫( زائِر‬zaairun) - visitor
- For Form III verbs (hamzated verbs), the active participle

is formed by adding the suffix "-aaʼil" to the second letter of
the verb's root. For example:
- Verb: ‫( تَغَنَّى‬taghannaa) - to sing
- Active Participle: ُ‫( تَغَنَّكة‬taghannaatun) - singer
- The formation of active participles for Forms IV to X may

vary based on the specific patterns and conjugation of each
verb form. These will be covered in detail in the subsequent
subsections.
9.2.3 Formation of Active Participles from Quadrilateral

Verbs
Quadrilateral verbs, also known as derived verb forms,
have specific patterns for forming active participles. The
following are some common patterns for forming active
participles from quadrilateral verbs:
- Form IV: The active participle is formed by adding the

suffix "-mu" to the first letter of the verb's root. For
example:
- Verb: َُ ‫( أَ َك‬akala) - to eat
- Active Participle: ُ‫( أَ ْكلَم‬aklamu) - eater
- Form V: The active participle is formed by adding the

suffix "-taaʼim" to the first letter of the verb's root. For
example:
- Verb: ‫طبَ َُخ‬
َ (tabakha) - to cook
- Active Participle: ُ‫طبَّكخ‬
َ (tabbaakhun) - cook
- Form VI: The active participle is formed by adding the

suffix "-naasik" to the first letter of the verb's root. For
example:
- Verb: ‫( َسكفَ َُر‬saafara) - to travel
- Active Participle: ُ‫( َسكفِر‬saafirun) - traveler
- Forms VII, VIII, IX, and X also have specific patterns for
forming active participles, which will be elaborated on in
the subsequent subsections.
9.2.4 Formation of Active Participles from Derived Verb

Forms
Derived verb forms, including Forms IV to X, have their
own distinct patterns for forming active participles. Here
are some examples of the formation of active participles

from derived verb forms:
- Form IV: The active participle is formed by adding the
suffix "-mu" to the first letter of the verb's root. For
example:
- Verb: َُ َ‫( َجل‬jalasa) - to sit
- Active Participle: ُ ‫( َجك ِل‬jaalisun) - sitter
- Form V: The active participle is formed by adding the

suffix "-aamil" to the first letter of the verb's root. For
example:
- Verb: َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - to read
- Active Participle: ُ‫( قَ ِكرئ‬qaari'un) - reader
- Form VI: The active participle is formed by adding the

suffix "-aasir" to the first letter of the verb's root. For
example:
- Verb: ‫صنَ َُع‬
َ (sana'a) - to make
- Active Participle: ُ‫صكنُِع‬َ (saani'un) - maker
- Forms VII, VIII, IX, and X follow their own specific

patterns for forming active participles, which will be
explained in subsequent subsections.
9.2.5 Patterns and Templates for Forming Active Participles

In addition to the specific rules for forming active
participles from different verb forms, Arabic also has
general patterns and templates that can be used to create
active participles. These patterns are particularly helpful
when dealing with irregular or less common verbs. Here are
some commonly used patterns and templates:
- Pattern: ُ ‫( فَك ِع‬faaʼilun)

- This pattern is widely used for active participles derived

from trilateral verbs (Form I). It involves adding the suffix
"-un" to the third letter of the verb's root.
- Example: ‫( َج َرى‬jaraa) - to run
- Active Participle: ُ‫( َجكر‬jaarun) - runner
- Pattern: ُ َ‫( مفَك َعل‬mufaaʼalah)

- This pattern is used for active participles derived from
Form II verbs (doubled verbs). It involves adding the suffix
"-un" to the third letter of the verb's root.
- Example: ‫ب‬ َُ ‫( َر َّك‬rakkaba) - to install
- Active Participle: ُ‫( م َر َّكب‬murakkabun) - installer
- Pattern: ُ‫( اِ ْستِ ْفعَكل‬istifʼaal)

- This pattern is employed for active participles derived
from Form X verbs. It involves adding the suffix "-un" to the
third letter of the verb's root.
- Example: ‫( اِ ْبتَ َس َُم‬ibtasama) - to smile
- Active Participle: ُ‫( م ْبتَسِم‬mubtasimun) - smiler
These patterns and templates provide a framework for

forming active participles and can be modified as per the
specific verb and its conjugation.
9.2.6 Common Examples of Active Participles

To further solidify your understanding of active
participles, here are some common examples that illustrate
the formation and usage of active participles in different
contexts:
- ُ‫( َجكر‬jaarun) - neighbor (derived from the verb ‫ َج َرى‬- jaraa)

- ُ‫( م ْستتتَمِ ع‬mustami'un) - listener (derived from the verb ‫ استتتَ َم َُع‬-
istamaa)
- ُ‫( كَكتِب‬kaatibun) - writer (derived from the verb ‫َب‬ َُ ‫ َكت‬- kataba)
- ُ‫( م َرافِق‬muraafiqun) - companion (derived from the verb َُ‫َرافَق‬

- raafaqa)
- ُ‫( متَ َعك ِون‬mutaʼaawinun) - helper (derived from the verb َُ‫ تَ َع َكون‬-
taʼaawana)
These examples demonstrate how active participles can be

formed and how they convey the meaning of the
underlying verb in a descriptive manner. Practice
recognizing and using active participles in various contexts
to enhance your command of Arabic verb conjugations.
9.3 FORMING PASSIVE PARTICIPLES
Passive participles play an important role in Arabic verb

conjugation, particularly when expressing the passive
voice or describing actions that have been done to the
subject. In this section, we will explore the formation of
passive participles, including regular and irregular verb
forms, and provide patterns, templates, and examples for a
comprehensive understanding.
9.3.1 Introduction to Passive Participles
Passive participles in Arabic are derived from verb roots

and are used to express the passive voice, where the subject
receives the action rather than performing it. They can
function as adjectives or nouns in a sentence, providing a
description of a passive action or the subject itself.
9.3.2 Regular Formation of Passive Participles

The regular formation of passive participles involves

applying specific patterns and rules to the verb root. The
following steps outline the process:
1. Identify the verb root: Determine the three or four

consonants that form the core of the verb.
2. Apply the appropriate vowel pattern: Attach the
corresponding vowel pattern to the verb root, based on the
verb form and conjugation type.
3. Adjust for gender and number: Modify the vowel pattern
to match the gender and number of the subject.
For example, let's take the verb root "‫( "كتب‬kataba), meaning
"to write," and form the passive participle in the masculine
singular:
Root: ُ‫كُت‬
Pattern: ‫َم ْفعول‬
Passive Participle: ُ ‫( َم ْكتو‬maktūbun) - meaning "written"
Here, the vowel pattern "‫ " َمتت ْفتتعتتول‬is added to the verb root,
resulting in the passive participle "ُ ‫ " َم ْكتو‬meaning "written."
9.3.3 Formation of Passive Participles from Quadrilateral

Verbs
Quadrilateral verbs, which consist of four consonants in

their root, follow specific patterns for forming passive
participles. These patterns involve adding specific letters or
modifying the vowel structure of the verb root.
Here are some common patterns for forming passive

participles from quadrilateral verbs:
1. Pattern: ُ‫َم ْفعول‬

Example: ُ‫( تَ ْمرد‬tamrudun) - meaning "rebelled"
2. Pattern: ُ‫َم ْفعوظ‬

Example: ُ‫( َمحْ مود‬maḥmūdun) - meaning "praised"
3. Pattern: ُ َ‫مفَك َعل‬

Example: ُ َ‫( مؤْ مِ ن‬mu'minatun) - meaning "believed"
9.3.4 Formation of Passive Participles from Derived Verb

Forms
Derived verb forms, such as Form II, Form III, and so on,
have their own patterns for forming passive participles.
These patterns incorporate the additional letters or
changes specific to each derived verb form.
Here are some examples of passive participles from derived

verb forms:
1. From Form II (َُ ‫)تَفَك َع‬:

Verb: ‫( تَ َكب ََُّر‬takabbara) - meaning "to show arrogance"
Passive Participle: ُ‫( متتت َتتتت َكتتت َّبتتتر‬mutakabbarun) - meaning
"arrogant"
2. From Form III (َُ ‫)تَفَك َع‬:

Verb: َُ‫( تَ َع َكون‬ta'āwana) - meaning "to cooperate"
Passive Participle: ُ‫( متت ت َتتت ت َعتت ت َكون‬muta'āwanun) - meaning
"cooperative"
9.3.5 Patterns and Templates for Forming Passive

Participles
To facilitate the formation of passive participles, it is

helpful to understand the patterns and templates
commonly used in Arabic. These patterns provide a
framework for creating passive participles from verb roots.
Here are some common patterns and templates for forming

passive participles:
1. Pattern: ُ‫َم ْفعول‬

Template: ُ‫فَعول‬
Example: ُ‫( َفتتتعتتتول‬fa'ūlun) - meaning "active" (used as a
template for other participles)
2. Pattern: ُ َ‫مفَك َعل‬

Template: ُ َ‫فَك ِعل‬
Example: ُ َ‫( مفَك َعل‬mufā'alah) - meaning "doing" or "acting"
3. Pattern: ُ َّ‫مفَع‬
Template: ُ َّ‫فَع‬
Example: ُ ‫( متتت َفتتت َّعتتت‬mufa'fallun) - meaning "causing" or
"making"
9.3.6 Common Examples of Passive Participles
To solidify your understanding of passive participles, let's

explore some common examples used in everyday Arabic
language:
1. Active Verb: َُ َ‫( قَت‬qatala) - meaning "to kill"

Passive Participle: ُ‫( َم ْقتول‬maqtūlun) - meaning "killed"
2. Active Verb: ‫َب‬

َُ ‫( َكت‬kataba) - meaning "to write"
Passive Participle: ُ ‫( َم ْكتو‬maktūbun) - meaning "written"
3. Active Verb: َُ ‫( َُش ِر‬shariba) - meaning "to drink"

Passive Participle: ُ ‫( َم ْشت ترو‬mashrūbun) - meaning "drunk"
(used as a noun for a beverage)
By studying and practicing the formation of passive

participles, you will gain a deeper understanding of Arabic
verb conjugation and expand your ability to express passive
actions or describe subjects in a passive voice.
9.4 USAGE OF VERBAL NOUNS AND PARTICIPLES
Verbal nouns and participles play important roles in Arabic

grammar and offer various functions in sentence
structures. Understanding their usage will enhance your
command of Arabic verb conjugations. Let's explore the
functions of verbal nouns and participles in different
contexts:
9.4.1 Functions of Verbal Nouns
9.4.1.1 Using Verbal Nouns as Subjects

Verbal nouns can serve as the subject of a sentence,
indicating the action or activity being performed. They take
on the role of a noun while maintaining the essence of the
verb. For example:
- ُ‫القراءةُُمفيدة‬. (Al-qirāʾatu mufīdahun) - Reading is beneficial.
9.4.1.2 Using Verbal Nouns as Objects

Verbal nouns can function as direct or indirect objects,
receiving the action of the verb. They can also appear with
prepositions to indicate the purpose or manner of an action.
For example:
- ‫السفر‬
َُ ُُ‫أحب‬. (Uhibbu as-safra) - I love traveling.
- ‫تمتتكرسُ ُالريتتكضتتتتت َُ ُبشتتتتك ت ُ ُيومي‬. (Tumārusu ar-riyāḍata bi-shaklin
yawmi) - She exercises daily.
9.4.1.3 Using Verbal Nouns as Complements

Verbal nouns can function as complements, providing
additional information about the subject or object. They are
often used with linking verbs to describe a state or
condition. For example:
- ‫أصبح ُُم َحكمِ يًّك‬. (Aṣbaḥtu muḥāmiyan) - I became a lawyer.
- ُ ‫الطف ُُذوُشتت صتتي ُُقوي‬. (Aṭ-ṭiflu dhū shakhṣiyyatin qawiyyatin) -
The child has a strong personality.
9.4.1.4 Using Verbal Nouns in Apposition

Verbal nouns can be used in apposition, providing further
explanation or specification about a noun. They appear
after the noun they modify and are connected by the copula
"kāna" or other similar verbs. For example:
- ‫( آي ُللاُُِالسيستكني‬ʾĀyatullahi as-Sīstānī) - Ayatollah as-Sistani.
9.4.2 Functions of Active Participles
9.4.2.1 Using Active Participles as Adjectives

Active participles can function as adjectives, describing the
noun they modify. They agree in gender, number, and case
with the noun. For example:
- ُِ ‫الكتتك ُ ُالمفتوحُ ُعلى ُالطتكولت‬. (Al-kitābu al-muftūḥu ʿalā aṭ-ṭāwila) -
The book is open on the table.
9.4.2.2 Using Active Participles in Relative Clauses

Active participles can appear in relative clauses, providing
additional information about the noun in question. They
agree in gender, number, and case with the noun they refer
to. For example:
- ُ‫الشت ُُالقكدمُُمعيُصتديق‬. (Ash-shakhṣu al-qādimu maʿī ṣadīqun) -

The person coming with me is a friend.
9.4.2.3 Using Active Participles in Noun Phrases

Active participles can be used in noun phrases, where they
function as the main noun. They convey the action or state
represented by the verb. For example:
- ُِ ‫الراقصت ُُالمكهرةُُفكزَ تُُْفيُالمستكبق‬. (Ar-rāqisatu al-māhiratu fāzat fi al-
musābaqati) - The skilled dancer won the competition.
9.4.3 Functions of Passive Participles
9.4.3.1 Using Passive Participles in Passive Constructions

Passive participles are employed in passive constructions to
express actions done to the subject. They agree in gender,
number, and case with the noun they refer to. For example:
- ُِ ‫الكتك ُُالمكتو ُُبكلعربي‬. (Al-kitābu al-maktūbu bi-l-ʿarabiyya) - The
book is written in Arabic.
9.4.3.2 Using Passive Participles in Adjectival Phrases

Passive participles can form adjectival phrases, describing
the noun they modify. They agree in gender, number, and
case with the noun. For example:
- ُ‫( البك ُُالمفتوح‬Al-bābu al-muftūḥu) - The open door.
9.4.3.3 Using Passive Participles in Nominal Sentences

Passive participles can function as the main noun in
nominal sentences, representing the recipient of the action.
They agree in gender, number, and case with the noun they
refer to. For example:
- ُِ‫( المك ََّرمُُبتكلجتكئزة‬Al-mukarramu bi-l-jāʾizati) - The honored one
with the award.
9.4.4 Idiomatic and Expressive Uses of Verbal Nouns and

Participles
9.4.4.1 Verbal Nouns and Participles in Proverbs and

Sayings
Verbal nouns and participles are often employed in
proverbs, idiomatic expressions, and sayings, adding depth
and vividness to the language. They convey wisdom,
experiences, and cultural insights. For example:
- ‫الفرج‬
ُِ ُُ‫الصتبرُُمِ ْفتكح‬. (Aṣ-ṣabr miftāḥu al-farji) - Patience is the key
to relief.
9.4.4.2 Verbal Nouns and Participles in Poetry and

Literature
Verbal nouns and participles are frequently used in poetry
and literature, allowing writers to convey imagery,
emotions, and nuanced meanings. They contribute to the
richness of the language. For example:
- َُ‫ل َُفؤادَُُالمحِ بِين‬
ُ َ ‫ستتتتلمُُعلي َُُ َوتَحي ُُالنِيُ َم‬. (Salāmun ʿalayka wa taḥiyyatu
adh-dhī malāʾa fuʾāda al-muḥibbīn) - Peace be upon you and
greetings to the one who fills the hearts of the beloved.
9.4.4.3 Verbal Nouns and Participles in Colloquial and Slang

Expressions
Verbal nouns and participles can be used in colloquial and
slang expressions, showcasing the dynamic nature of the
language in informal contexts. They add color and
creativity to everyday conversations. For example:
- ‫( الكبكر قعدة‬ʿuʿdatu al-kibār) - Hanging out with the adults.
Understanding the diverse functions and uses of verbal

nouns and participles will greatly enhance your grasp of
Arabic verb conjugations and enable you to express
yourself more effectively in various contexts.
9.5 EXERCISE: VERBAL NOUNS AND PARTICIPLES
In this exercise, we will practice forming verbal nouns and

participles in Arabic. Verbal nouns and participles are
essential for expressing various actions, states, and
qualities in a sentence. By mastering their formation, you
will enhance your ability to communicate effectively in
Arabic.
9.5.1 Practice forming Verbal Nouns
Instructions: For each verb provided, form the

corresponding verbal noun. Pay attention to the verb form
and any necessary modifications.
Example:
Verb: ‫َب‬
Verbal Noun: ُ ‫( ِكتَك َب‬kitābatun) - writing
1. Verb: َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - to read

Verbal Noun: ________________
2. Verb: ‫( َغنَى‬ghanā) - to sing

Verbal Noun: ________________
3. Verb: ‫( تَعَلَّ َُم‬ta'allama) - to learn

Verbal Noun: ________________
4. Verb: ‫( َر َس َُم‬rasama) - to draw

Verbal Noun: ________________
9.5.2 Practice forming Active Participles

Instructions: Form the active participle (masculine and

feminine) for each verb provided. Consider the verb form
and apply the appropriate rules.
Example:
Verb: ‫َب‬
Active Participle (Masculine): ُ‫( كَكتِب‬kātibun) - writer
Active Participle (Feminine): ُ ‫( َكتتت ِكتتتت َبتتت‬kātibatun) - writer
(feminine)

Active Participle (Masculine): ________________
Active Participle (Feminine): ________________
2. Verb: ‫( َغنَى‬ghanā) - to sing



9.5.3 Practice forming Passive Participles
Instructions: Form the passive participle (masculine and

feminine) for each verb provided. Follow the rules of
forming passive participles in Arabic.
Example:
Verb: ‫َب‬
Passive Participle (Masculine): ُ ‫( َم ْكتو‬maktūbun) - written

Passive Participle (Feminine): ُ َ‫( َم ْكتوب‬maktūbatun) - written
(feminine)

Passive Participle (Masculine): ________________
Passive Participle (Feminine): ________________
2. Verb: ‫َغنَى‬
(ghanā) - to sing


9.5.4 Apply Verbal Nouns and Participles in Sentences
Instructions: Use the verbal nouns, active participles, and

passive participles you have formed in the previous
exercises to complete the following sentences. Pay
attention to the agreement of gender and number.
Example:
Sentence: َُ َ‫( أحِ بُُُّال ِكتَكب‬Uhibbu al-kitābata) - I love writing.
1. Verbal Noun: ________________

Sentence: ______________________
2. Active Participle (Masculine): ________________

Sentence: ______________________
3. Passive Participle (Masculine): ________________

Sentence: ______________________
4. Verbal Noun: ________________

Sentence: ______________________
Note: Make sure to provide appropriate answers for each

exercise based on the verb provided. Use the rules and
examples provided earlier in the chapter to guide you in
forming the correct verbal nouns and participles.
PART III: APPLICATION AND PRACTICE

10. CONJUGATION EXERCISES
10.1 Regular Verb Exercises
10.1.1 Present Tense Regular Verb Exercises
In this section, you will practice conjugating regular verbs

in the present tense. Regular verbs follow specific patterns
in their conjugation, making it easier to grasp the
fundamentals of Arabic verb conjugation. These exercises
will help reinforce your understanding of the present tense
and improve your ability to conjugate regular verbs
accurately.
Exercise 1: Conjugate the given regular verbs in the present

tense.
Instructions: Conjugate the following regular verbs in the
present tense according to the subject provided.
Example:
Subject: ‫( أنك‬ana) - I
Verb: ‫َب‬
Conjugated Form: ُ‫( أَ ْكتب‬aktubu)
1. Subject: َُ ‫( أن‬anta) - You (masculine, singular)

2. Subject: ‫ِي‬ َُ ‫( ه‬hiya) - She

Verb: ‫( تَنَ َّك َُر‬tadhakkara) - to remember
3. Subject: ُ‫( نَحْ ن‬nahnu) - We

Verb: ‫( َسكفَ َُر‬safara) - to travel
Exercise 2: Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the

regular verb in the present tense.
Instructions: Complete the sentences by filling in the
blanks with the appropriate form of the given regular verb
in the present tense.
Example:
‫( أنك‬ana) - I
Verb: َ‫( قَ َرُأ‬qara'a) - to read
Sentence: ‫أَنَكُ__________ُكتبًك‬. (ana _______ kutuban)

Correct Answer: ‫أَنَكُأَ ْق َرأُُكتبًك‬. (ana aqra'u kutuban)
1. ‫( ه ُْم‬hum) - They (masculine)

Verb: َُ‫( يَ ْع َملون‬ya'maluna) - to work
Sentence: ُِ ‫الشتتتتتت ِر َكت ت‬

َّ ُُ‫هت ت ُْمُُ__________ُُفتتتي‬. (hum _________ fi ash-
sharikati)
Correct Answer: ُِ ‫الشتتتت ِر َكتت‬ َّ ُُ‫هت ُْمُُ َيت ْعت َمتلتونَُ ُفتي‬. (hum ya'maluna fi ash-
sharikati)
2. ُِ ‫( أن‬anti) - You (feminine, singular)

Verb: َُ‫( تَنْ َهبِين‬tadhhabina) - to go
Sentence: ُِ ‫التتمتتد َْر َستتتتتت‬

َ ُُ‫أَنتت ُُُِ__________ ُإلتتى‬. (anti _________ ila al-
madrasati)
Correct Answer: ُِ ‫المتد َْر َستتت ت‬ َ ُ ‫أَنت ُِ ُتتَ نْ َه ِبينَُ ُإلى‬. (anti tadhhabina ila al-
madrasati)
Exercise 3: Translate the given English sentences into

Arabic using the appropriate form of the regular verb in the
present tense.
Instructions: Translate the following English sentences

into Arabic, using the correct form of the given regular verb
in the present tense.
Example:
English Sentence: They study Arabic.
Verb: َُ‫( َيدْرسون‬yadrusuna) - to study
Arabic Translation: َُ َّ‫ه ُْمُيَدْرسونَُُال َع َر ِبي‬. (hum yadrusuna al
-'arabiyyah)
1. English Sentence: She sings beautifully.

Verb: ‫( تَ ْغنِي‬taghni) - to sing
Arabic Translation: ُ ‫ِيُتَ ْغنِيُبِ َشتتتت ْكت ُُ َجمِ يت‬

َُ ‫ه‬. (hiya taghni bi-shaklin
jamilin)
2. English Sentence: We eat lunch at noon.

Verb: ُ‫( نَتَن ََكول‬natanawalu) - to eat
Arabic Translation: ‫َ ْة ُِر‬ َ َ‫نَحْ نُ ُنَتَنت‬. (nahnu natanawalu

ُّ ‫كولُ ُالغتَ دَا َُء ُفي ُال‬
al-ghada'a fi adh-dhuhri)
10.1.2: Past Tense Regular Verb Exercises
This section focuses on practicing the conjugation of

regular verbs in the past tense. By completing the exercises
below, you will reinforce your understanding of past tense
verb forms, improve your ability to conjugate regular verbs
correctly, and enhance your overall grasp of Arabic verb
conjugations.
Exercise 1: Conjugate the given regular verbs in the past

tense.
Instructions: Conjugate the following regular verbs in the
past tense according to the given pronouns.
1. َُ ‫( أَ َك‬to eat)
- ُ ‫ُأ َك ْل‬:‫أنك‬
- َُ ‫ُأ َك ْل‬:َُ ‫أن‬
- َُ ‫ُأ َك‬:‫ه َُو‬
- ُْ َ‫ُأ َكل‬:‫ِي‬ َُ ‫ه‬
- ‫ُأ َك ْلنَك‬:ُ‫نَحْ ن‬
- ‫ُأ َك ْلت ُْم‬:‫أنت ُْم‬
- ‫ُأكَلُوا‬:‫ه ُْم‬
2. َُ ‫( ش َِر‬to drink)
- ُ ‫ُش َِر ْب‬:‫أنك‬
- َُ ‫ُش َِر ْب‬:َُ ‫أن‬
- َُ ‫ُش َِر‬:‫ه َُو‬
- ُْ َ‫ُش َِرب‬:‫ِي‬ َُ ‫ه‬
- ‫ُش َِر ْبنَك‬:ُ‫نَحْ ن‬
- ‫ُش َِربْت ُْم‬:‫أنت ُْم‬
- ‫ُش َِربوا‬:‫ه ُْم‬
3. ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬to write)
- ُ ‫ُ َكتَ ْب‬:‫أنك‬
- َُ ‫ُ َكتَ ْب‬:َُ ‫أن‬
- ‫َب‬
َُ ‫ُ َكت‬:‫ه َُو‬
- ُْ ‫ُ َكتَ َب‬:‫ي‬ َُ ‫ُِه‬
- ‫ُ َكتَ ْبنَك‬:ُ‫نَحْ ن‬
- ‫ُ َكتَبْت ُْم‬:‫أنت ُْم‬
- ‫ُ َكتَبوا‬:‫ه ُْم‬

regular verb in the past tense.
Instructions: Fill in the blanks with the appropriate past

tense form of the given regular verbs.
1. ‫ميل‬ُ ً ‫أنكُ__________ُ(شك َه َُد)ُفيل ًمكُ َج‬.

2. ‫همُ__________ُ(سكفَروا)ُإلىُبكري‬.
3. ً ‫ط َب ْ ُِ)ُ َوجْ َب ًُُلنين ُة‬
َ (ُ__________ُُِ ‫أن‬.
4. ‫نَحْ نُُ__________ُ(د ََر ْسنَك)ُاللغ ُالعربي‬.
5. ‫ِب)ُكرةُالقَدَم‬ َُ ‫ه َُوُ__________ُ(لَع‬.
Answers:
1. ‫ميل‬
ُ ً ‫أنكُشك َهدْتُُفيل ًمكُ َج‬.
2. ‫همُسكفَرواُإلىُبكري‬.
3. ‫طبَ ْ ُُِ َوجْ بَ ًُُلنين‬
َ ُُِ ‫أن‬
ً ‫ ُة‬.
4. ‫نَحْ نُُد ََر ْسنَكُاللغ ُالعربي‬.
5. ‫ِبُكرةُالقَدَم‬
َُ ‫ه َُوُلَع‬.

past tense.
Instructions: Translate the following English sentences
into Arabic, using the appropriate past tense form of the
given regular verbs.
1. She wrote a letter.

- ًُ َ‫ِيُ َكتَ َب ُُْ ِر َسكل‬
َُ ‫ه‬.
2. We ate dinner at a restaurant.

- ُ‫ط َعم‬
ْ ‫نَحْ نُُأَ َك ْلنَكُال َعشَك َُءُفيُ َم‬.
3. They played soccer in the park.

- ُِ َ‫ه ُْمُلَعِبواُك َر ُةَُالقَد َُِمُفِيُال َحدِيق‬.
4. He drank a cup of coffee.

- ُ‫ه َُوُش َِر َُُك َْو َُُقَ ْة َوة‬.
5. You (plural) wrote a poem.

- ً ‫صيدَ ُة‬
ِ َ‫أَ ْنت ُْمُ َكتَبْت ُْمُق‬.
By completing these exercises, you have practiced

conjugating regular verbs in the past tense, filling in the
blanks with the correct forms, and translating sentences
into Arabic using past tense verb forms. These exercises are
designed to reinforce your understanding of past tense
conjugations and provide you with valuable hands-on
practice. Keep practicing to enhance your mastery of Arabic
verb conjugations.
10.1.3 Future Tense Regular Verb Exercises
Section Introduction:
In this section, you will practice conjugating regular verbs
in the future tense. The future tense is used to express
actions that will happen in the future. By practicing these
exercises, you will strengthen your understanding of how
regular verbs are conjugated in the future tense and
improve your overall mastery of Arabic verb conjugations.
Exercise 1: Conjugate the given regular verbs in the future

tense.
Conjugate the following regular verbs in the future tense
according to the provided subjects:
1. َُ ‫( أَ ْك‬to eat)
‫أنك‬:
َُ ‫أن‬:
‫ُهي‬/ُ‫هو‬:
‫نحن‬:
‫أنتم‬:
َُّ ُ/ُ‫هم‬:
‫هن‬
2. ‫َب‬
َُ ‫( َكت‬to write)
‫أنك‬:
َُ ‫أن‬:
‫نحن‬:
‫أنتم‬:
‫هن‬
3. َُ ‫( ش َِر‬to drink)
‫أنك‬:
َُ ‫أن‬:
‫نحن‬:
‫أنتم‬:
‫هن‬

regular verb in the future tense.
Complete the following sentences by filling in the blanks
with the correct form of the regular verb in the future tense:
1. ‫ َسُل َُ________ُالقةوةُمسك ًُء‬.

2. ‫ه ُ________ُالكتك ُالجديدُغدًا‬
3. ‫س َُُ________ُنصيحتيُإلىُقلب‬.
4. ‫نحنُسنُ________ُالرحل ُفيُوق ُُقريب‬.
5. ‫ه ُس ُُ________ُمسكعدتيُفيُهناُالمشروع‬

future tense.
Translate the following English sentences into Arabic,

using the appropriate form of the regular verb in the future
tense:
1. I will study Arabic.

2. They will travel to Egypt.
3. Will you buy a new car?
4. She will call you tomorrow.
5. We will meet at the restaurant.
Note: The exercises provided above are just examples, and

you can create additional exercises with a variety of regular
verbs to reinforce your understanding of future tense
conjugations.
Remember to pay attention to the subject pronouns, the

appropriate verb forms, and the rules for future tense
conjugation as you complete these exercises. Practice
regularly to strengthen your skills in conjugating regular
verbs in the future tense, and refer to the conjugation
charts and explanations in earlier chapters for guidance
and support.
10.2 IRREGULAR VERB EXERCISES
10.2.1 Present Tense Irregular Verb Exercises
In this section, you will practice conjugating irregular verbs

in the present tense. Irregular verbs do not follow the
standard verb conjugation patterns, so it's important to
familiarize yourself with their unique forms. Through
these exercises, you will strengthen your understanding of
irregular verb conjugation in the present tense.
- Exercise 1: Conjugate the given irregular verbs in the

present tense.
Conjugate the following irregular verbs in the present tense
according to the subject provided.
Example:
Subject: ‫( أنك‬I)
Irregular Verb: ‫( ككن‬to be)
Conjugated Form: ‫أكون‬
1. Subject: َُ ‫( أن‬you, masculine)

Irregular Verb: ‫( يمكن‬to be able)
Conjugated Form:
2. Subject: ‫( هو‬he)
Irregular Verb: ‫( ينهب‬to go)
Conjugated Form:
3. Subject: ‫( هي‬she)
Irregular Verb: ‫( يعر‬to know)
Conjugated Form:
- Exercise 2: Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the

irregular verb in the present tense.
Choose the appropriate form of the irregular verb given in
parentheses to complete the sentences.
Example:
‫أن َُُتُ____ُ(أقدر)ُأنُتتكلمُالعربي ُبطلق‬.
Answer: ‫تقدر‬
1. ‫أنكُأ_____ُ(أخن)ُكتكبًكُجديدًاُمنُالمكتب ُاليوم‬.
2. ‫نحنُن_____ُ(نجح)ُفيُإنجكزُالمشروعُفيُالوق ُالمحدد‬.
3. ‫أن ُُِت_____ُ(تعرفين)ُكيفُتعزفينُعلىُالبيكنوُببراع‬.
- Exercise 3: Translate the given English sentences into

Arabic using the appropriate form of the irregular verb in
the present tense.
Translate the following English sentences into Arabic using
the correct form of the irregular verb given in parentheses.
Example:
She knows (to swim) very well.
Answer: ‫هيُتعر ُالسبكح ُجيدًا‬.
1. I can't (to find) my keys anywhere.
2. They go (to visit) their grandparents every weekend.
3. He is (to become) a doctor in the future.
10.2.2 Past Tense Irregular Verb Exercises

in the past tense. Irregular verbs have unique forms in the
past tense that do not follow the regular verb conjugation
patterns. Through these exercises, you will enhance your
understanding of irregular verb conjugation in the past
tense.
- Exercise 1: Conjugate the given irregular verbs in the past

tense.
Conjugate the following irregular verbs in the past tense
Example:
Irregular Verb: ‫( ككن‬to be)
Conjugated Form: ‫كن‬

Irregular Verb: ‫( قكل‬to say)
Conjugated Form:
Irregular Verb: ‫( جكء‬to come)
Conjugated Form:
Irregular Verb: ‫رأت‬
(to see)
Conjugated Form:

irregular verb in the past tense.
Example:
‫أنكُ___ُ(كن )ُفيُالمدين ُاألسبوعُالمكضي‬.
Answer: ‫كن‬
1. ‫سميرُ___ُ(قرأ)ُالكتك ُفيُسكعتينُفقط‬.
2. ‫نحنُ___ُ(جئنك)ُإلىُهناُالمطعمُلتنكولُالعشكء‬.
3. ‫همُ___ُ(شكهدوا)ُالفيلمُالجديدُفيُصكل ُالسينمك‬.

the past tense.
Example:
We saw (to meet) our friends at the mall yesterday.
Answer: ‫رأينكُأصدقكئنكُفيُالمركزُالتجكريُأم‬.
1. He said (to go) to the park earlier today.
2. They came (to bring) gifts for the birthday party.
3. She read (to write) an interesting book last month.
10.2.3 Future Tense Irregular Verb Exercises

in the future tense. Irregular verbs have distinct forms in
the future tense that deviate from the standard verb
conjugation patterns. Through these exercises, you will
reinforce your understanding of irregular verb conjugation
in the future tense.
- Exercise 1: Conjugate the given irregular verbs in the

future tense.
Conjugate the following irregular verbs in the future tense
Example:
Irregular Verb: ‫( سلذهب‬to go)
Conjugated Form: ‫سلذهب‬

Irregular Verb: ‫( ستقرأ‬to read)
Conjugated Form:
Irregular Verb: ‫( سيلك‬to eat)
Conjugated Form:
Irregular Verb: ‫( ستنهب‬to go)
Conjugated Form:

irregular verb in the future tense.
Example:
‫ُنحنُ___ُ(سنستمتع)ُبوقتنكُهنكك‬.‫سو ُننهبُإلىُالشكطئُغدًا‬.
Answer: ‫سنستمتع‬
1. ‫ستشتريُهدي ُجميل ُألخت ُفيُعيدُميلدهك‬.
2. ‫أنكُسلعم ُبجدُلتحقيقُأهدافيُالمستقبلي‬.
3. ‫ستكونُهنككُفرص ُكبيرةُللفوزُبكلجكئزة‬.

the future tense.
Example:
He will meet (to see) his friends at the café later.

Answer: ‫سيقكب ُأصدقكءهُفيُالمقةىُلحقًك‬.
1. We will visit (to travel) new places during our vacation.
2. They will achieve (to succeed) their goals with

determination.
3. She will learn (to play) the guitar in the future.

10.3 MIXED VERB EXERCISES
10.3.1 Mixed Tense Verb Exercises
In this section, you will practice conjugating mixed verbs in

various tenses, including the present, past, and future.
These exercises will help you reinforce your understanding
of Arabic verb conjugations and improve your ability to use
mixed verbs accurately.
Exercise 1: Conjugate the given mixed verbs in various

tenses (present, past, future).
- Example:
1. Conjugate the verb "‫َب‬ َُ ‫( " َكت‬kataba) in the following tenses:
- Present tense: ُ‫( أَ ْكت تتت تب‬aktubu), ُ‫( َتت ت ْكت تتت تب‬taktubu), ُ‫َيت ت ْكت تتت تب‬
(yaktubu), ُ‫( َنتُت ْكت تتت تب‬naktubu), َُ‫( َتت ت ْكت تتت تبت تون‬taktubuna), َُ‫َيت ت ْكت تتت تبت تون‬
(yaktubuna)
- Past tense: ُ ‫( َكتَ ْبت‬katabtu), ُِ ‫( َكتَ ْبت‬katabti), ‫َب‬ َُ ‫( َك ت‬kataba), ُ‫َكتَ ْب َنتك‬
(katabna), ‫( َكتَبْت ُْم‬katabtum), ‫( َكتَبْت ُْم‬katabtuna)
- Future tense: ُ‫( َست تل َ ْكتب‬sa'aktubu), ُ‫( َست تتَ ْكتب‬satakutbu), ُ‫َست تيَ ْكتب‬
(sayaktubu), ُ‫( َستتنَ ْكتب‬sanaktubu), َُ‫( َستتتَ ْكتبون‬satakutbuna), َُ‫َستتيَ ْكتبون‬
(sayaktubuna)

mixed verb in different tenses.
- Example:
1. Complete the sentence with the appropriate form of the
verb "َُ ِ‫( " َعم‬amila) in the past tense:
- ‫الشت ت ِر َك ُُِاألستتتبوعُالمكضتتتي‬
َ ُ‫أَحْ َمدُُ__________ُفي‬. (ahmadu _________ fi
ash-sharikati al-usbu'a al-madi)
- Correct answer: َُ ِ‫( أَحْ َمدُُ َعم‬ahmadu amila)

Arabic using the appropriate forms of the mixed verb in
different tenses.
- Example:
1. Translate the following sentence into Arabic using the
appropriate form of the verb "‫ار‬ َُ َ‫( "ز‬zara) in the future tense:
- "They will visit their grandparents next week."
- Arabic translation: ‫ َستتتت ت َيتتزورونَُُُ َجتتد ََّتتتةتت ُْمُُ َو َجتتدَّهتت ُْم ُاألستتتتتتبتتوعُُالتتقتتكدم‬.
(sayazooruna jaddatahum wajaddatahum al-usbu'a al-
qadim)
10.3.2 Mixed Verb Types Exercises
In this section, you will practice conjugating mixed verbs of

different types, including regular, irregular, hollow,
defective, and more. These exercises will help you
strengthen your grasp of various verb types and their
Exercise 1: Conjugate the given mixed verbs
of different types (regular, irregular, hollow, defective,

etc.) in various tenses.
- Example:
1. Conjugate the verb "‫( "قَك َُل‬qala) in the following tenses:
- Present tense: ُ‫( أَقول‬aqulu), ُ‫( تَقول‬taqulu), ُ‫( يَقول‬yaqulu), ُ‫نَقول‬

(naqulu), َُ‫( تَقولون‬taquluna), َُ‫( يَقولون‬yaquluna)
- Past tense: ُ ‫( ق ْل‬qultu), ُِ ‫( ق ْل‬qulti), ‫( قَك َُل‬qala), ‫( ق ْلنَك‬qulna), ‫ق ْلت ُْم‬
(qultum), ‫( ق ْلت َُّن‬qultunna)
- Future tense: ُ‫( َستتتت تلَقتول‬sa'aqulu), ُ‫( َستتتتتَتقتول‬sataqulu), ُ‫َستتتت َيتقتول‬
(sayaqulu), ُ‫( َستتتت َنتقتول‬sanaqulu), َُ‫( َستتتتتَتقتولتون‬sataquluna), َُ‫َستتتت َيتقتولتون‬
(sayaquluna)

mixed verb of different types in different tenses.
- Example:
1. Complete the sentence with the appropriate form of the
verb "‫( "فَ ِة َُم‬fahima) in the present tense:
- ُ‫س ُبِ َشتتتت ْكت ُ ُ َج ِيتد‬
َُ ‫أَ ْنت َُ ُ__________ُالتد َّْر‬. (anta _________ ad-darsa bi-
shaklin jayyidin)
- Correct answer: ُ‫( أَ ْن َُُتَ ْف َةم‬anta tafhamu)

Arabic using the appropriate forms of the mixed verb of
different types in different tenses.
- Example:
1. Translate the following sentence into Arabic using the
appropriate form of the verb "‫( " َُرأَى‬ra'a) in the past tense:
- "She saw a beautiful sunset yesterday."
- Arabic translation: ‫ َرأَتُُْغرو َُُ َشتتتت ْم ُُ َجمِ يت ُُأَ ْم‬. (ra'at ghuruba
shamsin jamilin ams)
10.4: COMPREHENSIVE CONJUGATION

CHALLENGES
In this section, you will be presented with comprehensive

conjugation challenges designed to test your
understanding and mastery of Arabic verb conjugations.
These challenges will incorporate various tenses, moods,

and conjugation types, allowing you to practice and
reinforce your conjugation skills. Get ready to apply your
knowledge and showcase your expertise!
Challenge 1: Conjugate a series of verbs in various tenses

and moods, incorporating different conjugation types.
In this challenge, you will be given a list of verbs and asked
to conjugate them in different tenses and moods,
incorporating different conjugation types. Pay attention to
the verb forms, patterns, and any irregularities associated
with each verb. Practice conjugating verbs from different
verb classes and become familiar with their unique
conjugation rules. The goal is to demonstrate your ability to
accurately conjugate verbs across different contexts.
Example:
Conjugate the verb "‫( "كتب‬kataba) in the past tense (‫ )مكضتي‬for
the pronouns:
- ‫( أنك‬ana)
- َُ ‫( أن‬anta)
- ‫( هو‬huwa)
- ‫( هي‬hiya)
- ‫( نحن‬nahnu)
- ‫( أنتم‬antum)
- ‫( هم‬hum)
Solution:
- ‫( أنكُكتب‬ana katabtu)
- َُ ‫( أن َُُكتب‬anta katabta)
- ‫( هوُكتب‬huwa kataba)
- ‫( هيُكتب‬hiya katabat)
- ‫( نحنُكتبنك‬nahnu katabna)
- ‫( أنتمُكتبتم‬antum katabtum)
- ‫( همُكتبوا‬hum katabu)
Challenge 2: Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the

verbs, ensuring accurate agreement with the subject and
context.
In this challenge, you will be provided with sentences
containing blank spaces that need to be filled with the
correct forms of verbs. Pay close attention to the subject of
the sentence, the verb tense, and the conjugation type
required. Make sure the verbs agree with the subject in
terms of gender, number, and person.
Example:
The student (female) __________ (study) Arabic every day.
Solution:
The student (female) ‫( تدرس‬tadrusu) Arabic every day.
Challenge 3: Translate complex sentences from English to

Arabic, demonstrating mastery of verb conjugations and
appropriate usage.
In this challenge, you will be given complex sentences in
English and tasked with translating them into Arabic,
showcasing your mastery of verb conjugations and
appropriate usage. Pay attention to the tense, mood, voice,
and any other relevant aspects of the sentence. Use the
appropriate verb conjugations to accurately convey the
meaning in Arabic.
Example:
She would have been singing if she had attended the
concert.
Solution:
‫ُككن ُستكونُمغني‬، ‫( لوُحضرتُالحفل‬law ḥaḍrat al-ḥaflah, kānat satakūn

mughnīyah).
The comprehensive conjugation challenges in this section

provide valuable opportunities for you to practice and
enhance your skills in Arabic verb conjugations. By
successfully completing these challenges, you will
demonstrate your ability to conjugate verbs accurately in
various tenses, moods, and conjugation types, as well as
your proficiency in translating complex sentences.
Continued practice and exposure to different conjugation
scenarios will further solidify your mastery of Arabic verb
conjugations.
11. VERB CONJUGATION CHARTS
11.1 PRESENT TENSE CONJUGATION CHART

The present tense is one of the fundamental verb tenses in
Arabic, used to express actions happening in the current
time. In this section, we will explore the present tense
conjugation for regular verbs across various verb forms.

Regular verbs in Arabic follow specific patterns in their
conjugation across different verb forms. Here are the
conjugation patterns for regular verbs in the present tense:

Form I verbs, also known as triliteral verbs, are the most
common verb type in Arabic. They consist of three root
letters. Here is the conjugation pattern for Form I regular
verb in the present tense:

1st ُ َ‫أَنَكُأ ْفع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُن ْف ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُن ْف ِع‬
2nd ُ ‫أَ ْن َ ُت ْف َع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُت ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُت ْف َعلون‬
3rd ُ ‫ه َوُي ْف َع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُي ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُي ْف َعلون‬
ُ َ‫ِيُت ْفع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُي ْفعَ ْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫ب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت ت َتت ت‬to write) in the
present tense:
1st ُ‫أَنَكُأَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْكتب‬
2nd ُ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْكتب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْكتبون‬
3rd ُ‫ه َوُيَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫ه َمكُيَ ْكتب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْكتبون‬
ُ‫ِيُتَ ْكتب‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْكتبْن‬

Form II verbs are derived from Form I verbs by adding a " َُ‫"ت‬
(ta) prefix to the root. Here is the conjugation pattern for
Form II regular verb in the present tense:
1st ُ ِ‫أَنَكُأفَت‬ ُ ِ‫نَحْ نُنفَت‬ ُ ِ‫نَحْ نُنفَت‬
2nd ُ ِ‫أَ ْن َ ُتفَت‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتفَت َِل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتفَتِلون‬
3rd ُ ِ‫ه َوُيفَت‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيفَت َِل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيفَتِلون‬
ُ ‫ِيُتف َِت‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيف َِت ْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫( "فَ ِة َُم‬to understand) in the
present tense:
1st ُ‫أَنَكُأفَ ِةم‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنف َِةم‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنف َِةم‬
2nd ُ‫أَ ْن َ ُتف َِةم‬ ِ ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتف َِة َم‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتف َِةمون‬
3rd ُ‫ه َوُيف َِةم‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ ‫ه َمكُيف َِة َم‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيف َِةمون‬
ُ‫ِيُتف َِةم‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيف َِة ْمن‬

Form III verbs are characterized by the addition of a
doubled middle root letter. Here is the conjugation pattern
for Form III regular verb in the present tense:
1st ُ ‫أَنَكُأفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنف َِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنف َِع‬
2nd ُ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتف َِع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتفَع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتفَعِلون‬
3rd ُ ‫ه َوُيف َِع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيفَع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيفَعِلون‬
ُ ‫ِيُتف َِع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيف َِع ْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "َُ ‫( " َشتتتت ت ِر‬to drink) in the
present tense:
1st ُ ‫أَنَكُأَ ْش ِر‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْش ِر‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْش ِر‬
2nd ُ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْش ِر‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْش ِرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْش ِربون‬
3rd ُ ‫ه َوُيَ ْش ِر‬ ِ َ‫ه َمكُيَ ْش ِرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْش ِربون‬
ُ ‫ِيُتَ ْش ِر‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْش ِربْن‬

Form IV verbs are characterized by the addition of a "َ‫( "ُأ‬a)
prefix to the root. Here is the conjugation pattern for Form
IV regular verb in the present tense:
1st ُ ‫أَنَكُأفَك ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنفَك ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنفَك ِع‬
2nd ُ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتفَك ِع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتفَكع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتفَكعِلون‬
3rd ُ ‫ه َوُيفَك ِع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيفَكع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيفَكعِلون‬
ُ ‫ِيُتفَك ِع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيفَك ِع ْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫( " َفت ت َتت ت َُح‬to open) in the
present tense:

1st ُ‫أَنَكُأَ ْفتَح‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْفتَح‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْفتَح‬
2nd ُ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْفتَح‬ ِ ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْفتَ َح‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْفتَحون‬
3rd ُ‫ه َوُيَ ْفتَح‬ ِ ‫ه َمكُيَ ْفتَ َح‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْفتَحون‬
ُ‫ِيُتَ ْفتَح‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْفتَحْ ن‬

Form V verbs are characterized by the addition of a " َُ‫( "ت‬ta)
prefix and a "َُ " (fa) infix to the root. Here is the conjugation
pattern for Form V regular verb in the present tense:
1st َ ‫أَنَكُأَتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع‬ َ ‫نَحْ نُنَتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع‬ َ ‫نَحْ نُنَتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع‬
2nd َ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع‬ َ ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع َل ِن‬ َ ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَتَفَك‬
َُ‫علون‬
3rd َ ‫ه َوُ َيتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع‬ ُ‫ع َل ِن‬
َ ‫ه َمكُ َيتَفَك‬ َ ‫ه ْمُ َيتَفَك‬
َُ‫علون‬
َ ‫ِيُتَتَفَك‬
ُ‫ع‬ َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ع ْلن‬
َ ‫ه َّنُ َيتَفَك‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "َُ َ‫( "قَت‬to kill) in the present
tense:
1st ُ َ‫أَنَكُأَ ْقت‬ ُ َ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْقت‬ ُ َ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْقت‬
2nd ُ َ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْقت‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْقت ََل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْقتَلون‬
3rd ُ َ‫ه َوُيَ ْقت‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيَ ْقت ََل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْقتَلون‬
ُ َ‫ِيُتَ ْقت‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْقتَ ْلن‬

Form VI verbs are characterized by the addition of a "َُ‫( "ت‬ta)
prefix and a "‫( " َفتتتتك‬faa) infix to the root. Here is the
conjugation pattern for Form VI regular verb in the present
tense:

1st ُ ‫أَنَكُأَ ْفتَ ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْفتَ ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْفتَ ِع‬
2nd ُ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْفتَ ِع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْفتَع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْفتَعِلون‬
3rd ُ ‫ه َوُيَ ْفتَ ِع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيَ ْفتَع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْفتَعِلون‬
ُ ‫ِيُتَ ْفتَ ِع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْفتَ ِع ْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "َُ َّ‫( " َعتيت‬to enliven) in the
present tense:
1st َ ‫أَنَكُأ‬
ُ ِ‫عي‬ ُ ِ‫نَحْ نُنعَي‬ ُ ِ‫نَحْ نُنعَي‬
2nd ُ ِ‫أَ ْن َ ُتعَي‬ ِ ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتعَيِش‬
ُ‫َكن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتعَيِشون‬
3rd ُ ِ‫ه َوُيعَي‬ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫ه َمكُيعَيِش‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيعَيِشون‬
ُ ِ‫ِيُتعَي‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيعَيِ ْشن‬

Form VII verbs are characterized by the addition of a "ً"
(nunation) suffix to the root. Here is the conjugation
pattern for Form VII regular verb in the present tense:
1st َُّ ‫أَنَكُأَ ْف َع‬ ُُّ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْف َع‬ ُُّ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْف َع‬
2nd ُُّ َ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْفع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْفعَ َل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْفعَلُّون‬
3rd ُُّ ‫ه َوُيَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيَ ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْف َعلُّون‬
ُُّ َ‫ِيُتَ ْفع‬
َ ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْفعَ ْل َّن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫( " َعت ت ِلت ت َُم‬to know) in the
present tense:
1st ‫أَنَكُأَ ْعلَ ُم‬ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْعلَ ُم‬ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْعلَ ُم‬
2nd ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْعلَ ُم‬ ِ ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْعلَ َم‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْعلَمون‬
3rd ‫ه َوُيَ ْعلَ ُم‬ ِ ‫ه َمكُيَ ْعلَ َم‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْعلَمون‬

‫ِيُتَ ْعلَ ُم‬
َ ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْعلَ ْم َّن‬

Form VIII verbs are characterized by the addition of a " َُ‫"ت‬
(ta) prefix and a "َُ ‫( " َفت َعتت‬fa'ala) infix to the root. Here is the
conjugation pattern for Form VIII regular verb in the
present tense:
1st ُُّ َ‫أَنَكُأَ ْفع‬ ُُّ َ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْفع‬ ُُّ َ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْفع‬
2nd ُُّ َ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْفع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْفعَ َّل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْفعَلُّون‬
3rd ُُّ َ‫ه َوُيَ ْفع‬ ُِ ‫ه َمكُيَ ْفعَ َّل‬
‫ن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْفعَلُّون‬
ُُّ ‫ِيُتَ ْف َع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُ َي ْف َع ْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫( " َستتتتتت ِمتت َُع‬to hear) in the
present tense:
1st ُ‫أَنَكُأَ ْس َمع‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْس َمع‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْس َمع‬
2nd ُ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْس َمع‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْس َمع‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْس َمعون‬
3rd ُ‫ه َوُيَ ْس َمع‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ َ‫ه َمكُيَ ْس َمع‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْس َمعون‬
ُ‫ِيُتَ ْس َمع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَ ْس َم ْعن‬

Form IX verbs are characterized by the addition of a " ُِ‫( "ا‬i)
prefix and a "َُ ‫( " َفتتت َّعتتت‬fa'ala) infix to the root. Here is the
conjugation pattern for Form IX regular verb in the present
tense:
1st ُ ‫أَنَكُأفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنف َِع‬ ُ ‫نَحْ نُنف َِع‬
2nd ُ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتف َِع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتفَع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتفَعِلون‬

3rd ُ ‫ه َوُيف َِع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُيفَع َِل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيفَعِلون‬
ُ ‫ِيُتف َِع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيفَع ِْلن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫( " َجتت َمتت َُع‬to gather) in the
present tense:
1st ُ‫أَنَكُأَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَجْ َمع‬
2nd ُ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَجْ َمع‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَجْ َمع‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَجْ َمعون‬
3rd ُ‫ه َوُيَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ َ‫ه َمكُيَجْ َمع‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَجْ َمعون‬
ُ‫ِيُتَجْ َمع‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُيَجْ َم ْعن‬

Form X verbs are characterized by the addition of a " َُ‫( "ت‬ta)
prefix and a "َُ ‫( " َفتتت َعتتت‬fa'ala) infix to the root. Here is the
conjugation pattern for Form X regular verb in the present
tense:
1st َُّ ‫أَنَكُأَ ْف َع‬ ُُّ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْف َع‬ ُُّ ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْف َع‬
2nd ُُّ ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْف َعلُّون‬
3rd ُُّ ‫ه َوُ َي ْف َع‬ ُ‫ه َمكُ َي ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُ َي ْف َعلُّون‬
ُُّ َ‫ِيُتَ ْفع‬َ ‫ه‬ َُّ ‫ه َّنُيَ ْفعَ ْل‬
‫ن‬
Example: Conjugation of the verb "‫ب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت ت َتت ت‬to write) in the
present tense:
1st ُ‫أَنَكُأَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَحْ نُنَ ْكتب‬
2nd ُ‫أَ ْن َ ُتَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْنت َمكُتَ ْكتب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫أَ ْنت ْمُتَ ْكتبون‬
3rd ُ‫ه َوُيَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫ه َمكُيَ ْكتب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫ه ْمُيَ ْكتبون‬
ُ‫ِيُتَ ْكتب‬
َ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ه َّنُ َي ْكتبْن‬
Note: The given examples are for illustrative purposes.

Actual verb roots and their meanings may vary.
11.1.2 Irregular Verb Conjugation

Irregular verbs in Arabic do not follow the standard
conjugation patterns. Instead, they have unique
conjugation forms that need to be memorized individually.
Here are some common irregular verb conjugation
patterns:
Pattern 1: Internal Vowel Changes Some irregular verbs

undergo vowel changes within their root letters in
different conjugation forms. The following are examples of
irregular verb conjugations:
Verb Present Tense Past Tense Future Tense Imperative
ُ‫َب‬ َ ‫َكت‬ ُ‫يَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫َب‬ َ ‫َكت‬ ُ‫سيَ ْكتب‬
َ ُْ‫ا ْكتب‬
‫َجك َُء‬ ُ‫يَ ِجيء‬ ‫َجك َُء‬ ُ‫سيَ ِجيء‬
َ ُ‫اِجْ َم ْع‬
‫َرأَى‬ ‫َي َرى‬ ‫َرأَى‬ ‫س َي َرى‬
َ ‫ا َرى‬
Pattern 2: Root Letter Modifications Some irregular verbs

have modifications or changes in their root letters in
different conjugation forms. Here are examples of irregular
verb conjugations:
ُ‫قَك َل‬ ُ‫يَقول‬ ُ‫قَك َل‬ ُ‫سيَقول‬
َ ُْ ‫ق‬
‫عك‬ َ َ‫د‬ ‫يَدْعو‬ ‫عك‬ َ َ‫د‬ ‫سيَدْعو‬ َ ‫ادْع‬
َُ‫أَ َخن‬ ُ‫يَلْخن‬ َُ‫أَ َخن‬ ُ‫سيَلْخن‬
َ ُْ‫خن‬
11.1.3 Hollow Verb Conjugation

Hollow verbs, also known as weak verbs, have one or more
weak (hollow) letters within their root. These hollow letters
undergo changes during conjugation. The following are
common hollow verb conjugation patterns:
Pattern 1: Waw Hollow Verbs In waw hollow verbs, the

middle root letter is the letter ‫( و‬waw). Here are examples of
waw hollow verb conjugations:
َُ ‫ش َِر‬ ُ ‫َي ْش َر‬ َُ ‫ش َِر‬ ُ ‫س َي ْش َر‬
َ ُْ ‫ا ْش َر‬
َ‫قَ ِرُأ‬ ُ‫يَ ْق َرأ‬ َ‫قَ ِرُأ‬ ْ
ُ‫سيَق َرأ‬
َ ْ‫ا ْق َرُأ‬
َُ ‫َج ِل‬ ُ ‫يَجْ ِل‬ َُ ‫َج ِل‬ ُ ‫سيَجْ ِل‬
َ ُْ ‫اجْ ِل‬
Pattern 2: Yā' Hollow Verbs In yā' hollow verbs, the middle

root letter is the letter ‫( ي‬yā'). Here are examples of yā'
hollow verb conjugations:
َ‫قَ َرُأ‬ ُ‫يَ ْق َرأ‬ َ‫قَ َرُأ‬ ُ‫سيَ ْق َرأ‬
َ ْ‫ا ْق َرُأ‬
‫غنَى‬
َ ‫يَ ْغنِي‬ ‫غنَى‬
َ ‫سيَ ْغنِي‬ َ َُ‫ا ْغن‬
ُ‫َرآ َء‬ ‫يَ َرى‬ ُ‫َرآ َء‬ ‫سيَ َرى‬
َ ُ‫ا َر‬
11.1.4 Defective Verb Conjugation

Defective verbs have a missing root letter or letters in
certain conjugation forms. As a result, they do not fully
follow the regular conjugation patterns. Here are some
common defective verb conjugation patterns:
Pattern 1: Third Person Defective Verbs In third person

defective verbs, the third person conjugations (he/she) are
missing. The following are examples of defective verb
conjugations:
َُ ‫أَ َك‬ ُ ‫تَلْك‬ َُ ‫أَ َك‬ ُ ‫ستَلْك‬ َ ُْ ‫ك‬
َُ ‫ن‬
‫َكم‬ ُ‫تَنَكم‬ َُ ‫ن‬
‫َكم‬ ُ‫ستَنَكم‬
َ ُ‫نَ ْم‬
َُ ‫َج َل‬ ُ ‫تَجْ ِل‬ َُ ‫َج َل‬ ُ ‫ستَجْ ِل‬
َ ُْ ‫اجْ ِل‬
Pattern 2: First Person Defective Verbs In first person

defective verbs, the first person conjugations (I) are
missing. Here are examples of defective verb conjugations:
‫عدَا‬َ ُ‫يَعود‬ َُ‫عكد‬ َ ُ‫سيَعود‬ َ ُْ‫عد‬
‫َق ِر َُر‬ ُ‫َي ْق َرر‬ ‫َق َر َُر‬ ُ‫س َي ْق َرر‬ َ ُ‫ق ْر‬
َ ‫َه َب‬
ُ‫ط‬ ُ‫يَ ْةبِط‬ َ ‫َه َب‬
ُ‫ط‬ ُ‫سيَ ْةبِط‬
َ ُِ‫َهبْط‬
11.1.5 Assimilated Verb Conjugation

Assimilated verbs have a weak (assimilated) letter that
assimilates to the adjacent root letters during conjugation.
The following are common assimilated verb conjugation
patterns:
Pattern 1: Lam Assimilated Verbs In lam assimilated verbs,

the weak letter is ‫( ل‬lam). Here are examples of lam
assimilated verb conjugations:
َُ‫تَلَ َّمن‬ ُ‫َيتَلَ َّمن‬ َُ‫تَلَ َّمن‬ ُ‫س َيتَلَ َّمن‬
َ ُْ‫تَلَ َّمن‬
‫تَلَقَّى‬ ‫يَتَلَقَّى‬ ‫تَلَقَّى‬ ‫سيَتَلَقَّى‬
َ ُ‫تَلَ َّق‬
َ ‫تَلَ َّف‬
ُ‫ظ‬ ُ‫يَتَلَفَّظ‬ َ ‫تَلَ َّف‬
ُ‫ظ‬ ُ‫سيَتَلَفَّظ‬
َ ْ ‫تَلَ َّف‬
ُ‫ظ‬
Pattern 2: Ra Assimilated Verbs In ra assimilated verbs, the

weak letter is ‫( ر‬ra). Here are examples of ra assimilated
verb conjugations:
ُ‫ت ََرا َج َع‬ ُ‫يَت ََرا َجع‬ ُ‫ت ََرا َج َع‬ ُ‫سيَت ََرا َجع‬
َ ُ‫ت ََرا َج ْع‬
َُ‫ت ََردَّد‬ ُ‫يَت ََردَّد‬ َُ‫ت ََردَّد‬ ُ‫سيَت ََردَّد‬
َ ُْ‫ت ََردَّد‬
َُ ‫ت ََر َّق‬
‫ب‬ ُ‫َيت ََر َّقب‬ َُ ‫ت ََر َّق‬
‫ب‬ ُ‫س َيت ََر َّقب‬
َ ُْ‫ت ََر َّقب‬
11.2 PAST TENSE CONJUGATION CHART

The past tense is an essential aspect of Arabic verb
conjugation, indicating actions or states that have already
occurred in the past. This section provides a comprehensive
chart outlining the past tense conjugation for various verb
forms.

Regular verbs follow specific patterns in the past tense
conjugation. Here are the conjugation patterns for different
verb forms:

Form I verbs are the most common and basic verb forms in
Arabic. They follow a particular pattern for the past tense
conjugation. The conjugation is as follows:
1st ُ ‫َكتَ ْب‬ ‫َكتَبْت َمك‬ ‫َكتَ ْبنَك‬
2nd (m) َُ ‫َكتَ ْب‬ ‫َكتَبْت َمك‬ ُ‫َكتَبْت ْم‬
2nd (f) ُِ ‫َكتَ ْب‬ ‫َكتَبْت َمك‬ ُ‫َكتَبْت َّن‬
3rd (m) َ ‫َكت‬
ُ‫َب‬ ‫َكتَبَك‬ ‫َكتَبوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ ‫َكتَ َب‬ ‫َكتَبَتَك‬ َُ‫َكتَبْن‬
Note: The vowels in the conjugation might vary depending
on the verb's root letters.

Form II verbs are derived from Form I verbs by adding a " ‫"ت‬
(taa) prefix to the root letters. The conjugation pattern for
past tense is as follows:
1st ُ ْ‫فَتَح‬ ‫فَتَحْ ت َمك‬ ‫فَتَحْ نَك‬

2nd (m) َُ ْ‫فَتَح‬ ‫فَتَحْ ت َمك‬ ُ‫فَتَحْ ت ْم‬
2nd (f) ُِ ْ‫فَتَح‬ ‫فَتَحْ ت َمك‬ ُ‫فَتَحْ ت َّن‬
3rd (m) ُ‫فَتَ َح‬ ‫فَتَ َحك‬ ‫فَتَحوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ ‫فَتَ َح‬ ‫فَتَ َحتَك‬ َُ‫فَتَحْ ن‬

Form III verbs involve the doubling of the middle root
letter. Here is the conjugation pattern for past tense:
1st ُ ‫د ََر ْس‬ ‫د ََرسْت َمك‬ ‫د ََر ْسنَك‬
2nd (m) َُ ‫د ََر ْس‬ ‫د ََرسْت َمك‬ ُ‫د ََرسْت ْم‬
2nd (f) ُِ ‫د ََر ْس‬ ‫د ََرسْت َمك‬ ُ‫د ََرسْت َّن‬
3rd (m) ُ‫س‬
َ ‫د ََر‬ ‫سك‬
َ ‫د ََر‬ ‫د ََرسوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ ‫س‬
َ ‫د ََر‬ ‫ستَك‬
َ ‫د ََر‬ َُ‫د ََرسْن‬

Form IV verbs involve the addition of a "‫( "ت‬taa) suffix to the
root letters. Here's the past tense conjugation pattern:
1st ُ ‫بَنَ ْي‬ ‫بَنَيْت َمك‬ ‫بَنَ ْينَك‬
2nd (m) َُ ‫بَنَ ْي‬ ‫بَنَيْت َمك‬ ُ‫بَنَيْت ْم‬
2nd (f) ُِ ‫َبنَ ْي‬ ‫َبنَيْت َمك‬ ُ‫َبنَيْت َّن‬
3rd (m) ‫َبنَى‬ ‫َبنَ َيك‬ ‫َبن َْوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ َ‫بَن‬ ‫بَنَتَك‬ َُ‫بَنَيْن‬

Form V verbs involve the addition of a "‫( "ا‬alif) prefix to the
root letters. The past tense conjugation pattern is as
follows:
1st ُ ‫سمِ ْع‬
َ ‫سمِ ْعت َمك‬
َ ‫سمِ ْعنَك‬
َ
2nd (m) َُ ‫سمِ ْع‬
َ ُ‫سمِ ْعت ْم‬
َ
2nd (f) ُِ ‫سمِ ْع‬
َ ُ‫سمِ ْعت َّن‬
َ
3rd (m) ُ‫سمِ َع‬
َ ‫سمِ َعك‬
َ ‫سمِ عوا‬
َ
3rd (f) ُْ ‫سمِ َع‬
َ ‫سمِ َعتَك‬
َ َُ‫سمِ ْعن‬
َ

Form VI verbs involve the addition of a "َُ َ‫( "تَ ْفع‬tafʿala) pattern
to the root letters. The past tense conjugation is as follows:
1st ُ ‫غ ِس ْل‬
َ ‫غ ِس ْلت َمك‬
َ ‫غ ِس ْلنَك‬
َ
2nd (m) َُ ‫غ ِس ْل‬

َ ُ‫غ ِس ْلت ْم‬
َ
2nd (f) ُِ ‫غ ِس ْل‬

َ ُ‫غ ِس ْلت َّن‬
َ
3rd (m) َُ ‫س‬

َ ‫غ‬
َ ُ‫س َل‬
َ ‫غ‬
َ ‫سلوا‬
َ ‫غ‬
َ
3rd (f) ُْ َ‫سل‬

َ ‫غ‬
َ ‫سلَتَك‬
َ ‫غ‬
َ َُ‫س ْلن‬
َ ‫غ‬
َ

Form VII verbs involve the addition of a "َُ ‫ٱستت تتَ ْف َع‬
ْ " (istafʿala)
pattern to the root letters. The past tense conjugation
1st ُ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْع‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعت َمك‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعنَك‬

2nd (m) َُ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْع‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعت َمك‬ ُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعت ْم‬
2nd (f) ُِ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْع‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعت َمك‬ ُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعت َّن‬
3rd (m) ُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ َع‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ َعك‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَعوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ َع‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ َعتَك‬ َُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْمتَ ْعن‬

Form VIII verbs involve the addition of a "َُّ َ‫ٱستتتتَ ْفع‬
ْ " (istafʿall)
1st ُ ‫ٱ ْستَ َج ْب‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجبْت َمك‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َج ْبنَك‬
2nd (m) َُ ‫ٱ ْستَ َج ْب‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجبْت َمك‬ ُ‫ٱ ْستَ َجبْت ْم‬
2nd (f) ُِ ‫ٱ ْستَ َج ْب‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجبْت َمك‬ ُ‫ٱ ْستَ َجبْت َّن‬
3rd (m) َُ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجك‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجك َبك‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجكبوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ َ‫ٱ ْستَ َجكب‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ َجكبَتَك‬ َُ‫ٱ ْستَ َجبْن‬

Form IX verbs involve the addition of a "َُ ‫ٱستتتت َت ْفت َعتت‬
ْ " (istafʿila)
1st َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
ُ ‫ط ْع‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
‫ط ْعت َمك‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
‫ط ْعنَك‬
2nd (m) َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
َُ ‫ط ْع‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
ُ‫ط ْعت ْم‬
2nd (f) َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
ُِ ‫ط ْع‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
ُ‫ط ْعت َّن‬
3rd (m) َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
َُ‫طكع‬ ‫عك‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
َ ‫طك‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
‫طكعوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ ‫ع‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
َ ‫طك‬ ‫عتَك‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
َ ‫طك‬ َ َ‫ٱ ْست‬
َُ‫ط ْعن‬

Form X verbs involve the addition of a "َُ ‫ٱستتتتتت َْفت َعتت‬
ْ " (istafʿala)
1st ُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت َمك‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْنَك‬
2nd (m) َُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت َمك‬ ُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت ْم‬
2nd (f) ِ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َة ْد‬
ُ‫ت‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت َمك‬ ُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْت َّن‬
3rd (m) َُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةد‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدَا‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدوا‬
3rd (f) ُْ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدَت‬ ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدَتَك‬ َُ‫ٱ ْستَ ْش َةدْن‬
Note: The above conjugation charts provide a general
overview of the regular verb conjugations in the past tense
for each form. However, it is important to note that there
may be variations and irregularities in the conjugation
patterns for specific verbs within each form.
11.2.2 Weak Verb Conjugation

Weak verbs in Arabic have specific conjugation patterns
that differ from regular verbs. The weak verb conjugation
depends on the type of weakness exhibited by the verb.
There are three types of weak verbs: verbs with weak
letters, verbs with a weak middle radical, and verbs with a
weak final radical.
11.2.2.1 Weak Verb Conjugation Patterns
a) Weak Verbs with Weak Letters: These verbs contain

weak letters, which are the letters ‫( أ‬alif), ‫( و‬waw), and ‫( ي‬ya).
The weak letters are not stable and can undergo changes
during conjugation. The conjugation pattern for weak
verbs with weak letters is as follows:

1st ُ ‫أفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫نف َِع‬ ُ ‫نف َِع‬
2nd ُ ‫تفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫تف َِع‬ ُ ‫تف َِع‬
3rd ُ ‫يفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫يف َِع‬ ُ ‫يف َِع‬
b) Weak Verbs with Weak Middle Radical: These verbs have

a weak middle radical, which can be one of the root letters.
The conjugation pattern for weak verbs with a weak middle
radical is as follows:
1st ُ َ‫أَ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫نَ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫نَ ْفع‬
2nd ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَل ْون‬
3rd ُ َ‫يَ ْفع‬ ُ‫يَ ْفعَل ِن‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَل ْون‬
c) Weak Verbs with Weak Final Radical: These verbs have a

weak final radical, which can be one of the root letters. The
conjugation pattern for weak verbs with a weak final
radical is as follows:
2nd ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْفعَ َل ِن‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَل ْون‬
3rd ُ َ‫يَ ْفع‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَل ْون‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَل ْون‬
11.2.2.2 Examples of Weak Verb Conjugation

Let's take the weak verb "‫َب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت‬kataba) meaning "to write" as
an example.
a) Weak Verbs with Weak Letters: The verb "‫ب‬ َُ ‫( "كت ََتتت‬kataba)
contains the weak letter ‫( ت‬ta). Here's the conjugation in the
present tense:

1st ُ‫أ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نكَتِب‬ ُ‫نكَتِب‬
2nd ُ‫ت ْكتب‬ ُ‫تكَتِب‬ ُ‫تكَتِب‬
3rd ُ‫ي ْكتب‬ ُ‫يكَتِب‬ ُ‫يكَتِب‬
b) Weak Verbs with Weak Middle Radical: Let's consider the

verb "‫( " َفتت َتتت َُح‬fataha) meaning "to open" with a weak middle
radical ‫( ت‬ta). Here's the conjugation in the present tense:
1st ُ‫أَ ْفتَح‬ ُ‫نَ ْفتَح‬ ُ‫نَ ْفتَح‬
2nd ُ‫تَ ْفتَح‬ ‫تَ ْفتَ َحك‬ َُ‫تَ ْفتَح ْون‬
3rd ُ‫َي ْفتَح‬ ِ ‫َي ْفتَ َح‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫َي ْفتَح ْون‬
c) Weak Verbs with Weak Final Radical: Consider the verb

"َُ ‫( "شت َِر‬shariba) meaning "to drink" with a weak final radical
(ba). Here's the conjugation in the present tense:
1st ُ ‫أَ ْش َر‬ ُ ‫نَ ْش َر‬ ُ ‫نَ ْش َر‬
2nd ُ ‫تَ ْش َر‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْش َرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْش َرب ْون‬
3rd ُ ‫َي ْش َر‬ َُ‫يَ ْش َرب ْون‬ َُ‫يَ ْش َرب ْون‬
11.3 FUTURE TENSE CONJUGATION CHART
The Future Tense in Arabic is used to indicate actions that

will happen in the future. Here, we will explore the
conjugation patterns for regular verbs across different verb
forms.

Regular verbs in Arabic follow specific patterns based on
their verb form. Let's explore the future tense conjugation
for each regular verb form:

Form I regular verbs are characterized by a three-letter root.
To conjugate them in the future tense, we add specific
prefixes and suffixes to the root letters. Here's the
conjugation chart:
1st ُ‫سلَكون‬
َ ُ‫سنَكون‬
َ ُ‫سنَكون‬
َ
2nd ُ‫ستَكون‬
َ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫ستَكون‬
َ َُ‫ستَكونون‬
َ
3rd ُ‫سيَكون‬
َ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫سيَكون‬
َ َُ‫سيَكونون‬
َ
Example: ُ ‫( يَ ْع َمت‬to work) ُ ‫( َستتتتل َ ْع َمت‬I will work) ُ ‫( َستتتتتَ ْع َمت‬You will
work) ُ ‫( َست تيَ ْع َم‬He/She will work) ُ ‫( َست تنَ ْع َم‬We will work) َُ‫َست تتَ ْع َملون‬
(You all will work) َُ‫( َس َي ْع َملون‬They will work)

Form II regular verbs are characterized by a four-letter root,
with the second letter doubled. Here's the future tense
conjugation chart:
1st ُ‫سكعِد‬
َ ‫سل‬
َ ُ‫سكعِد‬
َ ‫سن‬
َ ُ‫سكعِد‬
َ ‫سن‬
َ
2nd ُ‫سكعِد‬
َ ‫ست‬
َ ُ‫َان‬
ِ ‫سك ِعد‬
َ ‫ست‬
َ َُ‫سكعِدون‬
َ ‫ست‬
َ
3rd ُ‫سكعِد‬
َ ‫سي‬
َ ُ‫َان‬
ِ ‫سك ِعد‬
َ ‫سي‬
َ َُ‫سكعِدون‬
َ ‫سي‬
َ
Example: ُ‫( ي َسكعِد‬to help) ُ‫( َسل َسكعِد‬I will help) ُ‫( َست َسكعِد‬You will help)
ُ‫ستكعِد‬ َ (He/She will help) ُ‫ستكعِد‬
َ ‫ستي‬ َ (We will help) َُ‫ستكعِدون‬
َ ‫ستن‬ َ (You all
َ ‫ستت‬
will help) َُ‫( َسي َسكعِدون‬They will help)

Form III regular verbs are characterized by a four-letter
root, with the second and third letters switched. Here's the
future tense conjugation chart:
1st ُ‫سلَذْهَب‬
َ ُ‫سنَنْهَب‬
َ ُ‫سنَنْهَب‬
َ
2nd ُ‫ستَنْهَب‬
َ ِ َ‫ستَنْ َهب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َ َُ‫ستَنْهَبون‬
َ
3rd ُ‫سيَنْهَب‬
َ ِ َ‫سيَنْ َهب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َ َُ‫سيَ ْنهَبون‬
َ
Example: ُ‫( يَنْهَب‬to go) ُ‫( َستلَذْهَب‬I will go) ُ‫( َستتَنْهَب‬You will go) ُ‫َستيَنْهَب‬
(He/She will go) ُ‫( َستتتنَنْهَب‬We will go) َُ‫( َستتتتَنْهَبون‬You all will go)
َ (They will go)
َُ‫سيَنْهَبون‬

Form IV regular verbs are characterized by a four-letter
root, with the second and fourth letters doubled. Here's the
1st ُ‫سلَد ُّرس‬
َ ُ‫سنَد ُّرس‬
َ ُ‫سنَد ُّرس‬
َ
2nd ُ‫ستَد ُّرس‬
َ ُ‫كن‬
ِ ‫س‬َ ‫ستَد ُّر‬
َ َُ‫ستَد ُّرسون‬
َ
3rd ُ‫سيَد ُّرس‬
َ ُ‫كن‬
ِ ‫س‬َ ‫سيَد ُّر‬
َ َُ‫سيَد ُّرسون‬
َ
Example: ُ‫( يَد ُّرس‬to study) ُ‫( َستتلَد ُّرس‬I will study) ُ‫( َستتتَد ُّرس‬You will
study) ُ‫( َست َيد ُّرس‬He/She will study) ُ‫( َستنَد ُّرس‬We will study) َُ‫َستتَد ُّرستون‬
(You all will study) َُ‫( َس َيد ُّرسون‬They will study)

Form V regular verbs are characterized by a five-letter root,
with the third letter doubled. Here's the future tense
conjugation chart:

1st ُ‫سلَستَمِ ع‬
َ ُ‫سنَستَمِ ع‬
َ ُ‫سنَستَمِ ع‬
َ
2nd ُ‫ستَستَمِ ع‬
َ ِ َ‫ستَستَمِ ع‬
ُ‫كن‬ َ َُ‫ستَستَمِ عون‬
َ
3rd ُ‫سيَستَمِ ع‬
َ ِ َ‫سيَستَمِ ع‬
ُ‫كن‬ َ َُ‫سيَستَمِ عون‬
َ
Example: ُ‫( يَستتَمِ ع‬to listen) ُ‫( َستلَستتَمِ ع‬I will listen) ُ‫( َستتَستتَمِ ع‬You will
listen) ُ‫( َستيَستتَمِ ع‬He/She will listen) ُ‫( َستنَستتَمِ ع‬We will listen) َُ‫َستتَستتَمِ عون‬
(You all will listen) َُ‫( َسيَستَمِ عون‬They will listen)

Form VI regular verbs are characterized by a six-letter root,
with the third and fourth letters switched. Here's the future
tense conjugation chart:
1st َ ‫سلَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كون‬ َ َ ‫سنَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كون‬ َ َ ‫سنَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كون‬ َ
2nd َ َ‫ستَتَع‬
ُ‫كون‬ َ ُ‫َكن‬ َ َ‫ستَتَع‬
ِ ‫كون‬ َ َ َ‫ستَتَع‬
َُ‫كونون‬ َ
3rd َ َ‫سيَتَع‬
ُ‫كون‬ َ ُ‫َكن‬ َ َ‫سيَتَع‬
ِ ‫كون‬ َ َ َ‫سيَتَع‬
َُ‫كونون‬ َ
Example: ُ‫( يَتَعَ َكون‬to cooperate) ُ‫( َست تلَتَعَ َكون‬I will cooperate) ُ‫َست تتَتَعَ َكون‬
(You will cooperate) ُ‫( َستت تيَتَعَ َكون‬He/She will cooperate) ُ‫َستت تنَتَعَ َكون‬
(We will cooperate) َُ‫( َستتتَتَعَ َكونون‬You all will cooperate) َُ‫َستتيَتَعَ َكونون‬
(They will cooperate)

Form VII regular verbs are characterized by a four-letter
root, with the third and fourth letters doubled. Here's the
1st ُ‫سلَجْ تَنِب‬
َ ُ‫سنَجْ تَنِب‬
َ ُ‫سنَجْ تَنِب‬
َ
2nd ُ‫ستَجْ تَنِب‬
َ ِ َ‫ستَجْ تَنِب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َ َُ‫ستَجْ تَنِبون‬
َ
3rd ُ‫سيَجْ تَنِب‬
َ ِ َ‫سيَجْ تَنِب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َ َُ‫سيَجْ تَنِبون‬
َ
Example: ُ‫( يَجْ تَنِب‬to avoid) ُ‫( َستتلَجْ تَنِب‬I will avoid) ُ‫( َستتتَجْ تَنِب‬You will
avoid) ُ‫( َستيَجْ تَنِب‬He/She will avoid) ُ‫( َستنَجْ تَنِب‬We will avoid) َُ‫َستتَجْ تَنِبون‬
(You all will avoid) َُ‫( َس َيجْ تَنِبون‬They will avoid)

Form VIII regular verbs are characterized by a five-letter
root, with the third letter doubled. Here's the future tense
conjugation chart:
1st ُُّ ِ‫سلَستَح‬
َ ُُّ ِ‫سنَستَح‬
َ ُُّ ِ‫سنَستَح‬
َ
2nd ُُّ ِ‫ستَستَح‬
َ ُ‫ستَستَحِ َّل ِن‬
َ َُ‫ستَستَحِ لُّون‬
َ
3rd ُُّ ِ‫سيَستَح‬
َ ُ‫سيَستَحِ َّل ِن‬
َ َُ‫سيَستَحِ لُّون‬
َ
Example: ُُّ ِ‫( يَستتتَح‬to permit) ُُّ ِ‫( َستتلَستتتَح‬I will permit) ُُّ ِ‫( َستتتَستتتَح‬You
will permit) ُُّ ِ‫( َستتت َيستتتتَح‬He/She will permit) ُُّ ِ‫( َستتتنَستتتتَح‬We will
permit) َُ‫( َستت تتَستت تتَحِ لُّون‬You all will permit) َُ‫( َستت ت َيستت تتَحِ لُّون‬They will
permit)

Form IX regular verbs are characterized by a five-letter root,
with the second and fourth letters switched. Here's the
1st َ َ‫سلَت‬
ُ‫سك َمح‬ َ َ َ‫سنَت‬
ُ‫سك َمح‬ َ َ َ‫سنَت‬
ُ‫سك َمح‬ َُ
2nd َ َ‫ستَت‬
ُ‫سك َمح‬ َ ُ‫كن‬ َ َ‫ستَت‬
ِ ‫سك َم َح‬ َ َ َ‫ستَت‬
َُ‫سك َمحون‬ َ
3rd َ َ‫س َيت‬
ُ‫سك َمح‬ َ ُ‫كن‬ َ َ‫س َيت‬
ِ ‫سك َم َح‬ َ َ َ‫س َيت‬
َُ‫سك َمحون‬ َ
Example: ُ‫( يَت ََستك َمح‬to forgive) ُ‫( َستلَت ََستك َمح‬I will forgive) ُ‫( َستتَت ََستك َمح‬You
will forgive) ُ‫( َستتتيَت ََستتتك َمح‬He/She will forgive) ُ‫( َستتتنَت ََستتتك َمح‬We will
forgive) َُ‫( َست تتَت ََست تك َمحون‬You all will forgive) َُ‫( َست تيَت ََست تك َمحون‬They will
forgive)

Form X regular verbs are characterized by a three-letter
root with an added alif (‫ )أ‬before the third letter. Here's the
1st َ ‫سلَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كود‬ َ َ ‫سنَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كود‬ َ َ ‫سنَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كود‬ َ
2nd َ ‫ستَتَ َع‬
ُ‫كود‬ َ ُ‫َان‬ َ ‫ستَتَ َع‬
ِ ‫كود‬ َ َ ‫ستَتَ َع‬
َُ‫كودون‬ َ
3rd َ َ‫سيَتَع‬
ُ‫كود‬ َ ُ‫َان‬ َ َ‫سيَتَع‬
ِ ‫كود‬ َ َ َ‫سيَتَع‬
َُ‫كودون‬ َ
Example: ُ‫( َيتَ َع َكود‬to adapt) ُ‫( َستتلَتَ َع َكود‬I will adapt) ُ‫( َستتتَتَ َع َكود‬You will
adapt) ُ‫( َست َيتَ َع َكود‬He/She will adapt) ُ‫( َستنَتَ َع َكود‬We will adapt) َُ‫َستتَتَ َع َكودون‬
(You all will adapt) َُ‫( َس َيتَ َع َكودون‬They will adapt)
Please note that this chart provides a general overview of

the future tense conjugation patterns for regular verbs in
each form.
11.3.2 Hamzated Verb Conjugation
11.3.2.1 Hamzated Verb Conjugation Patterns:

Hamzated verbs in Arabic are characterized by having a
hamza (‫ )ء‬as the first radical in their root. The hamza can
take various forms depending on its position within the
verb, resulting in different conjugation patterns. Here are
some common hamzated verb conjugation patterns:
Pattern 1: Hamzated Verb with a Fatha (َ ‫)تَُل‬

The hamza is followed by a fatha (َ‫)ُت‬.
The conjugation pattern involves changes in the vowel
patterns based on the tense, person, and number.
Example: The verb "َُ َ‫( "قَكت‬to fight):

1st ُ ِ‫أَقَكت‬ ُ ِ‫نقَكت‬ ُ ِ‫نَقَكت‬
2nd M ُ ِ‫تقَكت‬ ُ‫تقَكت َِل ِن‬ َُ‫تقَكتِلون‬
2nd F َُ‫تقَكتِلِين‬ ُ‫تقَكت َِل ِن‬ َُ‫تقَكتِ ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ِ‫يقَكت‬ ُ‫يقَكت َِل ِن‬ َُ‫يقَكتِلون‬
3rd F ُ ِ‫تقَكت‬ ُ‫تقَكت َِل ِن‬ َُ‫يقَكتِ ْلن‬
Pattern 2: Hamzated Verb with a Kasra (‫ئ‬ُِ ِ‫)ت‬

The hamza is followed by a kasra (ِ‫)ُت‬.
Example: The verb "َُ‫( " َعيِن‬to help):
1st ُ‫عيِن‬
َ ‫أ‬ ُ‫نعَيِن‬ ُ‫نَعَيِن‬
2nd M ُ‫تعَيِن‬ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫تعَيِن‬ َُ‫تعَيِنون‬
2nd F َُ‫ت َع ِينِين‬ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫ت َع ِين‬ َُ‫ت َع ِي ْنن‬
3rd M ُ‫يعَيِن‬ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫يعَيِن‬ َُ‫يعَيِنون‬
3rd F ُ‫ت َع ِين‬ ُ‫َكن‬
ِ ‫ت َع ِين‬ َُ‫ي َع ِي ْنن‬
11.3.2.2 Examples of Hamzated Verb Conjugation:

Verb: "‫َب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت‬to write)
1st ُ‫أَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَ ْكتب‬
2nd M ُ‫تَ ْكتب‬ ِ ‫تَ ْكت َب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْكتبون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَ ْكتبِين‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْكتب‬

ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْكتبْن‬
3rd M ُ‫يَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫يَ ْكتب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫يَ ْكتبون‬
3rd F ُ‫تَ ْكتب‬ ِ ‫تَ ْكت َب‬

ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫َي ْكتبْن‬
Verb: "َُ ‫( "ش َِر‬to drink)

1st ُ ‫أَ ْش َر‬ ُ ‫نَ ْش َر‬ ُ ‫نَ ْش َر‬
2nd M ُ ‫تَ ْش َر‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْش َرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْش َربون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَ ْش َربِين‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْش َرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْش َربْن‬
3rd M ُ ‫َي ْش َر‬ ِ َ‫يَ ْش َرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫يَ ْش َربون‬
3rd F ُ ‫تَ ْش َر‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْش َرب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫يَ ْش َربْن‬
11.3.3 Assimilated Verb Conjugation
11.3.3.1 Assimilated Verb Conjugation Patterns:

Assimilated verbs in Arabic are those in which the last
radical assimilates with the first radical, resulting in a
changed form of the verb. Here are some common
assimilated verb conjugation patterns:
Pattern 1: Assimilated Verb with a Long Vowel ( ‫ و‬or ‫)ي‬

The last radical assimilates with the first radical, resulting
in a change in the vowel pattern.
Example: The verb "‫( " َس َّوى‬to arrange):
1st ‫س ِوي‬
َ ‫أ‬ ‫س ِوي‬
َ ‫ن‬ ‫س ِوي‬
َ َ‫ن‬
2nd M ‫س ِوي‬
َ ‫ت‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ َ‫س ِوي‬
َ ‫ت‬ َُ‫س ِوين‬
َ ‫ت‬
2nd F َُ‫س ِوين‬
َ ‫ت‬ َُ‫س ِويْن‬
َ ‫ت‬
3rd M ‫س ِوي‬
َ ‫ي‬ ُ‫كن‬
َ ‫ي‬ َُ‫س ِوين‬
َ ‫ي‬
3rd F ‫س ِوي‬
َ ‫ت‬ َُ‫س ِويْن‬
َ ‫ي‬
Pattern 2: Assimilated Verb with a Short Vowel

The last radical assimilates with the first radical, resulting
in a change in the vowel pattern.
Example: The verb "َّ‫( " َش ُد‬to tighten):
1st َ َ‫أ‬
ُّ‫ش ُد‬ ُّ‫ش ُد‬
َ َ‫ن‬ ُّ‫ش ُد‬
َ َ‫ن‬
2nd M ُّ‫ش ُد‬
َ َ‫ت‬ ُ‫َّان‬
ِ ‫شد‬ َ َ‫ت‬ َ َ‫ت‬
َُ‫شدُّون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَشَدِين‬ ُ‫َّان‬
ِ ‫شد‬ َ َ‫ت‬ َُ‫تَشَدْن‬
3rd M ُّ‫ش ُد‬
َ َ‫ي‬ ُ‫َّان‬
ِ ‫شد‬ َ َ‫ي‬ َُ‫شدُّون‬
َ َ‫ي‬
3rd F ُّ‫ش ُد‬
َ َ‫ت‬ ُ‫َّان‬
ِ ‫شد‬ َ َ‫ت‬ َُ‫َيشَدْن‬
11.3.3.2 Examples of Assimilated Verb Conjugation:

Verb: "‫( " َج َم َُع‬to gather)
1st ُ‫أَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫نَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫نَجْ َمع‬
2nd M ُ‫تَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ َ‫تَجْ َمع‬ َُ‫تَجْ َمعون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَجْ َمعِين‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ َ‫تَجْ َمع‬ َُ‫تَجْ َم ْعن‬
3rd M ُ‫يَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ ‫يَجْ َم َع‬ َُ‫يَجْ َمعون‬
3rd F ُ‫تَجْ َمع‬ ُ‫كن‬
ِ َ‫تَجْ َمع‬ َُ‫يَجْ َم ْعن‬
Verb: "‫( " َخ َس َُر‬to lose)

1st َ ‫أَ ْخ‬
ُ‫سر‬ َ ْ َ‫ن‬
ُ‫سر‬ َ ْ َ‫ن‬
ُ‫سر‬
2nd M َ ْ َ‫ت‬
ُ‫سر‬ ُ‫ان‬ َ ْ َ‫ت‬
ِ ‫س َر‬ َ ْ َ‫ت‬
َُ‫سرون‬
2nd F َ ْ َ‫ت‬
َُ‫س ِرين‬ ُ‫ان‬ َ ْ َ‫ت‬
ِ ‫س َر‬ َ ْ َ‫ت‬
َُ‫س ْرن‬
3rd M َ ْ َ‫ي‬
ُ‫سر‬ ُ‫ان‬ َ ْ َ‫ي‬
ِ ‫س َر‬ َ ْ َ‫ي‬
َُ‫سرون‬

3rd F َ ْ َ‫ت‬
ُ‫سر‬ ُ‫ان‬ َ ْ َ‫ت‬
ِ ‫س َر‬ َ ْ َ‫ي‬
َُ‫س ْرن‬
11.3.4 Defective Verb Conjugation
11.3.4.1 Defective Verb Conjugation Patterns:

Defective verbs in Arabic are characterized by having one or
more missing radicals in their root, resulting in a change in
the conjugation pattern. Here are some common defective
verb conjugation patterns:
Pattern 1: Defective Verb with a Missing Radical

The missing radical results in a change in the vowel pattern
or the addition of a compensatory vowel.
Example: The verb "َُ َ‫( "ق‬to say):
1st ُ‫أَقول‬ ُ‫نَقول‬ ُ‫نَقول‬
2nd M ُ‫تَقول‬ َ ‫تَق‬
ُ‫ول ِن‬ َُ‫تَقولون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَقولِين‬ َ ‫تَق‬
ُ‫ول ِن‬ ْ ‫تَق‬
َُ‫ولن‬
3rd M ُ‫َيقول‬ َ ‫َيق‬
ُ‫ول ِن‬ َُ‫َيقولون‬
3rd F ُ‫تَقول‬ َ ‫تَق‬
ُ‫ول ِن‬ َُ‫َيقو ْلن‬
Pattern 2: Defective Verb with Two Missing Radicals

Two missing radicals result in a compensatory vowel being
added to maintain the verb structure.
Example: The verb "َُ‫( "دَع‬to call):
1st ‫أَدْعو‬ ‫نَدْعو‬ ‫نَدْعو‬

2nd M ‫تَدْعو‬ ِ ‫تَدْع َو‬
ُ‫ان‬ َُ‫تَدْعون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَدْع ِوين‬ ِ ‫تَدْع َو‬
ُ‫ان‬ َُ‫تَدْع ْون‬
3rd M ‫يَدْعو‬ ُ‫ان‬
ِ ‫يَدْع َو‬ َُ‫يَدْعون‬
3rd F ‫تَدْعو‬ ِ ‫تَدْع َو‬
ُ‫ان‬ َُ‫يَدْع ْون‬
11.3.4.2 Examples of Defective Verb Conjugation:

Verb: "َُ ‫( "فَ َع‬to do)
2nd M ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْفعَ َل ِن‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَلون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَ ْف َعلِين‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫تَ ْف َع ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ‫َي ْف َع‬ ُ‫َي ْف َع َل ِن‬ َُ‫َي ْف َعلون‬
3rd F ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْفعَ َل ِن‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَ ْلن‬
Verb: "‫َب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت‬to write)
1st ُ‫أَ ْكتَب‬ ُ‫نَ ْكتَب‬ ُ‫نَ ْكتَب‬
2nd M ُ‫تَ ْكتَب‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْكتَب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْكتَبون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَ ْكتَبِين‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْكتَب‬

ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫تَ ْكتَبْن‬
3rd M ُ‫يَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫يَ ْكتب‬
ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫يَ ْكتبون‬
3rd F ُ‫تَ ْكتب‬ ِ َ‫تَ ْكتب‬

ُ‫كن‬ َُ‫يَ ْكتبْن‬
These examples provide an overview of the conjugation

patterns for hamzated, assimilated, and defective verbs in
Arabic. It is important to note that there are many more
verbs in each category, and this is just a selection to
illustrate the patterns. Learning and practicing these
patterns will enhance your understanding and ability to

conjugate verbs accurately in Arabic.
11.4 IMPERATIVE CONJUGATION CHART
11.4.1 Regular Imperative Conjugation

11.4.1.1 Form I Regular Imperative Conjugation: In the
regular imperative conjugation of Form I verbs, the
imperative form is derived from the second person singular
masculine base form of the verb. Here is the conjugation
chart for regular Form I imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ َ‫ا ْفع‬ ‫ا ْفعَل‬ ‫ا ْفعَلوا‬
Example: Verb "‫( "قرأ‬to read)
Singular: ‫( اقرأ‬Read!)
Dual: ‫( اقرأا‬Both of you read!)
Plural: ‫( اقرؤا‬All of you read!)
11.4.1.2 Form II Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form II

imperative verbs usually have an additional "‫ "ي‬before the
final consonant of the verb's root. Here is the conjugation
chart for regular Form II imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ َ‫اِ ْفع‬ ‫اِ ْفعَل‬ ‫اِ ْفعَلوا‬
Example: Verb "‫( "سكفر‬to travel)
Singular: ‫( اسكفر‬Travel!)
Dual: ‫( اسكفرا‬Both of you travel!)
Plural: ‫( اسكفروا‬All of you travel!)
11.4.1.3 Form III Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form III

imperative verbs often have a long vowel before the final
consonant of the verb's root. Here is the conjugation chart

for regular Form III imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ ‫افَ ِع‬ ‫افَعِل‬ ‫افَعِلوا‬
Example: Verb "‫( "قكم‬to stand)
Singular: ‫( اقم‬Stand!)
Dual: ‫( اقمك‬Both of you stand!)
Plural: ‫( اقموا‬All of you stand!)
11.4.1.4 Form IV Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form IV

imperative verbs often have a doubled consonant in the
verb's root. Here is the conjugation chart for regular Form
IV imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ َ‫اِ ْفع‬ ‫اِ ْفعَل‬ ‫اِ ْفعَلوا‬
Example: Verb "‫( "رأى‬to see)
Singular: ‫ار‬َُ (See!)
Dual: ‫ارا‬
َ (Both of you see!)
Plural: ‫( اروا‬All of you see!)
11.4.1.5 Form V Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form V

imperative verbs often have a "‫ "ت‬added before the final
consonant of the verb's root. Here is the conjugation chart
for regular Form V imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ ‫اِ ْفتَ ِع‬ ‫اِ ْفتَعِل‬ ‫اِ ْفتَعِلوا‬
Example: Verb "‫( "كتب‬to write)
Singular: ‫( اكتب‬Write!)
Dual: ‫( اكتبك‬Both of you write!)
Plural: ‫( اكتبوا‬All of you write!)
11.4.1.6 Form VI Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form VI

imperative verbs often have a "ُْ ‫ " َتتت ْفتت َعتت‬pattern. Here is the
conjugation chart for regular Form VI imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ ‫اِ ْف َع ْلتَ ْف َع‬ ‫اِ ْف َع ْلت َمك‬ ُ‫اِ ْف َع ْلت ْم‬
Example: Verb "‫( "احتج‬to object)
Singular: ‫( احتج‬Object!)
Dual: ‫( احتجك‬Both of you object!)
Plural: ‫( احتجوا‬All of you object!)
11.4.1.7 Form VII Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form

VII imperative verbs often have a "ُْ َ‫ "ا ْفع‬pattern. Here is the
conjugation chart for regular Form VII imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ ‫اِ ْف َع ْلتَ ْف ِع‬ ‫اِ ْف َع ْلت َمك‬ ُ‫اِ ْف َع ْلت ْم‬
Example: Verb "‫( "استدع‬to summon)
Singular: ‫( استدع‬Summon!)
Dual: ‫( استدعك‬Both of you summon!)
Plural: ‫( استدعوا‬All of you summon!)
11.4.1.8 Form VIII Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form

VIII imperative verbs often have a "َُّ َ‫ "تَ ْفع‬pattern. Here is the
conjugation chart for regular Form VIII imperative verbs:
2nd َُّ َ‫اِ ْفعَ ْلتَ ْفع‬ ‫اِ ْفعَ ْلت َمك‬ ‫اِ ْفعَ ْلتموا‬
Example: Verb "‫( "تنكر‬to remember)
Singular: ‫( اتنكر‬Remember!)
Dual: ‫( اتنكرا‬Both of you remember!)
Plural: ‫( اتنكروا‬All of you remember!)
11.4.1.9 Form IX Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form IX

imperative verbs often have a "ُْ ‫كعتت‬
َ ‫ " َتتت َفتت‬pattern. Here is the
conjugation chart for regular Form IX imperative verbs:
2nd َ ‫اِ ْف َع ْلتَفَك‬
ُْ ‫ع‬ ‫اِ ْف َع ْلت َمك‬ ُ‫اِ ْف َع ْلت ْم‬
Example: Verb "‫( "تعكون‬to cooperate)
Singular: ‫( اتعكون‬Cooperate!)
Dual: ‫( اتعكونك‬Both of you cooperate!)
Plural: ‫( اتعكونوا‬All of you cooperate!)
11.4.1.10 Form X Regular Imperative Conjugation: Form X

imperative verbs often have a "ُْ ‫ "ا ِْستتتتتَ ْف َعت‬pattern. Here is the
conjugation chart for regular Form X imperative verbs:
2nd ُْ ‫اِ ْستَ ْفعَ ْلتَ ْف َع‬ ‫اِ ْستَ ْفعَ ْلت َمك‬ ُ‫اِ ْستَ ْفعَ ْلت ْم‬
Example: Verb "‫( "استقم‬to be upright)
Singular: ‫( استقم‬Be upright!)
Dual: ‫( استقمك‬Both of you be upright!)
Plural: ‫( استقموا‬All of you be upright!)
11.4.2 Irregular Imperative Conjugation

11.4.2.1 Irregular Imperative Conjugation Patterns:
Irregular imperative conjugation patterns may deviate
from the regular forms mentioned above. These
irregularities can vary depending on the verb and its
specific conjugation. It is important to consult verb-specific
resources or dictionaries for the irregular imperative
conjugations.
11.4.2.2 Examples of Irregular Imperative Conjugation:

Verb " َ‫( "أَ ْفع‬to do): ُْ ‫( افع‬Do!)
Verb "‫( "اذْهَب‬to go): ُْ‫( اذهب‬Go!)
Verb "‫( "كن‬to be): ‫( ك ُْن‬Be!)
11.4.3 Negative Imperative Conjugation
11.4.3.1 Negative Imperative Conjugation Patterns: The

negative imperative conjugation is formed by adding "‫"ل‬
before the verb in the imperative form. The conjugation
patterns remain the same as regular imperative verbs.
Example: Verb "‫( "قرأ‬to read)
Singular: ‫( لُتقرأ‬Don't read!)
Dual: ‫( لُتقرأا‬Don't both of you read!)
Plural: ‫( لُتقرؤوا‬Don't all of you read!)
11.4.3.2 Examples of Negative Imperative Conjugation:
Verb "‫َب‬
َُ ‫( " َكت‬to write): ُْ‫( لُتَ ْكتب‬Don't write!)
Verb "‫( "فَ ِة َُم‬to understand): ‫( لُتَ ْف َة ُْم‬Don't understand!)
Verb "‫( " َس ِل َُم‬to greet): ‫( لُت َس ِل ُْم‬Don't greet!)
11.4.4 Assimilated Imperative Conjugation
11.4.4.1 Assimilated Imperative Conjugation Patterns:

Assimilated imperative verbs undergo changes in their root
consonants in the imperative form. The conjugation
patterns depend on the specific verb and its assimilation
rules.
11.4.4.2 Examples of Assimilated Imperative Conjugation:

Verb "‫( " َس َعى‬to strive): ‫كع‬
ُِ ‫س‬َ (Strive!)
Verb "‫( " َعدَا‬to exceed): ُْ‫( ا ِعد‬Exceed!)
Verb "‫ص َب َُر‬
َ " (to be patient): ‫ص ِب ُْر‬
ْ ‫( ا‬Be patient!)
11.5 SUBJUNCTIVE AND JUSSIVE CONJUGATION

CHART
11.5.1 Subjunctive Conjugation
11.5.1.1 Subjunctive Conjugation Patterns
Subjunctive Conjugation Patterns: In the subjunctive

mood, Arabic verbs undergo specific patterns of
conjugation. Here are the common subjunctive conjugation
patterns:
Pattern 1: Form I Regular Verb Subjunctive Conjugation The

following table shows the subjunctive conjugation for a
Form I regular verb "kataba" (to write):
1st ُ‫أَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَ ْكتب‬ ُ‫نَ ْكتب‬
2nd ُ‫تَ ْكتب‬ ‫تَ ْكتبَك‬ َُ‫تَ ْكتبون‬
3rd ُ‫يَ ْكتب‬ ‫يَ ْكتبَك‬ َُ‫يَ ْكتبون‬
Pattern 2: Form II Regular Verb Subjunctive Conjugation

The following table shows the subjunctive conjugation for
a Form II regular verb "daraba" (to hit):
1st ُ ‫أَض ِْر‬ ُ ‫نَض ِْر‬ ُ ‫نَض ِْر‬
2nd ُ ‫تَض ِْر‬ ‫تَض ِْربَك‬ َُ‫تَض ِْربون‬
3rd ُ ‫َيض ِْر‬ ‫َيض ِْر َبك‬ َُ‫َيض ِْربون‬
Pattern 3: Form III Regular Verb Subjunctive Conjugation

The following table shows the subjunctive conjugation for
a Form III regular verb "fahima" (to understand):
1st ُ‫أَ ْف َةم‬ ُ‫نَ ْف َةم‬ ُ‫نَ ْف َةم‬
2nd ُ‫تَ ْف َةم‬ ‫تَ ْف َة َمك‬ َُ‫تَ ْف َةمون‬
3rd ُ‫يَ ْف َةم‬ ‫يَ ْف َة َمك‬ َُ‫يَ ْف َةمون‬
11.5.1.2 Examples of Subjunctive Conjugation
Example 1: Verb "kataba" (to write) Subjunctive

conjugation in the present tense:
َُ ‫( أَ ْكت‬aktuba) - I write (subjunctive)
‫ب‬
َُ ‫( تَ ْكت‬taktuba) - You write (subjunctive)
‫ب‬
َُ ‫( َي ْكت‬yaktuba) - He writes (subjunctive)
‫ب‬
Example 2: Verb "daraba" (to hit) Subjunctive conjugation

in the present tense:
َُ ‫( أَض ِْر‬adriba) - I hit (subjunctive)
َُ ‫( تَض ِْر‬tadriba) - You hit (subjunctive)
َُ ‫( يَض ِْر‬yadriba) - He hits (subjunctive)
11.5.2 Jussive Conjugation 11.5.2.1 Jussive Conjugation

Patterns
Jussive Conjugation Patterns: In the jussive mood, Arabic
verbs follow specific patterns of conjugation. Here are the
common jussive conjugation patterns:
Pattern 1: Form I Regular Verb Jussive Conjugation The

following table shows the jussive conjugation for a Form I
regular verb "kataba" (to write):
2nd ُْ‫ا ْكتب‬ ‫ا ْكت َبك‬ ‫ا ْكتبوا‬
3rd ُْ‫َي ْكتب‬ ‫َي ْكت َبك‬ ‫َي ْكتبوا‬
Pattern 2: Form II Regular Verb Jussive Conjugation The

following table shows the jussive conjugation for a Form II
regular verb "daraba" (to hit):
2nd ُْ ‫اَض ِْر‬ ‫اَض ِْربَك‬ ‫اَض ِْربوا‬

3rd ُْ ‫يَض ِْر‬ ‫يَض ِْربَك‬ ‫يَض ِْربوا‬
Pattern 3: Form III Regular Verb Jussive Conjugation The

following table shows the jussive conjugation for a Form III
regular verb "fahima" (to understand):
2nd ُ‫ا ْف َة ْم‬ ‫ا ْف َة َمك‬ ‫ا ْف َةموا‬
3rd ُ‫يَ ْف َة ْم‬ ‫يَ ْف َة َمك‬ ‫يَ ْف َةموا‬
11.5.2.2 Examples of Jussive Conjugation
Example 1: Verb "kataba" (to write) Jussive conjugation in

the present tense:
ُْ‫( ا ْكتب‬uktub) - Write! (2nd person singular, jussive)
ُْ‫( يَ ْكتب‬yaktub) - Let him write! (3rd person singular, jussive)
Example 2: Verb "daraba" (to hit) Jussive conjugation in the

present tense:
ُْ ‫( اَض ِْر‬adrib) - Hit! (2nd person singular, jussive)
ُْ ‫( يَض ِْر‬yadrib) - Let him hit! (3rd person singular, jussive)
11.6 CONDITIONAL AND HYPOTHETICAL

CONJUGATION CHART
11.6.1 Conditional Conjugation
Conditional conjugation is used to express hypothetical or
unreal situations. It is formed by adding specific particles
to the present tense base form of the verb. Here are the
conditional conjugation patterns for different verb forms:
11.6.1.1 Conditional Conjugation Patterns

Pattern: Form I Regular Verb
2nd M ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَ ْفعَ ِليْن‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَ ْلن‬
3rd M ُ َ‫يَ ْفع‬ ُ‫يَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَل ْون‬
3rd F ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَ ْلن‬
Pattern: Form II Regular Verb

1st ُ ‫أفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫نف َِع‬ ُ ‫نف َِع‬
2nd M ُ ‫تف َِع‬ ُ‫تفَع َِل‬ َُ‫تفَعِل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫تف َِع ِليْن‬ ُ‫تفَع َِل‬ َُ‫تف َِع ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ‫يف َِع‬ ُ‫يفَع َِل‬ َُ‫يفَعِل ْون‬
3rd F ُ ‫تف َِع‬ ُ‫تفَع َِل‬ َُ‫يف َِع ْلن‬
Pattern: Form III Regular Verb

2nd M ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫تَ ْف َع ِليْن‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫تَ ْف َع ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ‫َي ْف َع‬ ُ‫َي ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫َي ْف َعل ْون‬
3rd F ُ ‫تَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫َي ْف َع ْلن‬
Pattern: Form IV Regular Verb

1st ُ َّ‫أفَع‬ ُ َّ‫نفَع‬ ُ َّ‫نفَع‬

2nd M ُ َّ‫تفَع‬ ُ‫تفَ َّع َل‬ َُ‫تفَعَّل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫تفَعَّ ِليْن‬ ُ‫تفَ َّع َل‬ َُ‫تفَعَّ ْلن‬
3rd M ُ َّ‫يفَع‬ ُ‫يفَ َّع َل‬ َُ‫يفَعَّل ْون‬
3rd F ُ َّ‫تفَع‬ ُ‫تفَ َّع َل‬ َُ‫يفَعَّ ْلن‬
11.6.1.2 Examples of Conditional Conjugation

If I study, I will succeed. ُ‫ُ َستتتتتتل َ ْنتت َجتتح‬، ‫در ْستتتتتت‬َ ُ‫ ِإذَا‬. (Idha darastu,
saanjahu.)
If you (masculine) help me, I will be grateful. ُ‫ُستلَكون‬،‫ِي‬ َ ‫عدْتَن‬ َ َ‫ِإذ‬
َ ‫اُستك‬
‫م ْمتَنًى‬. (Idha saaadtani, saakoonu mumtana.)
If she calls, I will answer. ُ‫ُستتتتتل َ ِجيتب‬، َ َّ ‫ ِإذَاُات‬. (Idha attasalat,
َ ْ ‫صتتتت َلت‬
saajibu.)
11.6.2 Hypothetical Conjugation

Hypothetical conjugation is used to express unreal or
hypothetical conditions. It is formed by adding specific
particles to the present tense base form of the verb. Here are
the hypothetical conjugation patterns for different verb
forms:
11.6.2.1 Hypothetical Conjugation Patterns

Pattern: Form I Regular Verb
1st ُ َ‫لَ ْوُأَ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫لَ ْوُنَ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫لَ ْوُنَ ْفع‬
2nd M ُ ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َعل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع ِليْن‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ‫لَ ْوُ َي ْف َع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُ َي ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُ َي ْف َعل ْون‬
3rd F ُ ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُ َي ْف َع ْلن‬
Pattern: Form II Regular Verb


1st ُ ‫لَ ْوُأفَ ِع‬ ُ ‫لَ ْوُنف َِع‬ ُ ‫لَ ْوُنف َِع‬
2nd M ُ ‫لَ ْوُتف َِع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتفَع َِل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُتفَعِل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫لَ ْوُتف َِع ِليْن‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتفَع َِل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُتف َِع ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ‫لَ ْوُيف َِع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُيفَع َِل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُيفَعِل ْون‬
3rd F ُ ‫لَ ْوُتف َِع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتفَع َِل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُيف َِع ْلن‬
Pattern: Form III Regular Verb

1st ُ َ‫لَ ْوُأَ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫لَ ْوُنَ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫لَ ْوُنَ ْفع‬
2nd M ُ َ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْفع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْفعَل ْون‬
2nd F َُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع ِليْن‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع ْلن‬
3rd M ُ ‫لَ ْوُيَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُيَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُيَ ْف َعل ْون‬
3rd F ُ ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع‬ ُ‫لَ ْوُتَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫لَ ْوُ َي ْف َع ْلن‬
11.6.2.2 Examples of Hypothetical Conjugation

If I were rich, I would travel the world. ‫ُلَ َسكفَ ْرتُ َح ْولَُا ْلعَكلَ ُِم‬،‫لَ ْوُك ْن ُ َغنِيًّك‬.
(Law kuntu ghaniyyan, lasaafartu hawla al-'alam.)
If you (feminine) were here, I would be happy. ُ ‫ُلَك ْن‬،‫لَ ْوُك ْن ُِهنَك‬
‫سعِيدًا‬ َ . (Law kunti huna, lakuntu sa'idan.)
If he had studied harder, he would have passed the exam. ُ‫لَ ْو‬
ُِ ‫ِيُال ْمت َِحت‬
‫كن‬ َ َ‫كتَ كن‬. (Law kaana qad ta'allama bi jiddin,
ِ ْ ‫ُلَنَ َج َحُ ف‬،‫ُقتدُْتَعَلَّ َمُبِ ِجتد‬
lanajaha fi al-imtihaan.)
Remember, these examples are just a few illustrations, and

there are various possibilities and scenarios for conditional
and hypothetical conjugation based on different verbs and
contexts.
The tables present comprehensive patterns for each verb

form, and the examples demonstrate how these
conjugations are used in sentences.
11.7 PASSIVE AND ACTIVE CONJUGATION CHART

11.7.1 Active Voice Conjugation
Active voice refers to the form of a verb in which the subject
performs the action. In Arabic, active voice conjugation
involves different patterns based on the verb's form. The
following subsections will explore the active voice
conjugation patterns for each verb form, along with
examples to illustrate their usage.
11.7.1.1 Active Voice Conjugation Patterns

Form I Regular Verb Conjugation Pattern:
In Form I, also known as the triliteral pattern, the root
consists of three consonants. Here's the active voice
conjugation pattern for Form I regular verbs:
Active Voice Conjugation for Form I Regular Verbs
2nd ُ َ‫تَ ْفع‬ ُ‫تَ ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫تَ ْفعَلون‬
3rd ُ َ‫يَ ْفع‬ ُ‫يَ ْفعَ َل ِن‬ َُ‫يَ ْفعَلون‬
Form II to Form X Active Voice Conjugation Patterns:
The active voice conjugation patterns for Form II to Form X
verbs are based on specific modifications to the root letters.
Here are the general patterns:
Active Voice Conjugation for Form II to Form X Verbs

Form Conjugation Pattern
II َُ َّ‫تَفَع‬

III َُ َّ‫فَع‬
IV َُّ َ‫أَ ْفع‬
V َ ‫تَفَك‬
َُ ‫ع‬
VI َ ‫تَفَك‬
َُ ‫ع‬
VII َُ َ‫اِ ْنفَع‬
VIII َُ ‫اِ ْفتَ َع‬
IX َُّ َ‫اِ ْفع‬
X َُ َ‫اِ ْستَ ْفع‬
11.7.1.2 Examples of Active Voice Conjugation

Here are some examples of active voice conjugation in
different verb forms:
Example 1 (Form I Regular Verb: ‫َب‬ َُ ‫ َكت‬- "to write"):
ُ‫( أ ْكتب‬I write)
َ
ُ‫( تَ ْكتب‬You write - masculine)
َُ‫( تَ ْكتبِين‬You write - feminine)
ُ‫( يَ ْكتب‬He writes)
ُ‫( نَ ْكتب‬We write)
َُ‫( تَ ْكتبون‬You write - plural)
َُ‫( يَ ْكتبون‬They write)
Example 2 (Form II Verb: ُ‫ ت َْركِض‬- "to run"):

ُ‫( تَت ََر َّكض‬You [masculine] run)
َُ‫ضين‬ِ ‫( تَت ََر َّك‬You [feminine] run)
ُ‫( َيت ََر َّكض‬He runs)
َُ‫( َيت ََر َّكضون‬They run)
Example 3 (Form VIII Verb: ‫ اِ ْفتَ َح َُم‬- "to challenge"):

ُ‫( أَ ْفتَحِ م‬I challenge)
ُ‫( تَ ْفتَحِ م‬You challenge)
‫( يَ ْفتَحِ ُم‬He challenges)

‫( اِ ْفتَحِ موا‬Challenge! - plural)
َُ‫( َي ْفتَحِ مون‬They challenge)
By understanding the active voice conjugation patterns and

practicing with examples, you can confidently use verbs in
their active forms in Arabic sentences.
11.7.2 Passive Voice Conjugation

Passive voice indicates that the subject receives the action
rather than performing it. In Arabic, passive voice
conjugation involves specific modifications to the verb
patterns. The following subsections will explore the passive
voice conjugation patterns for each verb form, along with
examples to clarify their usage.
11.7.2.1 Passive Voice Conjugation Patterns

Form I Regular Verb Conjugation Pattern:
In Form I, the passive voice conjugation pattern for regular
verbs is as follows:
Passive Voice Conjugation for Form I Regular Verbs
1st ُ َ‫أ ْفع‬ ُ َ‫ن ْفع‬ ُ َ‫ي ْفع‬
2nd ُ َ‫ت ْفع‬ ُ‫ت ْف َع َل‬ َُ‫ت ْفعَلون‬
3rd ُ َ‫ي ْفع‬ ُ‫ي ْفعَ َل ِن‬ َُ‫ي ْفعَلون‬
Form II to Form X Passive Voice Conjugation Patterns:

The passive voice conjugation patterns for Form II to Form
X verbs involve specific modifications to the verb
structures. Here are the general patterns:
Passive Voice Conjugation for Form II to Form X Verbs


II َُ َّ‫تفَع‬
III َُ ‫ف ِع‬
IV َُّ ‫أ ْف َع‬
V َُ ‫ع‬
َ ‫تفَك‬
VI َُ ‫ع‬
َ ‫تفَك‬
VII َُ ‫ا ْنفَ َع‬
VIII َُ ‫ا ْفتَ َع‬
IX َُّ َ‫ا ْفع‬
X َُ ‫اسْت ِف ِع‬
Note: Variations and irregularities can occur in certain
verbs within each form, so it is advisable to refer to a
comprehensive verb list for specific conjugation patterns.
11.7.2.2 Examples of Passive Voice Conjugation

Here are some examples of passive voice conjugation in
different verb forms:
Example 1 (Form I Regular Verb: ‫ِب‬ َُ ‫ كت‬- "to be written"):
ُ‫( ي ْكتَب‬It is written)
ُ‫( ت ْكتَب‬You [masculine] are written)
َُ‫( ت ْكتَبِين‬You [feminine] are written)
ُ‫( ي ْكتَب‬He is written)
َُ‫( ت ْكتَبون‬You [plural] are written)
َُ‫( ي ْكتَبون‬They are written)
Example 2 (Form II Verb: ‫ تعَلَّ َُم‬- "to be taught"):

ُ‫( يتَعَلَّم‬It is taught)
ُ‫( تتَعَلَّم‬You [masculine] are taught)
َُ‫( تتَعَلَّمِ ين‬You [feminine] are taught)
ُ‫( يتَعَلَّم‬He is taught)
َُ‫( تتَعَلَّمون‬You [plural] are taught)
َُ‫( يتَعَلَّمون‬They are taught)
Example 3 (Form VIII Verb: ‫ ا ْفتحِ َُم‬- "to be challenged"):

ُ‫( ي ْفتَ َحم‬It is challenged)
ُ‫( ت ْفتَ َحم‬You [masculine] are challenged)
َُ‫( ت ْفتَ َحمِ ين‬You [feminine] are challenged)
ُ‫( ي ْفتَ َحم‬He is challenged)
َُ‫( ي ْفتَ َحمون‬They are challenged)
By understanding the passive voice conjugation patterns

and practicing with examples, you can effectively express
actions in the passive form in Arabic sentences.
CONCLUSION
In the journey of mastering Arabic verb conjugations, we

have explored the intricate world of Arabic verbs, their
forms, patterns, tenses, moods, and voices. Throughout
this comprehensive guide, we have delved into the
fundamental principles and intricate details that govern
the conjugation of Arabic verbs.
In this concluding chapter, let us reflect on the key

takeaways from our exploration and highlight the
importance of mastering Arabic verb conjugations.
1. Mastery of Communication: Verbs are the backbone of

any language, and Arabic is no exception. By mastering
Arabic verb conjugations, you gain a powerful tool that
enables you to express yourself effectively in various
contexts. Whether you're engaging in casual conversations,
writing formal letters, or reading classical literature, a
strong command of verb conjugations empowers you to
communicate precisely and fluently.
2. Understanding Linguistic Structures: Arabic verb

conjugations not only provide a means of communication
but also offer insights into the structure and intricacies of
the Arabic language. By studying verb forms, patterns, and
conjugation rules, you develop a deep understanding of the
underlying grammatical structures. This knowledge
enhances your overall comprehension of Arabic grammar,
allowing you to navigate the language with greater ease.
3. Unlocking Literary Treasures: Arabic boasts a rich

literary heritage, spanning centuries of poetic and prose
masterpieces. By mastering verb conjugations, you open
the doors to appreciating and understanding classical

Arabic literature. Whether it's the eloquent poetry of Al-
Mutanabbi or the profound works of Al-Jahiz, your
command of verb conjugations enables you to engage with
the literary gems of the Arabic language.
4. Enabling Further Language Learning: Arabic verb

conjugations serve as a foundation for expanding your
language proficiency. Once you have grasped the
fundamentals, you can confidently venture into more
advanced aspects of the language, such as complex
sentence structures, advanced verb forms, and nuanced
expressions. Your mastery of verb conjugations becomes a
springboard for continuous learning and growth in the
Arabic language.
In conclusion, "Mastering Arabic Verb Conjugations: A

Comprehensive Guide" has provided you with a solid
framework to navigate the intricacies of Arabic verb
conjugations. By delving into the essential concepts,
practicing with exercises, and referring to the conjugation
charts, you have developed a strong foundation to excel in
the world of Arabic verbs.
Remember that mastery comes with practice and

perseverance. Continually engage with Arabic verb
conjugations, challenge yourself with diverse texts, and
immerse yourself in Arabic-speaking environments to
enhance your skills. Embrace the beauty and complexity of
the Arabic language, and let verb conjugations be your
guide to a deeper appreciation and fluency in Arabic
communication.
We hope that this comprehensive guide has been

instrumental in your journey to master Arabic verb
conjugations. May it serve as a constant companion and
reference in your pursuit of linguistic excellence. Best
wishes on your continued exploration and mastery of the
Arabic language!
GLOSSARY OF ARABIC VERB CONJUGATION TERMS
In this chapter, we will provide a comprehensive glossary

of the Arabic verb conjugation terms used throughout the
book "Mastering Arabic Verb Conjugations: A
Comprehensive Guide." Each term will be listed in Arabic
script, followed by its transliteration to aid pronunciation
and understanding.
1. ‫( فِ ْع‬Fi'l) - Verb
2. ‫( أَ ْفعَكل‬Af'al) - Verbs
3. َ‫ص ْيغ‬ َ (Sighah) - Form
4. ‫( نَ ْمط‬Namth) - Pattern
5. ‫( زَ َمن‬Zaman) - Tense
6. َ‫صيغ‬ ِ (Siqah) - Aspect
7. َّ‫( َم ْزمو ِتي‬Mazmootiyyah) - Mood
8. ‫ص ْوت‬ َ (Sawt) - Voice
9. ‫كضي‬ ِ ‫( فِ ْع ُُا ْل َم‬Fi'l al-Madi) - Past Tense
10. ‫ض ِكرع‬ َ ‫( فِ ْع ُُا ْلم‬Fi'l al-Mudari') - Present Tense
11. َ‫( فِ ْع ُُا ْلم ْستَ ْقب‬Fi'l al-Mustaqbil) - Future Tense
12. ‫( فِ ْع ُُاأل َ ْمر‬Fi'l al-Amr) - Imperative
13. ‫( فِ ْع ُُال َّش ْرط‬Fi'l al-Shart) - Conditional
14. ‫( فِ ْع ُُالتَّحْ قِيق‬Fi'l al-Tahqiq) - Subjunctive
15. ‫( فِ ْع ُُ ْال َج ْزم‬Fi'l al-Jazm) - Jussive
16. ‫صيغَ ُُا ْل َمجْ ةول‬ ِ (Siqah al-Majhool) - Passive Voice
17. ُ‫صيغَ ُُال َم ْبنِي‬
ْ ِ (Siqah al-Mabniyy) - Active Voice
18. ‫( فَك ِع‬Fa'il) - Doer/Agent
19. ‫( َم ْفعول‬Maf'oul) - Object
20. ُ‫( َح ْر ُُا ْل َجر‬Harf al-Jarr) - Preposition
21. ‫طف‬ ْ َ‫( َح ْر ُُا ْلع‬Harf al-Atf) - Conjunction
22. ‫( اِسْمُُ ْالفَك ِع‬Ism al-Fa'il) - Active Participle
23. ‫( اِسْمُُا ْل َم ْفعول‬Ism al-Maf'oul) - Passive Participle
24. َّ‫( َج ْملَ ُُفِ ْع ِلي‬Jumlah Fi'liyyah) - Verbal Sentence
25. َّ‫( َج ْملَ ُُاِسْمِ ي‬Jumlah Ismiyyah) - Nominal Sentence
26. ‫ص ُّر‬ َ َ‫( ت‬Tasarraf) - Conjugation

27. ُِ ‫ص ُّر ُُال ِف ْع‬
ْ َ َ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Fi'l) - Verb Conjugation
28. ‫ضتتتتتت ِكرع‬ َ ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Mudari') - Present Tense
َ ‫َصتتتتتت ُّر ُُُ ْالت تم‬
Conjugation
29. ‫كضي‬ ِ ‫ص ُّر ُُا ْل َم‬ َ َ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Madi) - Past Tense Conjugation
30. ‫َصتتتتت ُّر ُُُ ْالتم ْستتتتتتتَت ْقت َبتت‬ َ ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Mustaqbil) - Future Tense
Conjugation
31. ‫ص ُّر ُُ ْاأل َ ْمر‬ َ َ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Amr) - Imperative Conjugation
32. ‫ص ُّر ُُال َّش ْرط‬ َ َ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Shart) - Conditional Conjugation
33. ‫التتتتتتت ْحتتت ِقتتتيتتتق‬ َ ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Tahqiq) - Subjunctive
َّ ُُُ ‫َصتتتتتتت ُّر‬
Conjugation
34. ‫ص ُّر ُُا ْل َج ْزم‬ َ َ‫( ت‬Tasarraf al-Jazm) - Jussive Conjugation
35. ‫( َجنُْر‬Jadhur) - Root
36. ‫( أَع َْرا‬A'rab) - Vowel Markers
37. ‫( م ْستَ ْق‬Mustaqal) - Independent
38. ‫ض ِكرع‬ َ ‫( َم‬Mudari') - Present/Future
39. ‫كضي‬ ِ ‫( َم‬Madi) - Past
40. ‫ض ِكرعُم ْشت ََرك‬ َ ‫( َم‬Mudari' Mushtarak) - Common Present Tense
41. ‫( أصولُاألفعَكل‬Usul al-Af'al) - Verb Origins/Origins of Verbs
ْ َ ْ
42. ‫( تَ ْشكِي‬Tashkil) - Inflection/Conjugation
43. ‫( َه ْمزَ ة‬Hamzah) - Glottal Stop
44. ‫( َح َر‬Harf) - Letter
45. ‫( َو ْزن‬Wazn) - Measure/Form
46. ‫( قَ َواعِد‬Qawa'id) - Rules
47. ‫( تَحْ ِوي‬Tahwil) - Transformation/Conversion
48. ‫( اِ ْعت َِلل‬I'tilal) - Assimilation
49. ‫( تَ ْفعِي‬Taf'il) - Intensification
50. ‫ضعِيف‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬Tadh'if) - Weakening
51. ‫( اِ ْستِثْنَكء‬Istithna') - Exception
52. ‫( م ْنقَطِ ع‬Munqati') - Disconnected
53. ‫( اِ ْنق َِل‬Inqilab) - Reversal
54. ‫( اِ ْستِ ْغنَكء‬Istighna') - Omission
55. ‫( اِدْغَكم‬Idgham) - Consonant Assimilation
56. ‫( تَدْ ِغيْر‬Tadghir) - Vowel Alteration
57. ‫ص ُِغير‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬Tasghir) - Diminutive

58. ‫( تَ ْكسِير‬Taksir) - Fragmentation
59. ‫( اِ ْع ِت َيكل‬I'tiyal) - Elision
60. ‫( نَ ْق‬Naqis) - Defective Verb
61. ‫( تَجْ مِ ي‬Tajmil) - Beautification
62. ‫( اِ ْبدَال‬Ibdal) - Substitution
63. ‫صكر‬ َ ِ‫( ا ِْخت‬Ikhthasar) - Abbreviation
64. ‫( اِع َْلل‬I'laal) - Vocalization
65. ‫( تَ ْع ِد ْي‬Ta'dil) - Moderation
66. َ‫ط ِر ْيق‬ َ (Tariqah) - Method/Approach
67. ‫( تَد ِْريْب‬Tadrib) - Practice/Drill
68. ‫طبِيْق‬ ْ َ‫( ت‬Tatbiq) - Application
69. ‫( تَ ْم ِريْن‬Tamrin) - Exercise
70. ‫( تَ َج ُّر‬Tajarrub) - Experimentation/Experience
71. ‫َص ْي َح‬ ِ ‫( ن‬Nasiha) - Tip/Advice
72. ‫( ت َْو ِزيْع‬Tawzi') - Distribution
73. ‫( ت َْرتِيْب‬Tartib) - Order/Arrangement
74. ‫( معَكنَكة‬Mu'anah) - Challenge/Struggle
75. ‫( إِيَقَكع‬Iyaqa') - Rhythm
76. ‫( ت ََوازن‬Tawazun) - Balance
77. ‫( اِ ْلتِزَ ام‬Iltizam) - Commitment
78. ‫( تَعَلُّم‬Ta'allum) - Learning
79. َ‫( تَ ْق ِوي‬Taqwiyyah) - Strengthening
80. ‫ط ُّور‬ َ َ‫( ت‬Tatawwur) - Development
81. ‫( ِإتْقَكن‬Itqan) - Mastery/Proficiency
82. ‫( تَفَكني‬Tafani) - Dedication/Devotion
83. ‫( اِ ْلتِ َحك‬Ilthahaq) - Integration
84. ‫صي‬ ِ ْ‫( تَح‬Tahsil) - Acquisition
85. ‫( تَ َحدُّث‬Tahadduth) - Speaking/Conversation
86. ‫( تَُْف ِةيم‬Tafhim) - Explanation
87. ‫( ت َْو ِج ْي‬Tawjih) - Guidance
88. َ‫( ت َْر ِبي‬Tarbiyah) - Education/Upbringing
89. ‫كر َس‬ َ ‫( م َم‬Mumarsah) - Practice/Engagement
90. ‫( اِ ْكتِ َسك‬Iktisab) - Attainment/Acquisition
91. َّ‫( ت َْطبِ ْي ِقي‬Tatbiqiyyah) - Practical/Applicative

92. َّ‫َ ِري‬ َ َ‫( ن‬Nathariyyah) - Theoretical
93. َّ‫( تَ ْف ِةيمِ ي‬Tafhimiyyah) - Explanatory
94. ‫( م َرا َج َع‬Murajah) - Review/Revision
95. َّ‫( ت َْو ِج ْي ِةي‬Tawjihiyyah) - Instructional/Guidance
96. ‫( تَ ْش ِجيْع‬Tashjil) - Encouragement
97. ‫( تَد ِْر ْي‬Tadris) - Teaching/Instructing
98. َ‫( تَ ْنمِ ي‬Tanmiyah) - Development/Cultivation
99. ‫( تَ ْن ِويْع‬Tanwii') - Variation/Diversification
100. ‫( اِ ْبتِكَكر‬Ibtikar) - Innovation/Creativity
This glossary offers a broader range of terms encompassing

not only the technical aspects of Arabic verb conjugation
but also the mindset, approach, and learning strategies
necessary for mastering Arabic verb conjugations
effectively. These terms aim to provide a well-rounded
understanding of the topic and support readers in their
journey of becoming proficient in Arabic verb
conjugations.
View publication stats

Arabic Verbs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arabic Verbs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.

Mastering Arabic Verb Conjugations: A Comprehensive Guide

Book · March 2023

The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

COPYRIGHT © 2023 BY ABU RAYHAN

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be

For permissions requests, please contact the publisher at

ISBN: Please refer to the back cover for the ISBN

5.3 Introduction to Verb Tenses, Aspects, Moods, and Voices

1.4.5 Active Voice ........................................................................... 30

2.1 Regular Verb Conjugation ..................................................... 48

5. Imperative Conjugation ............................................................. 125

8.4 Using Passive and Active Voices in Sentences ............... 191

1. UNDERSTANDING THE IMPORTANCE OF ARABIC

1.1 THE ROLE OF VERBS IN ARABIC LANGUAGE

1.2 SIGNIFICANCE OF VERB CONJUGATIONS

1.3 WHY MASTERING VERB CONJUGATIONS IS

2. OVERVIEW OF THE BOOK

2.1 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE

2.2 TARGET AUDIENCE

2.3 STRUCTURE OF THE BOOK

Part I: Conjugation Basics - This section lays the

Part II: Advanced Conjugation Topics - This section delves

Part III: Application and Practice - This section provides

3. HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE

3.1 STUDY TIPS AND STRATEGIES

- Start with a solid grasp of basic Arabic grammar,

3.2 RECOMMENDED PREREQUISITES

3.3 UNDERSTANDING THE TERMINOLOGY USED

3.4 NAVIGATING THROUGH THE BOOK

4. A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO ARABIC VERBS

4.1 UNIQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF ARABIC VERBS

4.2 VERB FORMS AND PATTERNS

4.3 VERB CLASSES AND CONJUGATION TYPES

4.4 COMMON CHALLENGES FACED BY ARABIC

5. GETTING STARTED: BUILDING A STRONG

5.1 IMPORTANCE OF UNDERSTANDING VERB

5.2 BASIC VERB STRUCTURES

5.3 INTRODUCTION TO VERB TENSES, ASPECTS,

illustrate the usage and formation of different verb tenses,

6.1 PART I: CONJUGATION BASICS

6.2 PART II: ADVANCED CONJUGATION TOPICS

6.3 PART III: APPLICATION AND PRACTICE

and irregular verbs, enabling them to apply their

6.4 HOW TO PROGRESS THROUGH THE CHAPTERS

1. THE ESSENTIALS OF ARABIC VERBS

1.1 INTRODUCTION TO ARABIC VERBS

Arabic verbs play a fundamental role in the language,

1.1.1 IMPORTANCE OF VERBS IN ARABIC

In Arabic, verbs hold great importance due to their ability

Arabic verbs also enable the formation of various

1.1.2 ROLE OF VERBS IN SENTENCE STRUCTURE

Verbs serve as the central element in Arabic sentence

In Arabic, the verb generally occupies the initial position in

Verbs also govern the formation of various sentence types,

Understanding the crucial role of verbs in Arabic sentence

By providing a solid foundation in the importance of verbs

1.2 VERB FORMS AND PATTERNS

In Arabic, verbs are classified into ten verb forms, often

1.2.1 OVERVIEW OF VERB FORMS (I TO X)

Verb Form II: This form is derived from Form I and is

Verb Form IV: In Form IV, a weak letter is added at the

Verb Form V: Form V is created by doubling the middle root

Verb Form X: Form X involves adding the letter ‫ ت‬before the